-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, P981a7TYTcCdg3y6yUX4by+mfSfrkjAbt2FKp+H9C6xj6pCYC4ykDajhF87mSTQ2 0oQQjgNV15dLRKg5cXbpSA== 0000950134-04-000751.txt : 20040127 0000950134-04-000751.hdr.sgml : 20040127 20040127161701 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950134-04-000751 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-4 PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 14 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040127 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: COMMERCIAL METALS CO CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000022444 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: WHOLESALE-METALS SERVICE CENTERS & OFFICES [5051] IRS NUMBER: 750725338 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0831 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-4 SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-112243 FILM NUMBER: 04546594 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 6565 N. MACARTHUR BLVD., SUITE 800 STREET 2: P O BOX 1046 CITY: IRVING STATE: TX ZIP: 75039 BUSINESS PHONE: 2146894300 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 6565 N. MACARTHUR BLVD., SUITE 800 STREET 2: PO BOX 1046 CITY: IRVING STATE: TX ZIP: 75039 S-4 1 d12154sv4.htm FORM S-4 sv4
 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2004

Registration No. 333-                


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Commercial Metals Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   5051   75-0725338
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
  6565 N. MacArthur Blvd., Suite 800
Irving, Texas 75039
(214) 689-4300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
  David M. Sudbury
Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
6565 N. MacArthur Blvd., Suite 800
Irving, Texas 75039
(214) 689-4300

(Name and address, including zip code, and telephone
number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies of communications to:

William R. Hays, III
Wm. S. Kleinman
Haynes and Boone, LLP
901 Main Street, Suite 3100
Dallas, Texas 75202
(214) 651-5000


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following. o                   

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o                   

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o                   


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                                 
            Proposed Maximum   Proposed Maximum    
Title of each Class   Amount to be   Offering Price   Aggregate Offering   Amount of
of Securities to be Registered
  Registered
  Per Unit(1)
  Price(1)
  Registration Fee
5.625% Senior Notes due 2013
  $ 200,000,000       100 %   $ 200,000,000     $ 16,180  

(1)   Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f) of the rules and regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 


 

The information contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not exchange these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.



SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 27, 2004

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Commercial Metals Company

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$200,000,000 principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013
which have been registered under the Securities Act,
for any and all of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013


  The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on                       , 2004, unless we extend the offer.
 
  We will exchange all outstanding notes, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “old notes,” that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of new notes that are registered under the Securities Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “new notes.”
 
  The exchange offer is not subject to any conditions other than that it not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.
 
  You may withdraw tenders of old notes at any time before the exchange offer expires.
 
  The exchange of notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
  The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except for transfer restrictions, registration rights and the circumstances for the payment of additional interest relating to the old notes.
 
  You may tender old notes only in denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000.
 
  Our affiliates may not participate in the exchange offer.
 
  No public market exists for the old notes. We do not intend to list the new notes on any securities exchange and, therefore, no active public market is anticipated.

Please refer to “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus
for a description of the risks you should consider before investing in the new notes.

     We are not making this exchange offer in any state where it is not permitted.

     Each broker-dealer that receives new notes pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. If the broker-dealer acquired the old notes as a result of market making or other trading activities, such broker-dealer may be a statutory underwriter and may use this prospectus for the exchange offer, as supplemented or amended, in connection with the resale of the new notes.


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the new notes or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


The date of this prospectus is                              , 2004.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
      PAGE
     
    1  
    8  
    19  
    29  
    30  
    31  
    33  
    52  
    53  
    66  
    67  
    67  
    68  
    69  
    69  


ii

 


 

     Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference contain “forward-looking statements” with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and business, and our expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including net earnings, product pricing and demand, production rates, energy expense, freight expense, interest rates, inventory levels, acquisitions and general market conditions. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by phrases such as we or our management “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans to,” “ought,” “could,” “will,” “should,” “likely,” “appears,” “projects,” “forecasts” or other similar words or phrases. There is inherent risk and uncertainty in any forward-looking statements. Variances will occur and some could be materially different from our current opinion. Developments that could impact our expectations include the following:

  interest rate changes;
 
  construction activity;
 
  decisions by governments affecting the level of steel imports, including tariffs and duties;
 
  litigation claims and settlements;
 
  difficulties or delays in the execution of construction contracts resulting in cost overruns or contract disputes;
 
  metals pricing over which we exert little influence;
 
  increased capacity and product availability from competing steel minimills and other steel suppliers including import quantities and pricing;
 
  court decisions;
 
  industry consolidation or changes in production capacity or utilization;
 
  global factors including credit availability;
 
  currency fluctuations;
 
  scrap, energy, freight and supply prices; and
 
  the pace of overall economic activity.

     See the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. In addition, see our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2003, as amended, and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2003. These factors and the other risk factors described in this prospectus are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, we cannot assure you that the actual results or developments we anticipate will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, we caution prospective investors not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

iii

 


 

     Table of Contents

MARKET DATA

     Market data used throughout this prospectus, including information relating to, and our relative position in, the industries we operate in, are based on the good faith estimates of management, which estimates are based upon their review of internal surveys, independent industry publications, reports or studies commissioned by companies in our industry (including us or our competitors) and other publicly available information. Although we believe that these sources are reliable, we do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, and we have not independently verified this information.

iv

 


 

     Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The following summary highlights selected information about this exchange offer. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of this exchange offer, we encourage you to read this entire document and the documents we incorporate by reference into this prospectus. Unless indicated otherwise, the term “notes” refers to both the old notes and the new notes.

Our Company

     We manufacture, recycle, market and distribute steel and metal products and related materials and services through a network of locations located throughout the United States and internationally. Steel and steel-related products represent over 75% of our business. We consider our business to be organized into three segments: manufacturing, recycling and marketing and distribution. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, we derived approximately 36% of our adjusted operating profit from our manufacturing segment, approximately 26% from our recycling segment and approximately 38% from our marketing and distribution segment.

     Our management uses a non-GAAP measure, adjusted operating profit, to compare and evaluate the financial performance of our segments. Adjusted operating profit, as presented below and used in this prospectus, is the sum of our earnings before income taxes and financing costs. In the following table we are providing a reconciliation of the non-GAAP measure, adjusted operating profit (loss), to net earnings (loss) (in thousands):

                                         
                    Marketing and   Corporate and    
Segment
  Manufacturing
  Recycling
  Distribution
  Eliminations
  Total
Three months ended November 30, 2003:
                                       
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 12,509     $ 3,868     $ 4,919     $ (8,668 )   $ 12,628  
Income taxes
    7,745       1,846       1,271       (3,477 )     7,385  
Interest expense
    30       1       47       5,016       5,094  
Discounts on sales of accounts receivable
    41       19       30       26       116  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Adjusted operating profit (loss)
  $ 20,325     $ 5,734     $ 6,267     $ (7,103 )   $ 25,223  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
                                         
                    Marketing and   Corporate and    
Segment
  Manufacturing
  Recycling
  Distribution
  Eliminations
  Total
Year ended August 31, 2003:
                                       
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 13,557     $ 10,006     $ 15,529     $ (20,188 )   $ 18,904  
Income taxes
    6,477       5,104       4,753       (4,844 )     11,490  
Interest expense
    130       5       1,313       13,890       15,338  
Discounts on sales of accounts receivable
    201       91       189       103       584  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Adjusted operating profit (loss)
  $ 20,365     $ 15,206     $ 21,784     $ (11,039 )   $ 46,316  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     We were incorporated in 1946 in the State of Delaware. Our predecessor company, a secondary metals recycling business, has existed since approximately 1915. We maintain our executive offices at 6565 N. MacArthur Boulevard, Suite 800, Irving, Texas 75039, telephone (214) 689-4300. Our website address is www.commercialmetals.com. The information on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus. Our fiscal year ends August 31 and all references to years in this prospectus refer to the fiscal year ended August 31 of that year unless otherwise noted.

1


 

     Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer

     
The Exchange Offer
  We are offering to exchange the new notes for the old notes that are properly tendered and accepted. You may tender old notes only in denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000. We will issue the new notes on or promptly after the exchange offer expires. As of the date of this prospectus, $200,000,000 principal amount of old notes is outstanding.
 
   
Expiration Date
  The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on                    , 2004, unless extended, in which case the expiration date will mean the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer; provided, however, that the maximum period of time during which the exchange offer, including any extension thereof, may be in effect will not exceed 45 days.
 
   
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
  The exchange offer is not subject to any condition other than that it not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC. The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.
 
   
Procedures for Tendering
Old Notes
  If you wish to tender your old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to JP Morgan Chase Bank, as exchange agent, on or before the expiration date, either:
 
   
  a computer generated message transmitted through The Depository Trust Company’s automated tender offer program system and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal; or
 
  a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, which accompanies this prospectus, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, together with your old notes (which may be delivered by book-entry transfer through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company) and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent at its address listed in this prospectus and on the front cover of the letter of transmittal.
     
 
  If you cannot satisfy either of these procedures on a timely basis, then you should comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. By executing the letter of transmittal, you will make the representations to us described under “The Exchange Offer-Procedures for Tendering.”
 
   
Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owners
  If you are a beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must either (1) make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name or (2) obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder before completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your old notes.

2


 

     Table of Contents

     
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
  If you wish to tender your old notes and time will not permit the documents required by the letter of transmittal to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, you must tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer-Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
 
   
Acceptance of the Old Notes and Delivery of the New Notes
  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept for exchange any and all old notes which are validly tendered in the exchange offer and not withdrawn before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on the expiration date. We will deliver the new notes on or promptly after the expiration date.
 
   
Withdrawal Rights
  You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on the expiration date, by complying with the procedures for withdrawal described in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer-Withdrawal of Tenders.”
 
   
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations
  The exchange of notes will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. For a discussion of certain federal tax considerations relating to the exchange of notes, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
   
Exchange Agent
  JP Morgan Chase Bank, the trustee under the indenture governing the old notes and the new notes, is serving as the exchange agent.
 
   
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
  If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in the old notes and in the indenture governing the old notes. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not currently plan to register the resale of the old notes under the Securities Act.
 
   
Registration Rights Agreement
  We issued $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes on November 12, 2003 to Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, ABN AMRO Incorporated and Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc, the initial purchasers. Simultaneously with the sale of the old notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement that provides for, among other things, this exchange offer. You are entitled to exchange your old notes for new notes with substantially identical terms. This exchange offer satisfies that right. After the exchange offer is completed, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your old notes.

3


 

     Table of Contents

The New Notes

     The summary below describes the principal terms of the new notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms of the new notes.

     The form and terms of the new notes are the same as the form and terms of the old notes, except that the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the new notes will not generally be subject to the transfer restrictions, registration rights and provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate applicable to the old notes. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes and will be governed by the same indenture as the old notes.

     
Issuer
  Commercial Metals Company.
 
   
Notes
  $200,000,000 of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013.
 
   
Maturity
  November 15, 2013.
 
   
Ranking
  The notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and senior to all our existing and future subordinated debt. The notes rank junior to any of our secured debt to the extent of the assets securing such debt. In addition, the notes are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our subsidiaries, including trade payables.
 
   
Interest Payment Dates
  May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning May 15, 2004.
 
   
Sinking Fund
  None.
 
   
Optional Redemption
  We may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the redemption price described under the heading “Description of Notes-Optional Redemption.”
 
   
Additional Issuances
  We may from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the holders of any series of notes issued under the indenture, create and issue additional notes ranking equally and ratably with the notes of those series.
 
   
DTC Eligibility
  The new notes will be issued in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more permanent global certificates deposited with a custodian for and registered in the name of a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in New York, New York. Beneficial interests in any such securities will be shown on, and transfers will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants. Any such interest may not be exchanged for certificated securities, except in limited circumstances. See “Description of Notes-Book-Entry System.”
 
   
Use of Proceeds
  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

4


 

     Table of Contents

Risk Factors

     We urge you to read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 8 of this prospectus so that you understand the risks associated with an investment in the new notes.

5


 

     Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data

     The summary income statement data and balance sheet data presented below are for the three months ended November 30, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 and as of November 30, 2003 and August 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999. The per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend on our common stock effective June 28, 2002. In 2002, as reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2002, as amended, we restated the financial statements. The following information should be read in conjunction with the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

                                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
                    (in millions, except per share data)                
Income Statement Data:
                                                       
Net sales
  $ 830     $ 636     $ 2,876     $ 2,480     $ 2,470     $ 2,661     $ 2,251  
Cost of goods sold
    737       575       2,587       2,162       2,173       2,334       1,949  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    65       54       244       236       223       229       207  
Interest expense
    5       4       15       19       28       27       20  
Loss on reacquisition of debt
    3                                      
Litigation accrual
                            8              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Earnings before income taxes
    20       3       30       63       38       71       75  
Provision for income taxes
    7       1       11       22       14       26       28  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 13     $ 2     $ 19     $ 41     $ 24     $ 45     $ 47  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net earnings per share (basic)
  $ 0.45     $ 0.08     $ 0.67     $ 1.48     $ 0.91     $ 1.59     $ 1.62  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net earnings per share (diluted)
  $ 0.44     $ 0.08     $ 0.66     $ 1.43     $ 0.90     $ 1.56     $ 1.61  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Cash dividends paid per common share
  $ 0.08     $ 0.08     $ 0.32     $ 0.275     $ 0.26     $ 0.26     $ 0.26  
                                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions, except ratios)
Other Financial Data:
                                                       
EBITDA (1)
  $ 40. 2   $ 22. 7   $ 106. 9   $ 143. 4   $ 133. 3   $ 164. 6   $ 146. 5
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)
    4. 20     1. 73     2. 57     3. 77     2. 19     3. 25     3. 60
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense
    7. 9     5. 7     7. 0     7. 7     4. 8     6. 0     7. 5
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA(3)
    2. 3     2. 8     2. 5     1. 8     2. 0     2. 2     2. 0
                                                 
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions)
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents (4)
  $ 133.5     $ 75.1     $ 124.4     $ 56.0     $ 20.1     $ 44.7  
Total assets
  $ 1,419.3     $ 1,275.4     $ 1,230.1     $ 1,081.9     $ 1,170.1     $ 1,079.1  
Long-term debt (5)
  $ 362.4     $ 255.0     $ 256.0     $ 251.6     $ 261.9     $ 265.6  
Total debt (5)
  $ 375.0     $ 270.6     $ 256.6     $ 265.7     $ 363.2     $ 289.8  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 528.5     $ 506.9     $ 501.3     $ 433.1     $ 418.8     $ 418.3  

(1)   We have included a financial statement measure in the table above that was not derived in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, is a non-GAAP liquidity measure. In calculating EBITDA, we exclude our largest recurring non-cash charge, depreciation and amortization. We use EBITDA as one guideline to assess our ability to pay our current debt obligations as they mature and a tool to calculate possible future levels of leverage capacity. Reconciliations to net earnings are provided below.

6


 

     Table of Contents

                                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
                    (in millions)                        
Net earnings
  $ 12.6     $ 2.2     $ 18.9     $ 40.5     $ 23.8     $ 44.6     $ 47.0  
Interest expense
    5.1       4.0       15.3       18.7       27.6       27.3       19.6  
Income taxes
    7.4       1.3       11.5       22.6       14.6       26.1       27.8  
Depreciation and amortization
    15.1       15.2       61.2       61.6       67.3       66.6       52.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
EBITDA
  $ 40.2     $ 22.7     $ 106.9     $ 143.4     $ 133.3     $ 164.6     $ 146.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
(2)   For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents earnings before income taxes, interest expense, interest imputed on rent and amortization of capitalized interest. Fixed charges include interest expense, interest capitalized and the portion of operating rental expense that management believes is representative of the appropriate interest component of rent expense.

(3)   EBITDA for the quarters ended November 30, 2003 and 2002 has been annualized for purposes of calculating the ratio. Quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the entire year.

(4)   Subsequent to November 30, 2003, we (a) used $51.9 million cash to purchase 71.1% of the shares of Huta Zawiercie, (b) used $48.8 million cash in connection with the Lofland acquisition and (c) acquired $4.8 million in cash in connection with the Huta acquisition.

(5)   Subsequent to November 30, 2003, we assumed $46.7 million in debt upon the acquisition of Huta Zawiercie SA.

7


 

     Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

     There are many risks that may affect your investment in the new notes, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus and the documents we have incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes and schedules. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows and our ability to make payment obligations on the new notes. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially adversely affected and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Excess capacity in our industry adversely affects prices and margins.

     Global steel-making capacity exceeds global demand for steel products. In many foreign countries steel production greatly exceeds domestic demand and these countries must export substantial amounts of steel in order to maintain high employment and production levels. Accordingly, steel manufacturers in these countries have traditionally exported steel at prices that are significantly below their home market prices. The high level of imports into the United States over the last few years has severely depressed domestic steel prices. Furthermore, this vast supply of imports can decrease the sensitivity of domestic steel prices to increases in demand. This surge of low priced imports, coupled with increases in the cost of ferrous scrap and the rise in energy prices, has resulted in an erosion of our gross margins.

In light of President Bush’s decision to rescind duties and tariffs, steel imports into the U.S. may again rise or domestic prices may fall, which would adversely affect our sales, margins and profitability.

     In recent history, the United States has been an importer of steel products. From 1987 until 1998, less than 20% of the domestic supply was imported. However, with the cumulative effect of various economic crises, including economic weakness in Asia, Russia and Latin America, foreign producers have looked to the United States as the country with the healthiest economy, the strongest currency and as the buyer of first resort. In addition, foreign governments that own steel production facilities have sought to increase output. Consequently, commencing in 1997 foreign steel products began to flood the domestic market. As a result, imports accounted for approximately 26% of domestic steel consumption in 1998 and remained above 20% through 2002.

     In 2000, our mini-mills joined other steel manufacturers in an antidumping petition filed with the United States International Trade Commission, called the ITC. The ITC determined that there was a reasonable indication of material or threatened injury to U.S. rebar manufacturers, such as us, due to unfairly priced imports of rebar from several foreign countries. In the spring of 2001, the U.S. Department of Commerce determined that dumping of rebar from eight countries had occurred, and the ITC reached a final determination that dumped imports were causing material injury to our industry. As a result, penalty duties, initially ranging from 17% to 232%, were imposed. Although adjusted annually as a result of review investigations by the Department of Commerce, dumping duties are normally in effect for five years and may be extended if, after five years, the ITC determines that removal of the duties would lead to a recurrence of injury. We benefit from these duties. If these duties are subsequently modified or reduced by the Department of Commerce, our sales, margins and profitability may decrease.

     In 2001, President Bush instituted an investigation under Section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974 to determine if increased imports of selected steel products into the United States were an actual or

8


 

     Table of Contents

threatened cause of serious injury to domestic manufacturers of steel products. The ITC, in October 2001, found that U.S. steel producers had been seriously injured by these imports and, in December 2001, recommended remedies to President Bush. In March 2002, President Bush announced three-year “safeguard” tariffs that cover the majority of our mini-mills’ products, ranging from 15% to 30% for the first year and declining over the next two years. Excluded from the tariffs were imports from Mexico and Canada as well as imports from developing countries identified by the World Trade Organization. These tariffs, which were applied in addition to the antidumping duties, were further strengthened by an import licensing and monitoring system and an anti-surge mechanism that have been implemented to monitor foreign trade activities in the applicable products.

     We benefited from President Bush’s decision. However, several foreign governments appealed President Bush’s decision to the World Trade Organization. In response, the World Trade Organization ruled against these tariffs. The United States government further appealed this adverse ruling; however, the World Trade Organization ruled against the U.S. appeal in November 2003. On December 4, 2003, President Bush rescinded the steel safeguard tariffs effective immediately. The rescission of the steel safeguard tariffs could result in a resurgence of steel imports, even though the antidumping duties on imports of rebar from several countries imposed by the ITC in 2001 were not changed by this decision. A surge in imports would put downward pressure on steel prices, which would have a negative impact on our sales, margins and profitability.

Our industry is affected by cyclical and regional factors.

     Many of our products are commodities subject to cyclical fluctuations in supply and demand in metal consuming industries. Periods of economic slowdown or a recession in the United States, or the public perception that a slowdown or recession may occur, could decrease the demand for our products and adversely affect our business. Our overall financial results will be dependent substantially upon the extent to which conditions in both the United States and global economies improve. A slower than expected recovery or another recession will further adversely affect our financial results. Our geographic concentration in the southern and southwestern United States as well as areas of Europe, Australia and China exposes us to the local market conditions in these regions. Economic downturns in these areas or decisions by governments that have an impact on the level and pace of overall economic activity could adversely affect our sales and profitability.

     Our business supports cyclical industries such as commercial and residential construction, energy, service center, petrochemical and original equipment manufacturing. These industries experience significant fluctuations in demand for our products based on economic conditions, energy prices, consumer demand and decisions by governments to fund infrastructure projects such as highways, schools, energy plants and airports. Many of these factors are beyond our control. As a result of the volatility in the industries we serve, we may have difficulty increasing or maintaining our level of sales or profitability. If the industries we serve suffer a prolonged downturn, then our business may be adversely affected.

     Our industry is characterized by low backlogs, which means that our results of operations are promptly affected by short-term economic fluctuations.

9


 

     Table of Contents

Compliance with and changes in various environmental requirements and environmental risks applicable to our industry may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

     Existing laws or regulations, as currently interpreted or reinterpreted in the future, or future laws or regulations, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations is a significant factor in our business. We are subject to local, state, federal and international environmental laws and regulations concerning, among other matters, waste disposal, air emissions, waste and storm water effluent and disposal and employee health. Our manufacturing and recycling operations produce significant amounts of by-products, some of which are handled as industrial waste or hazardous waste. For example, our mini-mills generate electric arc furnace dust, or EAF dust, which the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, and other regulatory authorities classify as hazardous waste. EAF dust requires special handling, recycling or disposal.

     In addition, the primary feed materials for the eight shredders operated by our scrap metal recycling facilities are automobile hulks and obsolete household appliances. Approximately 20% of the weight of an automobile hulk consists of unrecyclable material known as shredder fluff. After the segregation of ferrous and saleable non-ferrous metals, shredder fluff remains. Federal and state environmental regulations require shredder fluff to pass a toxic leaching test to avoid classification as a hazardous waste. We endeavor to remove hazardous contaminants from the feed material prior to shredding. As a result, we believe the shredder fluff we generate is not hazardous waste. If the laws, regulations or testing methods change with regard to EAF dust or shredder fluff, we may incur additional significant expenditures.

     Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, legal requirements are changing frequently and are subject to interpretation. New laws, regulations and changing interpretations by regulatory authorities, together with uncertainty regarding adequate pollution control levels, testing and sampling procedures, new pollution control technology and cost benefit analysis based on market conditions are all factors that may increase our future expenditures to comply with environmental requirements. Accordingly, we are unable to predict the ultimate cost of future compliance with these requirements or their effect on our operations. We cannot predict whether such costs can be passed on to customers through product price increases.

     We may also be required to clean up additional sites than we already are or take certain remediation action with regard to sites formerly used in connection with our operations. We may be required to pay for a portion of the costs of clean up or remediation at sites we never owned or on which we never operated if we are found to have arranged for treatment or disposal of hazardous substances on the sites.

Risks Related to Our Company

We may have difficulty competing with companies that have a lower cost structure than ours.

     We compete with regional, national and foreign manufacturers and traders. Some of these competitors are larger, have greater financial resources and more diverse businesses than us. Some of our foreign competitors may be able to pursue business opportunities without regard for the laws and regulations with which we must comply, such as environmental regulations. These companies may have a lower cost structure, more operating flexibility and consequently they may be able to offer better prices and more services than we can. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully with these companies.

10


 

     Table of Contents

     Furthermore, over the past few years, many integrated domestic steel producers and secondary metal recyclers have entered bankruptcy proceedings. While in bankruptcy proceedings, these companies can forgo certain costs, giving them a competitive advantage. The companies that reorganize and emerge from bankruptcy often have more competitive capital cost structures. In addition, asset sales by these companies during the reorganization process tend to be at depressed prices, which enable the purchasers to acquire greater capacity at lower cost.

Fluctuations in the value of the United States dollar and weakness in foreign economies may adversely affect our business.

     Fluctuations in the value of the dollar can be expected to affect our business. The U.S. dollar, when strong, makes imported metal products less expensive, resulting in more imports of steel products into the U.S. by our foreign competitors. Weakness in foreign economies compared to the U.S., such as Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America, may increase competition from foreign producers. Economic difficulties in these regions may result in lower local demand for steel products and may encourage greater steel exports to the U.S. at depressed prices. As a result, those of our products that are made in the U.S., may become relatively more expensive as compared to imported steel, which has had and in the future could have a negative impact on our sales, revenues and profitability.

     The U.S. dollar, when strong, hampers our international marketing and distribution business. Weak local currencies limit the amount of U.S. dollar denominated products that we can import for our international operations and limits our ability to be competitive against local producers selling in local currencies.

Our steel mini-mill business requires continuous capital investments that we may not be able to sustain.

     We must make regular substantial capital investments in our steel mini-mills to lower production costs and remain competitive. We cannot be certain that we will have sufficient internally generated cash or acceptable external financing to make necessary substantial capital expenditures in the future. The availability of external financing depends on many factors outside of our control, including capital market conditions and the overall performance of the economy. If funding is insufficient, we may be unable to develop or enhance our mini-mills, take advantage of business opportunities and respond to competitive pressures.

Scrap and other supplies for our businesses are subject to significant price fluctuations, which may adversely affect our business.

     We depend on obsolete steel and non-ferrous metals, called scrap, and other supplies for our businesses. Although the scrap and other supplies may be sufficient to meet our future needs, the prices of scrap and other supplies have historically fluctuated greatly. Our future profitability will be adversely affected if we are unable to pass on higher material costs to our customers. We may not be able to adjust our product prices, especially in the short-term, to recover the costs of increases in material prices.

     For example, we depend on the ready availability of scrap as feedstock for our mini-mills. Although we believe that the supply of scrap is adequate to meet future needs, the price of scrap has historically been subject to significant fluctuation. Also, the raw material used in manufacturing copper tubing is copper scrap, supplemented occasionally by virgin copper ingot. Copper scrap has generally been readily available, and a small portion of our copper scrap comes from our metal recycling yards. However, copper scrap is subject to rapid price fluctuations related to the price and supply of virgin copper. Price increases for high quality copper scrap could adversely affect our business. Finally, our Arkansas mill

11


 

     Table of Contents

does not have melting capacity, so it is dependent on an adequate supply of competitively priced used rail. The availability of used rail fluctuates with the pace of railroad abandonments, rail replacement by railroads and demand for used rail from domestic and foreign rail rerolling mills. Price increases for used rail could adversely affect our business.

Our mini-mills consume large amounts of electricity and natural gas, and shortages or increases in the price of electricity and natural gas could adversely affect our business.

     The successful operation of our mini-mills depends on an uninterrupted supply of electricity. Accordingly, we are at risk in the event of an energy disruption. The electricity industry recently has been adversely affected by shortages and price volatility in regions outside of the locations of our mini-mills. Prolonged black-outs or brown-outs would substantially disrupt our production. Any such disruptions could adversely affect our operating results. Electricity prices can be volatile and increases would have an adverse effect on the costs of operating our mini-mills.

     Demand for natural gas depends primarily upon the worldwide number of natural gas wells being drilled, completed and re-worked and the depth and drilling conditions of these wells. The level of these activities is primarily dependent on current and anticipated natural gas prices. Many factors, such as the supply and demand for natural gas, general economic conditions, political instability or armed conflict in worldwide natural gas producing regions and global weather patterns affect these prices.

     We purchase most of our electricity and natural gas requirements in local markets for relatively short periods of time. As a result, fluctuations in energy prices can have an adverse effect on the costs of operating our mini-mills.

Unexpected equipment failures may lead to production curtailments or shutdowns.

     Interruptions in our production capabilities will adversely affect our production costs, steel available for sales and earnings for the affected period. In addition to equipment failures, our facilities are also subject to the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events such as fires, explosions or violent weather conditions. Our manufacturing processes are dependent upon critical pieces of steel-making equipment, such as our furnaces, continuous casters and rolling equipment, as well as electrical equipment, such as transformers, and this equipment may, on occasion, be out of service as a result of unanticipated failures. We have experienced and may in the future experience material plant shutdowns or periods of reduced production as a result of such equipment failures.

The availability of insurance coverage and increased cost may adversely affect profitability.

     After the events of September 11, 2001, several high profile corporate bankruptcies and the downturn in the investment markets, insurance companies tightened coverages and dramatically increased premium costs. Many insurers no longer offer certain coverages and the remaining carriers have in many instances reduced the liability they are willing to insure while raising the cost. Our profitability could be adversely affected when we renew our insurance policies due to the additional insurance expense as well as the greater exposure to risk caused by reduced coverage.

Hedging transactions may limit our potential gains or expose us to loss.

     Our product lines and worldwide operations expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange, commodity prices and interest rates. As part of our risk management program, we use financial instruments, including commodity futures or forwards, foreign currency exchange forward

12


 

     Table of Contents

contracts and interest rate swaps. While intended to reduce the effects of the fluctuations, these transactions may limit our potential gains or expose us to loss.

     We enter into foreign currency exchange forwards as economic hedges of trade commitments or anticipated commitments denominated in currencies other than the functional currency, to mitigate the effects of changes in currency rates. Although we do not enter into these instruments for trading purposes or speculation, and although our management believes all of these instruments are economically effective as hedges of underlying physical transactions, these foreign exchange commitments are dependent on timely performance by our counterparties. Their failure to perform could result in our having to close these hedges without the anticipated underlying transaction and could result in losses if foreign currency exchange rates have changed.

Rising interest rates may increase our borrowing costs and dampen economic activity resulting in lower sales, margins and profitability.

     Our short-term financing sources include primarily the commercial paper market, the sale of certain of our accounts receivable and borrowings from banks. We also have swapped our fixed-rate interest obligation on $100 million of debt due in 2005 for a floating rate obligation. If interest rates rise, our cost of short-term borrowing will increase and lower our profitability. Higher interest rates may also adversely affect some of the markets for our products, such as housing and commercial construction, resulting in a lower level of sales, margins and profitability.

We are involved and may in the future become involved in various environmental matters that may result in fines, penalties or judgments being assessed against us or liability imposed upon us which we cannot presently estimate or reasonably foresee and which may have a material impact on our earnings and cash flows.

     Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, called CERCLA, or similar state statutes, we may have obligations to conduct investigation and remediation activities associated with alleged releases of hazardous substances or to reimburse the EPA (or state agencies as applicable) for such activities and to pay for natural resource damages associated with alleged releases. We have been named a potentially responsible party at fourteen federal and state Superfund sites because the EPA or an equivalent state agency contends that we and other potentially responsible scrap metal suppliers are liable for the cleanup of those sites as a result of having sold scrap metal to unrelated manufacturers for recycling as a raw material in the manufacture of new products. We are involved in litigation or administrative proceedings with regard to several of these sites in which we are contesting, or at the appropriate time may contest, our liability at the sites. In addition, we have received information requests with regard to other sites which may be under consideration by the EPA as potential CERCLA sites.

     Although we are unable to estimate precisely the ultimate dollar amount of exposure to loss in connection with various environmental matters or the effect on our consolidated financial position, we make accruals as warranted. Due to inherent uncertainties, including evolving remediation technology, changing regulations, possible third-party contributions, the inherent shortcomings of the estimation process, the uncertainties involved in litigation and other factors, the amounts we accrue could vary significantly from the amounts we ultimately are required to pay.

13


 

     Table of Contents

An inability to fully and effectively integrate acquisitions, including the Huta Zawiercie S.A. and Lofland Company acquisitions, could result in increased costs while diverting management’s attention from our core operations, and we cannot assure you that we will realize their full benefits or successfully manage our combined company, and future acquisitions may result in dilutive equity issuances or increases in debt.

     On December 3, 2003, our subsidiary Commercial Metals (International) AG purchased 71.1% of the shares of Huta Zawiercie S.A., the third largest producer of steel in Poland, from Impexmetal S.A. of Warsaw, Poland. We used approximately $47.1 million of the net proceeds (net of cash received) from the offering of the old notes to fund this acquisition. We also assumed approximately $46.7 million in debt in connection with the acquisition. On December 23, 2003, we acquired 100% of the stock of Lofland Acquisition, Inc. (Lofland), the sole stockholder of the Lofland Company and subsidiaries, which operate steel reinforcing bar fabrication and construction-related products sales facilities from 11 locations in Texas, Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, New Mexico and Mississippi. We used approximately $48.8 million of the net proceeds of the old notes to fund this acquisition. Also, as part of our ongoing business strategy we regularly evaluate and may pursue acquisitions of and investments in complementary companies. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully or successfully integrate any pending or future acquisitions in a timely manner or at all. If we are unable to successfully integrate acquisitions, we may incur costs and delays or other operational, technical or financial problems, any of which could adversely affect our business. In addition, management’s attention may be diverted from core operations which could harm our ability to timely meet the needs of our customers and damage our relationships with those customers. To finance future acquisitions, we may need to raise funds either by issuing equity securities or incurring or assuming debt. If we incur additional debt, the related interest expense may significantly reduce our profitability.

We are subject to litigation which could adversely affect our profitability.

     We are involved in various litigation matters, including regulatory proceedings, administrative proceedings, governmental investigations, environmental matters and construction contract disputes. The nature of our operations also expose us to possible litigation claims in the future. Although we make every effort to avoid litigation, these matters are not totally within our control. We will contest these matters vigorously and have made insurance claims where appropriate, but because of the uncertain nature of litigation and coverage decisions, we cannot predict the outcome of these matters. These matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and profitability. Litigation is very costly, and the costs associated with prosecuting and defending litigation matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and profitability. Although we are unable to estimate precisely the ultimate dollar amount of exposure to loss in connection with litigation matters, we make accruals as warranted. However, the amounts that we accrue could vary significantly from the amounts we actually pay, due to inherent uncertainties and the inherent shortcomings of the estimation process, the uncertainties involved in litigation and other factors.

We depend on our senior management team and the loss of any member could adversely affect our operations.

     Our success is dependent on the management and leadership skills of our senior management team, including Stanley A. Rabin, our chairman of the board. If we lose any of these individuals or fail to attract and retain equally qualified personnel, then we may not be able to implement our business strategy. We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our senior management personnel other than Murray R. McClean, president of our marketing and distribution division.

14


 

     Table of Contents

Some of our customers may default on the debts they owe to us.

     Economic conditions are not consistent in all the markets we serve. Some segments are still weak, and our customers may struggle to meet their obligations, especially if a significant customer of theirs defaults. We recorded a $5.2 million provision in fiscal 2003 for losses on receivables due to weakness in the domestic and global economies, which increased our allowance for collection losses to $9.3 million. Other factors such as management and accounting irregularities have forced some companies into bankruptcy. A weak economic recovery and corporate failures could result in higher bad debt costs.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We have substantial debt and have the ability to incur additional debt. The principal and interest payment obligations of our debt may restrict our future operations and impair our ability to meet our obligations under the new notes.

     As of November 30, 2003, we had approximately $375 million of outstanding indebtedness, $528 million in stockholders’ equity, and our debt to equity ratio was 42%. Subsequent to November 30, 2003, we assumed $46.7 million in debt upon the acquisition of Huta Zawiercie, SA. In addition, the indenture governing the new notes will permit us to incur additional debt. See “Description of Notes.”

     The amount of our debt may have important consequences to you. For instance, it could:

    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to the new notes;
 
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal due under our debt, including the new notes, which will reduce funds available for other business purposes;
 
    increase the risk of a ratings downgrade, increasing our cost of financing and limiting our access to capital markets;
 
    increase the risk of a default of certain loan covenants, restricting our use of cash and financing alternatives;
 
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
 
    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with some of our competitors that have less debt; and
 
    limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to fund working capital and capital expenditures, mergers and acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes.

     Our ability to satisfy our obligations and to reduce our total debt depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow, and future financings may not be available to provide sufficient net proceeds, to meet these obligations or to successfully execute our business strategy.

15


 

     Table of Contents

Credit ratings affect our ability to obtain financing and the cost of such financing.

     Credit ratings affect our ability to obtain financing and the cost of such financing. Our commercial paper program is ranked in the second highest category by Moody’s Investors Service (P-2) and Standard & Poor’s Corporation (A-2). Our senior unsecured debt is investment grade rated by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (BBB) and Moody’s Investors Service (Baa2). On November 5, 2003, Moody’s Investors Service downgraded our debt from Baa1 to Baa2 but changed its outlook from negative to stable. In determining our credit ratings, the rating agencies consider a number of both quantitative and qualitative factors. These factors include earnings, fixed charges such as interest, cash flows, total debt outstanding, off balance sheet obligations and other commitments, total capitalization and various ratios calculated from these factors. The rating agencies also consider predictability of cash flows, business strategy, industry conditions and contingencies. Lower ratings on our commercial paper program or our senior unsecured debt could impair our ability to obtain additional financing and will increase the cost of the financing that we do obtain.

The agreements governing the new notes and our other debt contain financial covenants and impose restrictions on our business.

     The indenture governing our 7.20% notes due 2005, 6.80% notes due 2007, 6.75% notes due 2009 and the old notes contains restrictions on our ability to create liens, sell assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and consolidate or merge. The new notes will be issued under the same indenture and will also be subject to these covenants. In addition, our credit facility contains covenants that place restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

    create liens;
 
    enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
    sell assets;
 
    in the case of some of our subsidiaries, guarantee debt; and
 
    consolidate or merge.

     Our credit facility also requires us to meet certain financial tests and maintain certain financial ratios, including a maximum debt to capitalization and interest coverage ratios. Other agreements that we may enter into in the future may contain covenants imposing significant restrictions on our business that are similar to, or in addition to, the covenants under our existing agreements. These restrictions may affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise.

     Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. The breach of any of these restrictions could result in a default under the indenture governing the new notes or under our other debt agreements. An event of default under our debt agreements would permit some of our lenders to declare all amounts borrowed from them to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we were unable to repay debt to our secured lenders if we incur secured debt in the future, these lenders could proceed against the collateral securing that debt. In addition, acceleration of our other indebtedness may cause us to be unable to make interest payments on the new notes.

16


 

     Table of Contents

Risks Related to the New Notes

The new notes will be effectively subordinated to our secured debt.

     Our obligations under the new notes are unsecured. As a result, the new notes will be effectively subordinated to any secured debt we incur in the future to the extent of the collateral securing that debt. As of November 30, 2003, we had no secured debt outstanding and our credit facilities were unsecured. We may, however, in the future issue secured debt. If we have secured debt in the future and are not able to repay amounts due under the terms of the secured debt, the holders of the secured debt could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. In that event, any proceeds received upon a realization of the collateral securing that indebtedness would be applied first to amounts due under the terms of the secured debt before any proceeds would be available to make payments on the new notes. If we default under any secured debt, the value of the collateral on the secured debt may not be sufficient to repay both the holders of the secured debt and the holders of the new notes.

We depend in part on our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations, including payments on the new notes.

     Although Commercial Metals Company is an operating company, a substantial part of its assets consists of the capital stock or other equity interests of its subsidiaries. As a result, we depend in part on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the availability of their cash flows to us, or upon loans, advances or other payments made by these entities to us to service our debt obligations, including the new notes. The ability of these entities to pay dividends or make other payments or advances to us will depend upon their operating results and will be subject to restrictions under agreements to which we are a party and applicable laws.

     Our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us to make scheduled payments on our debt, including the new notes, will depend on our and their future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our control. If we and our subsidiaries do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, including payments on the new notes, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations on the new notes. The cash flows of our operating subsidiaries and the amount that is available to us, together with our cash flows, may not be adequate for us to service our debt obligations, including the new notes.

The new notes will be structurally subordinated to the debt and liabilities of our subsidiaries.

     The new notes will not be guaranteed by our subsidiaries. Payments on the new notes are required to be made only by Commercial Metals Company. We may not have direct access to the assets of our subsidiaries unless those assets are transferred by dividend or otherwise to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us is subject to various restrictions, including restrictions under other agreements to which we are a party and under applicable law. As a result, the

17


 

     Table of Contents

new notes will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries.

There is no public market for the new notes, and we cannot be sure that a market for the new notes will develop.

     The new notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no active trading market. If any of the new notes are traded, they may trade at a discount from the initial offering price of the old notes if the liquidity of the trading market in the new notes is limited. In addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the new notes and the market prices quoted for the new notes may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for debt securities.

Volatile trading prices may require you to hold the new notes for an indefinite period of time.

     If a market develops for the new notes, they might trade at prices higher or lower than the initial offering price of the old notes. The trading price would depend on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, general economic conditions and our financial condition, performance and prospects. Historically, the market for debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial fluctuations in the prices of these securities. The market for the new notes may be subject to such fluctuations, which could have an adverse effect on the price of the new notes. You should be aware that you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the new notes for an indefinite period of time.

18


 

     Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

     We issued $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes on November 12, 2003 to Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, ABN AMRO Incorporated and Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc, the initial purchasers, pursuant to a purchase agreement. The initial purchasers subsequently sold the old notes to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, in reliance on Rule 144A. As a condition to the sale of the old notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers on November 12, 2003. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we agreed that we would:

     (1) file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC on or prior to February 10, 2004;

     (2) use our reasonable best efforts to have the exchange offer registration statement declared effective by the SEC on or prior to June 9, 2004;

     (3) keep the exchange offer open for a period of not less than 30 days; and

     (4) consummate the exchange offer within 45 days after the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective.

     This summary of the terms of the registration rights agreement does not contain all the information that you should consider, and we refer you to the provisions of the registration rights agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for our fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Resale of the New Notes

     Based upon an interpretation by the staff of the SEC contained in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may exchange your old notes for new notes in the ordinary course of business. For further information on the SEC’s position, see Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, available May 13, 1988, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, available June 5, 1991 and Shearman & Sterling, available July 2, 1993, and other interpretive letters to similar effect. You will be allowed to resell new notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to purchasers of the new notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act so long as you do not participate, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement with any person to participate, in a distribution of the new notes. However, the foregoing does not apply to you if you are a broker-dealer who purchased the new notes directly from us to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act, or you are an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

     In addition, if you are a broker-dealer, or you acquire new notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in the distribution of the new notes, you cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC contained in the no-action letters mentioned above and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available.

     Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, which the broker-dealer acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must

19


 

     Table of Contents

acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes which the broker-dealer acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration date. We, through the exchange agent, will issue $1,000 principal amount of new notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding old notes surrendered pursuant to the exchange offer. You may tender old notes only in integral multiples of $1,000.

     The form and terms of the new notes are the same as the form and terms of the old notes except that:

    the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not bear legends restricting their transfer; and
 
    holders of the new notes will not be entitled to any of the rights of holders of old notes under the registration rights agreement, which rights will terminate upon the completion of the exchange offer.

     The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes and will be issued under the same indenture, so the new notes and the old notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the indenture.

     As of the date of this prospectus, $200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the old notes is outstanding and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for The Depository Trust Company. Only registered holders of the old notes, or their legal representatives or attorneys-in-fact, as reflected on the records of the trustee under the indenture, may participate in the exchange offer. We will not set a fixed record date for determining registered holders of the old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

     You do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the indenture in connection with the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement and the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

     We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as your agent for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us.

     If you tender old notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than the applicable taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer.

20


 

     Table of Contents

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

     The term expiration date will mean 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on                    , 2004, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the term expiration date will mean the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer; provided, however, that the maximum period of time during which the exchange offer, including any extension thereof, may be in effect will not exceed 45 days. To extend the exchange offer, we will:

    notify the exchange agent of any extension orally or in writing; and
 
    mail to each registered holder an announcement that will include disclosure of the approximate number of old notes deposited to date,

each before 9:00 a.m., Eastern Standard time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. We reserve the right, in our reasonable discretion:

    to delay accepting any old notes;
 
    to extend the exchange offer; or
 
    if any conditions listed below under “-Conditions” are not satisfied, to terminate the exchange offer by giving oral or written notice of the delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent.

     We will follow any delay in acceptance, extension or termination as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice to the registered holders or by public announcement thereof. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner we determine constitutes a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a prospectus supplement that we will distribute to the registered holders. Depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure, we will extend the exchange offer if the exchange offer would otherwise expire while we are disclosing the amendment to the registered holders.

Interest on the New Notes

     The new notes will bear interest at the same rate and on the same terms as the old notes. Consequently, the new notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 5.625% per annum (based on a 360-day year). Interest will be payable semi-annually on each November 15 and May 15, commencing on May 15, 2004.

     You will receive interest on May 15, 2004 from the date of initial issuance of the new notes, plus an amount equal to the accrued interest on the old notes from November 12, 2003 to the date of exchange. We will deem the right to receive any interest accrued on the old notes waived by you if we accept your old notes for exchange.

Procedures for Tendering

     You may tender old notes in the exchange offer only if you are a registered holder of old notes. To tender in the exchange offer, a registered holder must either comply with the procedures for a manual tender or comply with the automated tender offer procedures of DTC described below under “Tendering Through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program.” To complete a manual tender, you must:

    complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal;
 
    have the signatures guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal; and
 
    mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile to the exchange agent at the address listed below under “-Exchange Agent” for receipt before the expiration date.

21


 

     Table of Contents

     In addition, either:

    the exchange agent must receive certificates for the old notes along with the letter of transmittal; or
 
    the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the old notes into its account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below before the expiration date.

     If you wish to tender your old notes and cannot comply with the requirement to deliver the letter of transmittal and your old notes (including by book-entry transfer) or use the automated tender offer program of DTC before the expiration date, you must tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

     Your tender, if not withdrawn before the expiration date, will constitute an agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

     The method of delivery of old notes and the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or old notes to us. You may request your respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the transactions described above for you.

     If you are a beneficial owner of old notes whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your old notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, before completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the old notes you must either:

    make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name; or
 
    obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

     The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time. Unless the old notes are tendered:

     (1) by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

     (2) for the account of: a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States; or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act that is a member of one of the recognized signature guarantee programs identified in the letter of transmittal,

22


 

     Table of Contents

an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal described below under “— Withdrawal of Tenders.”

     If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder, the old notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the old notes. If the letter of transmittal or any old notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, they should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by us, they must submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act with the letter of transmittal.

     The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in the depositary’s system may utilize DTC’s automated tender offer program to tender notes. See “— Tendering Through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program” below.

     We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered old notes, which determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all old notes not properly tendered or any old notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular old notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, you must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes within the time we determine. Although we intend to notify you of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of old notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give you that notification. Unless waived, we will not deem tenders of old notes to have been made until you cure the defects or irregularities.

     While we have no present plan to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any old notes that remain outstanding after the expiration date. We also reserve the right to terminate the exchange offer, as described below under “-Conditions,” and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase old notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any of those purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

     If you wish to tender old notes in exchange for new notes in the exchange offer, we will require you to represent that:

    you are not an affiliate of ours;
 
    you will acquire any new notes in the ordinary course of your business; and
 
    at the time of completion of the exchange offer, you have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes.

Return of Old Notes

     If we do not accept any tendered old notes for any reason described in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if you withdraw or submit old notes for a greater principal amount than you desire to exchange, we will return the unaccepted, withdrawn or non-exchanged old notes without expense to you as promptly as practicable. In the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange

23


 

     Table of Contents

agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, we will credit the old notes to an account maintained with DTC as promptly as practicable.

Book-Entry Transfer

     The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s systems may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer the old notes into the exchange agent’s account at the DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of old notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the DTC, you must transmit and the exchange agent must receive, the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, at the address below under “-Exchange Agent” on or before the expiration date or pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Tendering Through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program

     The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s automated tender offer program to tender its old notes. Participants in the program may transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer electronically instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent. Tendering through the automated tender offer program causes DTC to transfer the old notes to the exchange agent according to its procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent.

     The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC to and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, stating that:

    DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in DTC’s automated tender offer program that is tendering old notes that are the subject of such book-entry confirmation;
 
    the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and
 
    we may enforce the letter of transmittal or notice of guaranteed delivery, as applicable, against the participant.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

     If you wish to tender your old notes and (1) your old notes are not immediately available or (2) you cannot deliver the old notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent before the expiration date, you may effect a tender if:

     (1) the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

     (2) before the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from the eligible guarantor institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, that states your name and address, the certificate number(s) of the old notes and the principal amount of old notes tendered, states that the tender is being made by that notice of guaranteed delivery, and guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the eligible guarantor institution will deposit with the exchange agent the letter of transmittal, together with

24


 

     Table of Contents

the certificate(s) representing the old notes in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal; and

     (3) within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the exchange agent receives a properly executed letter of transmittal, as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered old notes in proper form for transfer and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal.

     Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

     Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw tenders of old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on the expiration date. To withdraw a tender of old notes in the exchange offer, the exchange agent must receive a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal at its address listed in this prospectus before the expiration date or you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s automated tender offer program system. Any notice of withdrawal must:

    specify the name of the person who deposited the old notes to be withdrawn;
 
    identify the old notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of the old notes; and
 
    be signed in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the old notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees.

     If the old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC.

     We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of the notices, and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. We will not deem any properly withdrawn old notes to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer, and we will not issue new notes with respect to those old notes, unless you validly re-tender the withdrawn old notes. You may re-tender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described above under “-Procedures for Tendering” at any time before the expiration date.

Conditions

     Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange the new notes for, any old notes, and may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the old notes, if, in our reasonable judgment, the exchange offer violates applicable law, rules or regulations or an applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.

     If we determine in our reasonable discretion that any of these conditions are not satisfied, we may:

    refuse to accept any old notes and return all tendered old notes to you;
 
    extend the exchange offer and retain all old notes tendered before the exchange offer expires, subject, however, to your rights to withdraw the old notes; or
 
    waive the unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange offer and accept all properly tendered old notes that have not been withdrawn.

25


 

     Table of Contents

     If the waiver constitutes a material change to the exchange offer, we will promptly disclose the waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that we will distribute to the registered holders of the old notes. Depending on the significance and the timing of the waiver, we may also decide to extend the exchange offer.

     These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them or waive them in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of these rights, this failure will not mean that we have waived our rights. Each right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times, in each case, prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered and will not issue new notes in exchange for any old note, if at that time any stop order has been threatened or is in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

Termination of Registration Rights

     All of your rights under the registration rights agreement will terminate upon consummation of the exchange offer except with respect to our continuing obligations:

    to indemnify you and parties related to you against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act; and
 
    to provide, upon your request, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to permit resales of the old notes pursuant to Rule 144A.

Shelf Registration

If:

     (1) the new notes received by holders other than certain restricted holders are not freely transferable under the Securities Act due to changes in existing SEC interpretations;

     (2) the exchange offer has not been completed by July 24, 2004; or

     (3) any holder of old notes is not eligible under interpretations of the SEC to participate in the exchange offer and the holder provides notice to us,

we will file, at our cost, with the SEC a shelf registration statement to cover resales of the old notes or the new notes, as the case may be, within the later of 90 days after the issuance of the old notes or 30 days after the time the obligation to file arises. We will use our reasonable best efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 120 days after the shelf registration statement is filed and use our reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until two years after its effective date or such shorter period ending when all resales of old notes or new notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been made. A holder selling old notes or new notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally would be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the exchange and registration rights agreement which are applicable to such holder, including certain indemnification obligations.

26


 

     Table of Contents

Liquidated Damages

If:

     (1) we fail to file any of the registration statements required by the registration rights agreement on or before the date specified for such filing; or

     (2) any of such registration statements is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness; or

     (3) we fail to consummate the exchange offer within 45 days after the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective; or

     (4) the shelf registration statement or the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective but thereafter is withdrawn by us or becomes subject to an effective stop order suspending its effectiveness in connection with resales or exchanges of transfer restricted securities during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above, a “registration default”);

then we will pay to each holder of the outstanding old notes, as liquidated damages, additional penalty interest for the period from the occurrence of the registration default until such time as no registration default is in effect. The amount of penalty interest would be equal to 0.25% per annum during the first 90-day period following the occurrence of such registration default, and would increase by an additional 0.25% per annum during each subsequent 90-day period while the registration default remains in effect, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum.

Exchange Agent

     We have appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank as exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal and requests for a notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

     
By Registered or Certified Mail:
  By Hand Delivery:
 
   
JPMorgan Chase Bank
ITS Bond Events
2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor
Dallas, TX 75201
Attention: Frank Ivins
  JPMorgan Chase Bank
ITS Bond Events
2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor
Dallas, TX 75201
Attention: Frank Ivins
 
   
By Overnight Delivery:
  By Facsimile (for eligible institutions only):
 
   
JPMorgan Chase Bank
  (214) 468-6494
ITS Bond Events
  Attention: Frank Ivins
2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor
   
Dallas, TX 75201
  To Confirm Facsimile:
Attention: Frank Ivins
  (214) 468-6464

     Delivery to an address other than the one stated above or transmission via a facsimile number other than the one stated above will not constitute a valid delivery.

27


 

     Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

     We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. We are making the principal solicitation by mail; however, our officers and regular employees may make additional solicitations by facsimile, telephone or in person.

     We have not retained any dealer manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

     We will pay the cash expenses incurred in connection with the exchange offer which we estimate to be approximately $300,000. These expenses include registration fees, fees and expenses of the exchange agent and the trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

     We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of notes pursuant to the exchange offer. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the old notes pursuant to the exchange offer, then you must pay the amount of the transfer taxes. If you do not submit satisfactory evidence of payment of the taxes or exemption from payment with the letter of transmittal, we will bill the amount of the transfer taxes directly to you.

Consequence of Failure to Exchange

     Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. We urge you to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your decisions on what action to take. Old notes that are not exchanged for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, those old notes may be resold only:

    to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A;
 
    in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
 
    outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act;
 
    in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and based upon an opinion of counsel if we so request;
 
    to us; or
 
    pursuant to an effective registration statement.

     In each case, the old notes may be resold only in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction.

28


 

     Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

     The exchange offer satisfies an obligation under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the new notes as contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive the old notes in like principal amount. The old notes surrendered in exchange for the new notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the new notes will not result in any increase in our indebtedness or capital stock.

     We used substantially all of the net proceeds from the offering of the old notes for (a) the purchase of our 7.20% notes due 2005 validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the tender offer and (b) the acquisition of a 71.1% interest in Huta Zawiercie SA and the acquisition of the Lofland Company.

29


 

     Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, short-term debt and our consolidated capitalization at November 30, 2003. You should read this table in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

         
    November 30, 2003
    (dollars in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
  $ 133,544  
 
   
 
 
Short-term debt:
       
Trade financing
  $ 12,000  
Notes payable
     
Current maturities of long-term debt
    618  
 
   
 
 
Total short-term debt
    12,618  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities:(2)
       
7.20% notes due 2005
    11,566  
6.80% notes due 2007
    50,000  
6.75% notes due 2009
    100,000  
5.625% notes due 2013
    200,000  
Other
    799  
 
   
 
 
Total long-term debt(3)
    362,365  
Stockholders’ equity:
       
Preferred stock
     
Common stock, $5.00 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 28,325,301 shares outstanding at November 30, 2003(4)
    161,326  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,966  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    7,841  
Retained earnings
    412,254  
Less treasury stock, 3,939,865 shares
    (54,906 )
 
   
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    528,481  
 
   
 
 
Total capitalization
  $ 903,464  
 
   
 
 


(1)   Subsequent to November 30, 2003, we (a) used $51.9 million cash to purchase 71.1% of the shares of Huta Zawiercie, (b) used $48.8 million cash in connection with the Lofland acquisition and (c) acquired $4.8 million in cash in connection with the Huta acquisition.
 
(2)   See the notes to our condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning long-term debt. The 7.20% notes due 2005 include the effect of an interest rate swap valued at $566,000.
 
(3)   Subsequent to November 30, 2003, we assumed $46.7 million in debt upon the acquisition of Huta Zawiercie S.A.
 
(4)   Does not include approximately 3,508,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at November 30, 2003.

30


 

     Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER DATA

     The selected income statement data and balance sheet data presented below are for the three months ended November 30, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 and as of November 30, 2003 and August 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999. The per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend on our common stock effective June 28, 2002. In 2002, as reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2002, as amended, we restated the financial statements. The following information should be read in conjunction with the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

                                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
                                                       
Net sales
  $ 830     $ 636     $ 2,876     $ 2,480     $ 2,470     $ 2,661     $ 2,251  
Cost of goods sold
    737       575       2,587       2,162       2,173       2,334       1,949  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    65       54       244       236       223       229       207  
Interest expense
    5       4       15       19       28       27       20  
Loss on reacquisition of debt
    3                                      
Litigation accrual
                            8              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Earnings before income taxes
    20       3       30       63       38       71       75  
Provision for income taxes
    7       1       11       22       14       26       28  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 13     $ 2     $ 19     $ 41     $ 24     $ 45     $ 47  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net earnings per share (basic)
  $ 0.45     $ 0.08     $ 0.67     $ 1.48     $ 0.91     $ 1.59     $ 1.62  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net earnings per share (diluted)
  $ 0.44     $ 0.08     $ 0.66     $ 1.43     $ 0.90     $ 1.56     $ 1.61  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Cash dividends paid per common share
  $ 0.08     $ 0.08     $ 0.32     $ 0.275     $ 0.26     $ 0.26     $ 0.26  
                                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions, except ratios)
Other Financial Data:
                                                       
EBITDA (1)
  $ 40. 2   $ 22. 7   $ 106. 9   $ 143. 4   $ 133. 3   $ 164. 6   $ 146. 5
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)
    4. 20     1. 73     2. 57     3. 77     2. 19     3. 25     3. 60
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense
    7. 9     5. 7     7. 0     7. 7     4. 8     6. 0     7. 5
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA(3)
    2. 3     2. 8     2. 5     1. 8     2. 0     2. 2     2. 0
                                                 
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions)
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents (4)
  $ 133.5     $ 75.1     $ 124.4     $ 56.0     $ 20.1     $ 44.7  
Total assets
  $ 1,419.3     $ 1,275.4     $ 1,230.1     $ 1,081.9     $ 1,170.1     $ 1,079.1  
Long-term debt (5)
  $ 362.4     $ 255.0     $ 256.0     $ 251.6     $ 261.9     $ 265.6  
Total debt (5)
  $ 375.0     $ 270.6     $ 256.6     $ 265.7     $ 363.2     $ 289.8  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 528.5     $ 506.9     $ 501.3     $ 433.1     $ 418.8     $ 418.3  


     
 
(1)   We have included a financial statement measure in the table above that was not derived in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Earnings before interest expense, income

31


 

     Table of Contents
    taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, is a non-GAAP liquidity measure. In calculating EBITDA, we exclude our largest recurring non-cash charge, depreciation and amortization. We use EBITDA as one guideline to assess our ability to pay our current debt obligations as they mature and a tool to calculate possible future levels of leverage capacity. Reconciliations to net earnings are provided below.

                                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
    (in millions)
Net earnings
  $ 12.6     $ 2.2     $ 18.9     $ 40.5     $ 23.8     $ 44.6     $ 47.0  
Interest expense
    5.1       4.0       15.3       18.7       27.6       27.3       19.6  
Income taxes
    7.4       1.3       11.5       22.6       14.6       26.1       27.8  
Depreciation and amortization
    15.1       15.2       61.2       61.6       67.3       66.6       52.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
EBITDA
  $ 40.2     $ 22.7     $ 106.9     $ 143.4     $ 133.3     $ 164.6     $ 146.5  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
(2)   For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents earnings before income taxes, interest expense, interest imputed on rent and amortization of capitalized interest. Fixed charges include interest expense, interest capitalized and the portion of operating rental expense that management believes is representative of the appropriate interest component of rent expense.
 
(3)   EBITDA for the quarters ended November 30, 2003 and 2002 has been annualized for purposes of calculating the ratio. Quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the entire year.
 
(4)   Subsequent to November 30, 2003, we (a) used $51.9 million cash to purchase 71.1% of the shares of Huta Zawiercie, (b) used $48.8 million cash in connection with the Lofland acquisition and (c) acquired $4.8 million in cash in connection with the Huta acquisition.
 
(5)   Subsequent to November 30, 2003, we assumed $46.7 million in debt upon the acquisition of Huta Zawiercie SA.

32


 

     Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is intended to assist in the understanding and assessment of the trends and significant changes in our results of operations and financial condition. Historical results may not indicate future performance. Our forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements. Factors that may cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     We manufacture, recycle, market and distribute steel and metal products through a network of over 140 locations in the United States and internationally.

Manufacturing Operations

We conduct our manufacturing operations through a network of:

  steel mills, commonly referred to as “minimills,” that produce reinforcing bar, angles, flats, small beams, rounds, fence post sections and other shapes;
 
  steel fabrication and processing plants that bend, cut and fabricate steel, primarily reinforcing bar and angles;
 
  a copper tube mill;
 
  warehouses that sell or rent supplies for the installation of concrete;
 
  plants that produce special sections for floors and ceiling support;
 
  plants that produce steel fence posts;
 
  a plant that treats steel with heat to strengthen and provide flexibility;
 
  a plant that rebuilds railcars; and
 
  a railroad salvage company.

Recycling Operations

     We conduct our recycling operations through 44 metal processing plants located in the states of Texas, South Carolina, Florida, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Kansas, Missouri, Tennessee, Louisiana and Georgia.

Marketing and Distribution Operations

     We market and distribute steel, copper and aluminum coil, sheet and tubing, ores, metal concentrates, industrial minerals, ferroalloys and chemicals through our network of 15 marketing and distribution

33


 

     Table of Contents

offices, 4 processing facilities and joint ventures around the world. Our customers use these products in a variety of industries.

     You should read this management’s discussion and analysis in connection with your review of our consolidated audited financial statements and the accompanying footnotes that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     The following are important accounting policies, estimates and assumptions that you should understand as you review our financial statements. We apply these accounting policies and make these estimates and assumptions to prepare financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles. Our use of these accounting policies, estimates and assumptions affects our results of operations and our reported amounts of assets and liabilities. Where we have used estimates or assumptions, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates.

     Revenue Recognition. Generally, we recognize sales when title passes. For a few of our steel fabrication operations, we recognize net sales and profits from certain long-term fixed price contracts by the percentage-of-completion method. In determining the amount of net sales to recognize, we estimate the total costs and profits expected to be recorded for the contract term and the recoverability of costs related to change orders. These estimates could change, resulting in changes in our earnings.

     Contingencies. We make accruals as needed for litigation, administrative proceedings, government investigations (including environmental matters), and contract disputes. We base our environmental liabilities on estimates regarding the number of sites for which we will be responsible, the scope and cost of work to be performed at each site, the portion of costs that we expect we will share with other parties and the timing of the remediation. Where timing of expenditures can be reliably estimated, we discount amounts to reflect our cost of capital over time. We record these and other contingent liabilities when they are probable and when we can reasonably estimate the amount of loss. Where timing and amounts cannot be precisely estimated, we estimate a range, and we recognize the low end of the range without discounting. Also, see Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     Inventory Cost. We determine inventory cost for most domestic inventories by the last-in, first-out method, or LIFO. At the end of each quarter, we estimate both inventory quantities and costs that we expect at the end of the fiscal year for these LIFO calculations, and we record an amount on a pro-rata basis. These estimates could vary substantially from the actual year-end results, causing an adjustment to cost of goods sold. See Note 14, Quarterly Financial Data, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We record all inventories at the lower of their cost or market value.

     Property, Plant and Equipment. Our manufacturing and recycling businesses are capital intensive. We evaluate the value of these assets and other long-lived assets whenever a change in circumstances indicates that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Some of the estimated values for assets that we currently use in our operations utilize judgments and assumptions of future undiscounted cash flows that the assets will produce. If these assets were for sale, our estimates of their values could be significantly different because of market conditions, specific transaction terms and a buyer’s different viewpoint of future cash flows. Also, we depreciate property, plant and equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciable lives are based on our estimate of the assets’ economically useful lives. To the extent that an asset’s actual life differs from our estimate, there could be

34


 

     Table of Contents

an impact on depreciation expense or a gain/loss on the disposal of the asset in a later period. We expense major maintenance costs as incurred.

     Other Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements. See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

Consolidated Results of Operations

     Our management uses a non-GAAP measure, adjusted operating profit, to compare and evaluate the financial performance of our segments. See Note 13, Business Segments, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 and Note J, Business Segments to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended November 30, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We define adjusted operating profit as the sum of our earnings before income taxes and financing costs. Adjusted operating profit provides a core operational earnings measurement that compares segments without the need to adjust for federal, but more specifically, state taxes which have considerable variation between domestic jurisdictions. Tax regulations in international operations add additional complexity. Also, we exclude interest cost and discounts on the sales of accounts receivable in our calculation of adjusted operating profit. The results are, therefore, without consideration of financing alternatives of capital employed. In the following table we are providing a reconciliation of the non-GAAP measure, adjusted operating profit (loss) to net earnings (loss):

                                         
                    Marketing   Corporate    
                    and   and    
    Manufacturing
  Recycling
  Distribution
  Eliminations
  Total
    (in millions)
Three months ended November 30, 2003:
                                       
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 12.5     $ 3.9     $ 4.9     $ (8.7 )   $ 12.6  
Income taxes
    7.7       1.8       1.3       (3.4 )     7.4  
Interest expense
                0.1       5.0       5.1  
Discounts on sales of accounts receivable
    0.1                         0.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Adjusted operating profit (loss)
  $ 20.3     $ 5.7     $ 6.3     $ (7.1 )   $ 25.2  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Three months ended November 30, 2002:
                                       
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 2.3     $ 0.9     $ 2.8     $ (3.8 )   $ 2.2  
Income taxes
    1.4       0.5       1.5       (2.1 )     1.3  
Interest expense
                0.1       3.9       4.0  
Discounts on sales of accounts receivable
    0.1                         0.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Adjusted operating profit (loss)
  $ 3.8     $ 1.4     $ 4.4     $ (2.0 )   $ 7.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Year ended August 31, 2003:
                                       
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 13.6     $ 10.0     $ 15.5     $ (20.2 )   $ 18.9  
Income taxes
    6.5       5.1       4.8       (4.9 )     11.5  
Interest expense
    0.1             1.3       13.9       15.3  
Discounts on sales of accounts receivable
    0.2       0.1       0.2       0.1       0.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Adjusted operating profit (loss)
  $ 20.4     $ 15.2     $ 21.8     $ (11.1 )   $ 46.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

35


 

     Table of Contents

                                         
                    Marketing   Corporate    
                    and   and    
    Manufacturing
  Recycling
  Distribution
  Eliminations
  Total
    (in millions)
Year ended August 31, 2002:
                                       
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 45.0     $ 3.7     $ 8.1     $ (16.3 )   $ 40.5  
Income taxes
    25.7       1.2       3.8       (8.1 )     22.6  
Interest expense
    0.3             2.0       16.4       18.7  
Discounts on sales of accounts receivable
    0.4       0.2       0.3       (0.1 )     0.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Adjusted operating profit (loss)
  $ 71.4     $ 5.1     $ 14.2     $ (8.1 )   $ 82.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Year ended August 31, 2001:
                                       
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 34.8     $ (1.5 )   $ 3.6     $ (13.1 )   $ 23.8  
Income taxes
    21.1       (.9 )     2.1       (7.7 )     14.6  
Interest expense
    0.4             1.8       25.4       27.6  
Discounts on sales of accounts receivable
    0.4       0.1       0.3       0.2       1.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Adjusted operating profit (loss)
  $ 56.7     $ (2.3 )   $ 7.8     $ 4.8     $ 67.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
  2001
    (in millions except share data)
Net sales
  $ 830     $ 636     $ 2,876     $ 2,480     $ 2,470  
Net earnings
    12.6       2.2       18.9       40.5       23.8  
LIFO effect on net earnings expense (income)
    0.8       0.1       6.1       1.0       (1.1 )
Per diluted share
    0.0 3     0.0 1     0.2 1     0.0 4     (0.0 4)

The following financial events were significant during the first quarter ended November 30, 2003:

  The improved market conditions that we experienced during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 continued during our first quarter of fiscal 2004 for most of our businesses.
 
  Steel group earnings increased primarily due to higher shipments, as realized product prices only kept up with the increases in input costs.
 
  The copper tube division reported increased gross margins due to higher volumes and improved metal spreads.
 
  The recycling segment continued to be very profitable primarily due to improvements in the ferrous scrap market over last year.
 
  Marketing and distribution’s adjusted operating profit was higher than last year’s first quarter, with improvements in a number of products’ prices.
 
  On November 12, 2003, we issued $200 million aggregate principal amount of 5.625% notes due 2013 following the purchase of $89 million of notes otherwise due in 2005. We incurred a $2.8 million pre-tax charge on this purchase.

36


 

     Table of Contents

  During the three months ended November 30, 2003, we realized a pre-tax gain of $1.5 million in marketing and distribution related to the forward purchase of Polish Zlotys in connection with our December 3, 2003 acquisition of Huta Zawiercie, S.A.

Segments

     Unless otherwise indicated, all dollars below are before income taxes. Financial results for our reportable segments are consistent with the basis and manner in which we internally disaggregate financial information for making operating decisions. We have three reportable segments: manufacturing, recycling, and marketing and distribution.

     The following table shows net sales and adjusted operating profit (loss) by business segment:

                                         
    Three Months Ended   Year Ended
    November 30,
  August 31,
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
  2001
    (in millions)
Net sales:
                                       
Manufacturing
  $ 379     $ 296     $ 1,340     $ 1,366     $ 1,350  
Recycling
    132       96       441       378       394  
Marketing and distribution
    340       256       1,150       777       771  
Adjusted operating profit (loss):
                                       
Manufacturing
  $ 20.3     $ 3.7     $ 20.4     $ 71.4     $ 56.7  
Recycling
    5.7       1.4       15.2       5.1       (2.3 )
Marketing and distribution
    6.3       4.4       21.8       14.2       7.8  

Quarter Ended November 30, 2003 Compared to 2002

     Manufacturing. We include our steel group and our copper tube division in our manufacturing segment. Adjusted operating profit is equal to earnings before income taxes for our four steel minimills, our copper tube mill and the steel group’s fabrication operations. Our manufacturing segment’s adjusted operating profit for the three months ended November 30, 2003 increased $16.6 million (443%) as compared to 2002 on $82.3 million (28%) more net sales. Our steel group’s minimills and our copper tube mill reported higher adjusted operating profits due to higher selling prices and increased shipments, although higher scrap purchase and utility costs resulted in continued compressed gross margins. Our steel group’s downstream fabrication operations were more profitable due to higher shipments with stable selling prices. Slower demand for commercial construction was more than offset by demand in other construction markets. Our downstream rebar fabrication, construction related products, steel post plants, steel joist manufacturing and structural steel fabrication businesses, were profitable for the three months ended November 30, 2003.

     The table below reflects steel and scrap prices per ton:

                 
    Three months ended
    November 30,
    2003
  2002
Average mill selling price (total sales)
  $ 309     $ 272  
Average mill selling price (finished goods)
    313       281  
Average fabrication selling price
    555       558  
Average ferrous scrap purchase price
    118       89  

37


 

     Table of Contents

     Minimills. Adjusted operating profit for our four steel minimills increased 408% for the three months ended November 30, 2003 compared to 2002, due to higher selling prices and shipments. Adjusted operating profits at all four mills were significantly higher. The largest increases in profitability were at SMI Texas and SMI South Carolina. Adjusted operating profits at SMI Texas increased $2.7 million (91%) for the three months ended November 30, 2003 as compared to 2002. SMI South Carolina reported $1.7 million adjusted operating profit for the three months ended November 30, 2003 as compared to a $2.3 million adjusted operating loss in 2002. The mills shipped 566,000 tons in the current quarter compared to 505,000 last year, an increase of 12%. Mill production increased as well, with tons rolled up 13% to 541,000. Tons melted increased 9% to 561,000. The average total mill selling price at $309 per ton was $37 (14%) above last year. Our mill selling price for finished goods increased $32 per ton (11%). Average scrap purchase costs were $29 per ton (33%) higher than last year. Utility expenses increased by $1.8 million as compared to last year; both natural gas and electricity costs were higher. Consequently, the increases in our steel product prices were only enough to offset the increase in these input costs, resulting in continuing restricted mill product margins. However, our metal spread (the difference between our average total mill selling price and our average scrap purchase price) was $8 per ton higher during the three months ended November 30, 2003 as compared to 2002.

     Fabrication and Other Businesses. Adjusted operating profit in the steel group’s fabrication and other businesses increased by $6.6 million (472%) for the three months ended November 30, 2003 as compared to 2002. Fabrication plant shipments totaled 280,000 tons, 29% more than last year’s first quarter shipments of 217,000 tons. The average fabrication selling price for the three months ended November 30, 2003 was approximately the same as compared to 2002. All of these lines of business were profitable for the three months ended November 30, 2003 including rebar and structural fabrication, construction-related products, steel post plants, and steel joist manufacturing. During the three months ended November 30, 2002, our structural steel fabrication and joist plants had reported adjusted operating losses. We are continuing to evaluate certain facilities which are performing under expectations or for which we are considering alternative uses. Our current estimates of cash flows do not indicate that the assets are impaired. However, these estimates and expected uses could change resulting in asset impairments.

     On December 23, 2003, we acquired Lofland for $48.8 million. Lofland is the sole stockholder of the Lofland Company and subsidiaries which operate steel reinforcing bar fabrication and construction-related products sales facilities from 11 locations in Texas, Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, New Mexico and Mississippi. The acquisition of Lofland complements our existing Texas rebar fabrication and construction-related product sales operations and expands our service areas in each of the neighboring states. See Note I, Acquisitions, to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended November 30, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     Copper Tube. Our copper tube division’s adjusted operating profit increased $1.9 million (695%) to $2.2 million on 32% higher net sales. Copper tube shipments increased 7% to 16.6 million pounds. Production increased 5% to 16.1 million pounds. The average selling price increased 26 cents per pound (24%) to $1.36 for the three months ended November 30, 2003 as compared to $1.10 for the three months ended November 30, 2002. The average copper scrap price increased 15 cents per pound (22%) during the three months ended November 30, 2003 as compared to 2002. Demand in our end use markets remained relatively strong, but selling prices remained constrained by over-supply of water and refrigeration tubing. Our metal spreads improved because the average copper scrap price increased less than the average product sales price.

     Recycling. Our recycling segment reported an adjusted operating profit of $5.7 million for the three months ended November 30, 2003 as compared with an adjusted operating profit of $1.4 million in 2002.

38


 

     Table of Contents

Net sales for the three months ended November 30, 2003 were 37% higher at $132 million. Gross margins were 42% higher than the same period last year. The segment processed and shipped 430,000 tons of ferrous scrap during the three months ended November 30, 2003, 10% more than 2002. Ferrous sales prices were on average $124 per ton, or $35 (39%) higher than 2002. Nonferrous shipments were 2.5% lower at 54,000 tons. The average nonferrous scrap sales price of $1,139 per ton for the three months ended November 30, 2003 was 18% higher than in 2002. The total volume of scrap processed, including the steel group’s processing plants, was 734,000 tons, an increase of 10% from the 669,000 tons processed in 2002.

     Marketing and Distribution. Net sales in the three months ended November 30, 2003 for our marketing and distribution segment increased 33% to $340 million as compared to net sales of $256 million in 2002. Adjusted operating profit for the three months ended November 30, 2003 was $6.3 million, as compared to $4.4 million in 2002, an increase of 42%. Markets were solid in several geographic regions and product lines. Sales to and within Asia, especially China, were up significantly. Also, the economy in Australia was still strong. Sales were level in Europe and imports into the United States were mixed. A number of product prices (as expressed in U.S. dollars) improved during the three months ended November 30, 2003. Gross margins were better for steel products and industrial raw materials, but were lower for nonferrous metal products. The increased profitability in marketing and distribution was largely due to our strategy in recent years to build up our regional business around the world and to increase our downstream presence.

     On December 3, 2003, we purchased a 71.1% interest in Huta Zawiercie, S.A. in Zawiercie, Poland. Huta Zawiercie is a steel minimill, with annual capacity of about 1 million metric tons of primarily rebar and wire rod products. See Note I, Acquisitions, to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended November 30, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus. During the three months ended November 30, 2003, we recognized a $1.5 million gain on our forward purchases of Polish Zlotys related to this acquisition.

     Other. During the three months ended November 30, 2003, we incurred a $2.8 million charge from the purchase of $89 million of our notes otherwise due in 2005.

2003 Compared to 2002

     Manufacturing. We include our steel group and our copper tube division in our manufacturing segment.

     Adjusted operating profit is equal to earnings before income taxes for our four steel minimills, our copper tube mill and the steel group’s fabrication operations. Our manufacturing adjusted operating profit for the year ended August 31, 2003 decreased $51.0 million as compared to 2002. The sale of SMI-Owen and a litigation settlement at the mills in 2002 accounted for $10.6 million of the decrease. Excluding these items, adjusted operating profit decreased 66% in 2003 as compared to 2002. Net sales for the year ended August 31, 2003 decreased $26.4 million (2%) as compared to 2002. Steel mill selling prices were at very low levels for much of 2003. However, scrap purchase prices were driven sharply higher by offshore demand and the weakening value of the U.S. dollar. Our steel minimills implemented higher selling prices that became partially effective during the second half of 2003. However, these price increases did not fully offset higher scrap and utility costs. Gross margins were significantly lower as a result of these conditions. Our copper tube mill’s gross margins were also lower due to increased copper scrap purchase prices and lower selling prices for its products. Our steel group’s fabrication operations were less profitable in 2003 as compared to 2002 primarily due to lower selling prices which more than offset the impact of higher shipments.

39


 

     Table of Contents

The table below reflects steel and scrap prices per ton:

                 
    August 31,
(dollars per ton)
  2003
  2002
Average mill selling price-total sales
  $ 278     $ 269  
Average mill selling price-finished goods only
    287       275  
Average fabrication selling price
    536       608  
Average ferrous scrap purchase price
    97       80  

     Minimills. Adjusted operating profit for our four steel minimills decreased $18.2 million (52%) for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. The effect of valuing inventories under the LIFO method accounted for $3.5 million (19%) of the decrease in adjusted operating profit for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. Also, during the year ended August 31, 2002, our steel minimills received $2.5 million from a nonrecurring graphite electrode litigation settlement. Even excluding these items, adjusted operating profit in 2003 decreased as compared to 2002 because higher shipments and average selling prices were not enough to offset higher input costs, including scrap and utilities. Our adjusted operating profit at SMI Texas decreased 25% to $19.3 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to an adjusted operating profit of $25.8 million in 2002. SMI South Carolina lost $7.1 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to a $2.8 million adjusted operating profit in 2002. Higher scrap costs, higher energy costs and a weak demand for our products were the most significant reasons for SMI South Carolina’s loss in 2003 although these factors were partially offset by price increases in the fourth quarter. SMI Arkansas reported a $160 thousand adjusted operating profit in 2003 as compared to a $3.5 million adjusted operating profit in 2002. Most of the decrease in adjusted operating profit at SMI Arkansas was attributable to LIFO expense caused by higher year end inventories of rerolling rail. However, adjusted operating profit at our SMI Alabama mill for the year ended August 31, 2003 increased 63% to $4.2 million as compared to $2.5 million in 2002. Cost reduction efforts, improved operating efficiencies, and better market conditions were the key factors in SMI Alabama’s improved profitability. Our mills shipped 2,284,000 tons in 2003, an increase of 5% as compared to 2,171,000 tons shipped in 2002, due largely to higher billet sales. Our mills rolled 1,972,000 tons, a 3% decrease as compared to 2002. Our minimills melted 2,081,000 tons during the year ended August 31, 2003, which was a decrease of 1% as compared to 2002. Our average total mill selling price at $278 per ton increased $9 (3%) as compared to 2002. Our mill selling price for finished goods increased $12 per ton (4%) in 2003 as compared to 2002. Our average scrap purchase costs in 2003 increased $17 per ton (21%) as compared to 2002. Utility expenses increased by $9.4 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. The increase in utility costs was mostly due to higher natural gas costs, although electricity expenses also increased.

     Fabrication and Other Businesses. The steel group’s fabrication and other businesses reported a combined adjusted operating profit of $6.0 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to a profit of $33.6 million in 2002. We recorded a $5.2 million gain from the sale of SMI-Owen Steel Company in March 2002. Also, prior to its sale, SMI-Owen had an adjusted operating profit of $2.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2002. Excluding these items, fabrication adjusted operating profits decreased by $19.5 million (76%) for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. Our fabrication plants shipped 1,028,000 tons in 2003, 4% more than the 984,000 tons shipped during 2002. Our fabricated rebar shipments increased 104,000 tons (19%) as compared to 2002. Lower structural, joist and post plant shipments partially offset this increase. The average fabrication selling price for the year ended August 31, 2003 decreased $72 per ton (12%) as compared to 2002. Our rebar fabrication, construction-related products, post and heat treating plants were profitable during the year ended August 31, 2003. Our joist and structural steel fabrication operations recorded losses during 2003 due to lower selling prices and shipments. During the year ended August 31, 2003, the joist plants reduced certain inventory stock values by $1.8 million to their estimated current market value. Also, during the year

40


 

     Table of Contents

ended August 31, 2003, we wrote-down $711 thousand of inventory at two of our other fabrication facilities, we recognized a $998 thousand gain on the trade-in of rental forms in construction-related products, and we reduced our deferred insurance proceeds accrual by $937 thousand (see Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus). During 2003, we acquired substantially all of the operating assets of the Denver, Colorado location of Symons Corporation, E.L. Wills in Fresno, California and Dunn Del Re Steel in Chandler, Arizona. The Symons location is a concrete formwork supplier, and E.L. Wills and Dunn Del Re Steel are rebar fabrication operations. The purchase prices for these businesses totaled $14.0 million. No single one of these acquisitions was significant to our operations.

     Copper Tube. Our copper tube division reported an adjusted operating profit of $620 thousand for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to an adjusted operating profit of $5.1 million in 2002. Net sales were 2% lower in 2003 as compared to 2002. Our copper tube shipments increased 4% to 61.9 million pounds during 2003 as compared to 2002. However, our average net selling price for plumbing and refrigeration tube decreased by 7 cents per pound (6%) to $1.17 per pound as compared to $1.24 per pound in 2002. We increased our production to 60.7 million pounds for the year ended August 31, 2003, which was 8% more than the 56.2 million pounds that we produced in 2002. Our average copper scrap price increased 4 cents per pound (6%) during the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. The difference between the sales price ($1.17 and $1.24 in 2003 and 2002, respectively) and copper scrap purchase cost ($0.72 and $0.68 in 2003 and 2002, respectively) are commonly referred to as “the metal spread.” The metal spread declined 21% in 2003 as compared to 2002. Although single family residential construction held up relatively well, other market sectors were weaker which put pressure on selling prices.

     Recycling. Our recycling segment reported an adjusted operating profit of $15.2 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to an adjusted operating profit of $5.1 million in 2002. All four of the geographic regions where the segment operates were substantially more profitable. Net sales for the year ended August 31, 2003 were $441.4 million, an increase of 17% as compared to our net sales of $378.1 million in 2002. Our gross margins were 24% higher in 2003 as compared to 2002, partially due to controls over costs. The segment processed and shipped 1,639,000 tons of ferrous scrap during the year ended August 31, 2003, an increase of 10% as compared to 2002. Ferrous sales prices were on average $100 per ton, 23% higher than in 2002. Greater demand from overseas markets contributed to this increase, as well as the weaker U.S. dollar.

     Nonferrous markets improved moderately during the year ended August 31, 2003. Our average nonferrous scrap sales price of $1,021 per ton was 8% higher than in 2002, although shipments were 3% lower at 231,000 tons. The total volume of scrap processed, including the steel group’s processing plants, was 2,811,000 tons, an increase of 9% from the 2,568,000 tons processed in 2002.

     Marketing and Distribution. Net sales for the year ended August 31, 2003 for our marketing and distribution segment increased $372.7 million (48%) to $1.15 billion, as compared to 2002 net sales of $777.0 million. Most of the increase related to sales outside of the United States. Adjusted operating profit for the year ended August 31, 2003 was $21.8 million, an increase of 53% as compared to 2002, due mostly to better results from our international operations. International steel prices for flat-rolled products rose and then weakened, because of decreased demand from China, during the first three quarters of 2003. However, the prices for flat-rolled steel products rose again during the fourth quarter. Prices for long products slowly increased during 2003. Our steel shipments increased, except for imports into the U.S. Our business in the U.S. was reduced because of the weak economy and the weaker U.S. dollar. Due to these factors, volumes, prices and margins for nonferrous semi-finished products were lower in 2003 as compared to 2002. However, sales and margins for ores, minerals, ferroalloys and

41


 

     Table of Contents

special metals were generally higher. Also, freight costs increased in 2003 as compared to 2002. Our marketing and distribution and service center operations in Australia were more profitable in 2003 as compared to 2002. Our joint venture Europickling facility in Belgium became profitable during 2003. Also, the joint venture arrangements with our 11% investee, Trinecke Zelezarny, a Czech mill, contributed to our sales in Central Europe. Sales into Asia, including China, were strong, especially during the first and second quarters of our fiscal 2003. In July 2003, our international subsidiary entered into a definitive agreement to purchase a controlling interest in Huta Zawiercie, a Polish steel minimill. This acquisition closed on December 3, 2003.

     Other. Our employees’ retirement plan expenses were 16% lower for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. Discretionary items such as contributions were lower for the year ended August 31, 2003 as compared to 2002. We committed less to these items because 2003 was less profitable. Interest expense for the year ended August 31, 2003 was lower as compared to 2002 due primarily to lower overall interest rates on short-term borrowings and two interest rate swaps on parts of our long-term debt which resulted in lower effective interest rates.

     During 2002, we favorably resolved all issues for our federal income tax returns through 1999. Due to the lack of any material adjustments, we reevaluated the tax accruals and, consequently, reduced the net tax expense by $1.0 million during 2002.

     On August 8, 2003, we increased our commercial paper program to permit maximum borrowings of up to $275 million, up from the prior year $174.5 million level. Commercial paper capacity is reduced by any outstanding standby letters of credit under the 2003 program which totaled $20.6 million at August 31, 2003.

Near-Term Outlook

     We expect our fiscal year ending August 31, 2004 to be significantly more profitable than 2003, primarily due to market improvements, the weakened U.S. dollar, acquisitions, internal cost reductions and productivity improvements. We expect that our second quarter, which is typically our weakest, will be relatively strong. We estimate that our net earnings (excluding any impact of adjusting our inventory valuation to the LIFO method which we are unable to estimate) will be between $7 million and $10 million for the three months ending February 29, 2004. We have noted signs of increasing demand in the U.S. manufacturing sector, and some improvement in construction. However, office, lodging and industrial construction will be slower to recover. Also, orders for capital goods are higher. Asian markets are relatively strong and European markets are partially recovering. We anticipate that our overall results will be better in the second half of 2004 as compared to the first half.

     We anticipate our profits will be higher in 2004 in our manufacturing segment as compared to 2003 because of higher metal spreads and increased production, shipments and prices. We have implemented several price increases on most of our steel minimill products. Manufacturing margins are likely to be squeezed in the short run because the benefits of higher volumes and improved pricing will be offset by continued increased raw material costs as well as higher energy and freight costs. We are expecting these price increases to become fully effective during the second half of fiscal 2004. As a result, gross margins at our steel minimills should increase. We expect the gross margins in our fabrication and other related businesses to continue at current levels during the second quarter of fiscal 2004. However, these margins should improve later this year. The weak U.S. dollar, high freight costs, and strong Asian demand will minimize the impact of the Section 201 tariff repeal.

     We anticipate that our recycling segment will continue to report significant profits, due to strong demand for steel scrap and nonferrous metal scrap and the relatively weak U.S. dollar.

42


 

     Table of Contents

     Our marketing and distribution segment should remain consistently profitable during our fiscal 2004. We expect that our U.S. operations will be more profitable, but that our international operations will have lower profits in 2004 as compared to 2003. Overall prices and volumes should remain constant.

     We anticipate that our capital spending for 2004 will be $61 million, excluding acquisition costs for Huta Zawiercie and Lofland. Most of these expenditures will be in our manufacturing segment including a major improvement project at our SMI-Texas melt shop. We believe that our purchase of Huta Zawiercie, S.A. and Lofland will be accretive to our 2004 earnings.

Long-Term Outlook

     We believe we are well-positioned to exploit long-term opportunities. We expect stronger demand for our products due to the increased possibility of a recovery in demand throughout the major global economies as well as continued growth in developing countries. Emerging countries often have a higher growth rate for steel and nonferrous metals consumption. We believe that the demand will increase in Asia, particularly in China, as well as in Central and Eastern Europe.

     We believe that there will be further consolidation in the industries in which we participate, and we plan to continue to participate in a prudent way. The reasons for further consolidation include an inadequate return on capital for most companies, numerous bankruptcies, a high degree of fragmentation, the need to eliminate non-competitive capacity and more effective marketing.

2002 Compared To 2001

     Manufacturing. We include our steel group and our copper tube division in our manufacturing segment.

     Adjusted operating profit is equal to earnings before income taxes for our four steel minimills, our copper tube mill and the steel group’s fabrication operations. Our manufacturing adjusted operating profit in 2002 increased $14.7 million (26%) as compared to 2001 on marginally more ($12 million) net sales. We achieved this increase in adjusted operating profit for two primary reasons in 2002: (i) the nonrecurrence of the prior year litigation accrual in the amount of $8.3 million, and (ii) the current year gain on the sale of the steel group’s heavy structural fabrication operation, SMI-Owen, in the amount of $5.2 million. Excluding those items, our manufacturing segment’s adjusted operating profit was slightly higher than last year.

     Increased production and shipments at our steel group’s minimills more than offset lower selling prices, increased scrap purchase costs and lower copper tube earnings. Also, we spent less in 2002 on utilities, and we recorded lower depreciation and amortization expense. However, fiscal 2002 adjusted operating profits decreased from fiscal 2001 in the steel group’s downstream steel fabrication and related businesses due to lower profits in rebar fabrication and structural steel fabrication, excluding SMI-Owen.

     The table below reflects steel and scrap prices per ton:

                 
    August 31,
(dollars per ton)
  2002
  2001
Average mill selling price-total sales
  $ 269     $ 284  
Average mill selling price-finished goods only
    275       290  
Average fabrication selling price
    608       646  
Average ferrous scrap purchase price
    80       74  

43


 

     Table of Contents

     Minimills. During 2002, adjusted operating profit for our four steel minimills rose 27% compared with 2001, despite lower selling prices. SMI South Carolina had a $2.8 million adjusted operating profit in 2002 compared to a $1.6 million loss in 2001. SMI Alabama turned around as well with a $2.5 million adjusted operating profit in 2002 compared to a $2.2 million loss in 2001. Adjusted operating profits at SMI Arkansas were up 4% in the current year period. These improvements more than offset a 7% decline in adjusted operating profits at SMI Texas as compared to 2001. A major reason for the minimills’ improved profitability was a 14% increase in shipments because of continued public projects infrastructure construction. Shipments were 2,171,000 tons in 2002 compared to 1,903,000 in 2001. Mill production also increased over last year. Tons rolled were up 19% to 2,026,000 in 2002. Tons melted were up 17% to 2,100,000 in 2002. Even though demand was strong, the average total mill selling price at $269 per ton was $15 (5%) below last year. Also, in 2002, we sold more semi-finished billets, a product with a lower selling price than our average. Average scrap purchase costs were $6 per ton (8%) higher than in 2001, resulting in smaller margins. Utility expenses declined by $2.4 million as compared to 2001. Decreases in natural gas costs more than offset higher electricity costs. Also, depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $5.2 million in 2002, primarily because SMI-South Carolina fully depreciated its mill rolls and guides as well as certain melt shop equipment. The mills also received $2.5 million from a nonrecurring graphite electrode litigation settlement in 2002.

     Fabrication and Other Businesses. Adjusted operating profit in the steel group’s fabrication and other businesses increased by $12.1 million (57%) in 2002 as compared to 2001. Excluding the 2002 gain on the sale of SMI-Owen ($5.2 million) and the 2001 litigation accrual ($8.3 million), adjusted operating profits in 2002 decreased by $1.3 million (4%) as compared to 2001.

     Near the end of fiscal 2002, we discovered two significant, but unrelated events, requiring retroactive writedowns at two rebar fabrication operations. The total amount of the adjustments required to correct the August 31, 2002 balance sheets of these two facilities was $4.6 million. These adjustments affected fiscal years from 1999 to 2002. In August 2002, we uncovered a theft and an accounting fraud which occurred over four years at a rebar fabrication plant in South Carolina. The total adjustment required to revert the accounting records to their proper balances was $2.7 million. In September 2002, we discovered accounting errors related to losses on rebar fabrication and placement jobs at one facility in California, some of which date back to its acquisition in fiscal 2000. The resulting charge was $1.9 million. The South Carolina incident resulted in a $900 thousand expense in fiscal 2002. The remaining $3.7 million for both instances was attributed $885 thousand to fiscal 2001, $2.6 million to fiscal 2000, and $227 thousand to 1999, resulting in prior period adjustments to these previously reported financial statements. We took immediate action to strengthen compliance with our internal control policies in the areas of segregation of duties, personnel and management review and oversight. Controllers at both locations were replaced as well as the general manager of the rebar fabrication plant in South Carolina. The steel group has increased the level of detail, the frequency of submission and the amount of review of its operating locations’ reporting. We have renewed emphasis on periodic and timely internal balance sheet audits at all operating locations and completed audits of all its operating locations in fiscal 2003. No major areas of noncompliance were noted. Senior management and area managers of all our locations attended internal meetings led by the CEO and CFO regarding management’s responsibility for internal control, dealing with noncompliance issues and our commitment to only the highest of ethical standards of conduct.

     Fabrication plant shipments totaled 984,000 tons, down fractionally from 986,000 tons shipped in 2001. The average fabrication selling price in 2002 decreased $38 per ton (6%) as compared to 2001. Rebar fabrication markets were softer in 2002 as a result of intense competition, and several plants reported losses. During 2002, we acquired the real estate, equipment, inventory and work in process of Varmicon, Inc. in Harlingen, Texas. We now operate this rebar fabrication facility under the name of

44


 

     Table of Contents

SMI-Valley Steel. The steel joist operations, which includes cellular and castellated beams, were break even in 2002, an improvement over the loss in 2001. Both prices and shipments decreased, but lower operating costs and shop efficiencies helped significantly. Also, in 2001 these operations incurred $8.9 million in start-up costs. Structural steel fabrication profits, excluding SMI-Owen and the prior year litigation accrual, were down in 2002 compared to 2001. However, our concrete-related products operations were more profitable in 2002. We continued to expand this business through the acquisition of Dowel Assembly Manufacturing Company, or DAMCO, in Jackson, Mississippi. DAMCO manufactures dowel baskets and has an epoxy coating business. In 2002, the steel group started Spray Forming International, a stainless steel cladding operation located in South Carolina.

     Copper Tube. Our copper tube division’s adjusted operating profit decreased 59% with 7% less net sales as compared to 2001. Copper tube shipments increased 3% from 2001 to a record 59.3 million pounds, and production increased 5% from 2001 to a record 56.2 million pounds. However, average sales prices dropped 10% in 2002 to $1.24 per pound as compared to the average sales price in 2001 of $1.38. The biggest factor was lower apartment and hotel/motel construction. Consequently, demand for plumbing and refrigeration tube was not as strong. The 2002 product mix included increased quantities of HVAC products and line sets. In the marketplace, we continued to adapt to the consolidation among our buyers. The difference between sales price and copper scrap purchase cost (commonly referred to as “the metal spread”), declined 8% in 2002 compared to 2001. Lower raw material purchase costs did not fully compensate for the decline in selling prices.

     Recycling. Our recycling segment reported an adjusted operating profit of $5.1 million in 2002 compared with an adjusted operating loss of $2.3 million in 2001. Net sales in 2002 were 4% lower at $378 million as compared to 2001. However, gross margins were 11% above last year, primarily because we shipped 8% more total tons. Demand for ferrous scrap improved both in the U.S. and internationally. The segment processed and shipped 1,494,000 tons of ferrous scrap in 2002, 10% more than in 2001. Ferrous sales prices were on average $81 per ton, an increase of $6 from 2001. Nonferrous shipments were flat at 238,000 tons. The average 2002 nonferrous scrap sales price of $947 per ton was 9% lower than in 2001. Increased productivity, higher asset turnover and reduced costs contributed to the improved 2002 results. The total volume of scrap processed, including the steel group’s processing plants, was 2,568,000 tons, an increase of 11% from the 2,308,000 tons processed in 2001.

     In 2002, we acquired most of the transportation assets of Sampson Steel Corporation in Beaumont, Texas. These assets were combined with our existing scrap processing facility in Beaumont. Also, we closed our Midland, Texas facility, resulting in a writedown of $455,000 on certain equipment.

     Marketing and Distribution. Net sales in 2002 for our marketing and distribution segment increased 1% to $777 million as compared to 2001. Adjusted operating profit in 2002 increased 82% to $14.2 million as compared to 2001, mostly due to better results from our Australian operations. International steel prices and volumes for steel and nonferrous semifinished products improved during the second half of 2002, primarily in the distribution and processing businesses. However, depressed economies, oversupply in most markets and intense competition from domestic suppliers in the respective markets caused compressed margins for numerous steel products, nonferrous metal products and industrial raw materials and products. The U.S. dollar weakened against major currencies, a beneficial development.

     In September 2001, we completed our acquisition of Coil Steels Group, an Australian service center in which we already owned a 22% share. This acquisition provided $2.2 million of additional profits and $69.0 million in net sales during 2002. Sales and profits for the Company’s pre-existing business in Australia also improved significantly. However, this increase in net sales was more than offset by decreased sales in our U.S. operations due to fewer imports into the United States.

45


 

     Table of Contents

     Operating profits for the U.S. divisions improved significantly due to Cometals which returned to more historical levels, and Dallas Trading which benefited from U.S. tariff legislation. Lower margins at Commonwealth on semi-finished products almost offset these improvements. Our European operations’ net sales decreased slightly in 2002 as compared to 2001, but profits improved significantly. The segment’s recent strategy of growing its downstream marketing and distribution business offset the continuing very difficult trading conditions.

     Other. Selling, general and administrative, as well as employees’ retirement plans expenses, were higher in 2002 as compared to 2001, mostly due to our acquisition of Coil Steels Group, or CSG, in 2001 and discretionary items such as bonuses and profit sharing. This increase was consistent with the improvement in our operating profitability. Interest expense decreased by $8.9 million (32%) from 2001 largely due to lower interest rates and much lower average short-term borrowings. Also, during 2002 we entered into two interest rate swaps which resulted in interest expense savings. During 2002, we favorably resolved all issues for our federal income tax returns through 1999. Due to the lack of any material adjustments, we reevaluated the tax accruals and, consequently, reduced the net tax expense by $1.0 million during 2002.

2003 Liquidity and Capital Resources

     We discuss liquidity and capital resources on a consolidated basis. Our discussion includes the sources and uses of our three operating segments and centralized corporate functions. We have a centralized treasury function and use inter-company loans to efficiently manage the short-term cash needs of our operating divisions. We invest any excess funds centrally.

     We rely upon cash flows from operating activities, and to the extent necessary, external short-term financing sources for liquidity. Our short-term financing sources include the issuance of commercial paper, sales of certain accounts receivable, short-term trade financing arrangements and borrowing under our bank credit facilities. From time to time, we have issued long-term public debt and private debt placements. Our investment grade credit ratings and general business conditions affect our access to external financing on a cost-effective basis. Depending on the price of our common stock, we may realize significant cash flows from the exercise of stock options.

     Moody’s Investors Service (P-2) and Standard & Poor’s Corporation (A-2) rate our $275 million commercial paper program in the second highest category. To support our commercial paper program, we have an unsecured, contractually committed revolving credit agreement with a group of sixteen banks. Our $275 million facility expires in August 2006. This agreement provides for borrowing in U.S. dollars with the interest rate indexed to LIBOR. The spread over LIBOR may vary between 33 basis points and 105 basis points based upon the rating of our non-credit enhanced senior unsecured long-term debt by Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Corporation. Actual borrowings are subject to a facility fee which may vary between 17 and 45 basis points based on the same debt ratings. In addition, if we borrow more than 33% of the authorized borrowings under the credit agreement, we will incur an additional 12.5 basis point fee on actual borrowings. No compensating balances are required. The credit agreement serves as a backup to our commercial paper program. We plan to continue our commercial paper program and the revolving credit agreements in comparable amounts to support the commercial paper program.

     For added flexibility, we may secure financing through sales of certain accounts receivable in an amount not to exceed $130 million and direct sales of accounts receivable. We may continually sell accounts receivable on an ongoing basis to replace those receivables that have been collected from our customers. Our long-term public debt was $362 million at November 30, 2003 and is investment grade rated by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (BBB) and by Moody’s Investors Service (Baa2). We believe we

46


 

     Table of Contents

will have access to the public markets for potential refinancing or the issuance of additional long-term debt. In November 2003, we purchased $89 million of our 7.20% notes otherwise due in 2005 and issued $200 million of our 5.625% notes due 2013. See Note E, Long-term Debt, to our condensed consolidated financial statements that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Also, we have numerous informal, uncommitted, non-binding, short-term credit facilities available from domestic and international banks. These credit facilities are priced at bankers’ acceptance rates on a cost of funds basis.

     In order to facilitate certain trade transactions, especially international, we utilize bank letters of credit to provide assurance of payment to our suppliers. These letters of credit may be for prompt payment or for payment at a future date conditional upon the bank finding the documentation presented to be in strict compliance with all terms and conditions of the letter of credit. Our banks issue these letters of credit under informal, uncommitted, non-binding, short-term lines of credit which are in addition to the committed revolving credit agreement. In some cases, if our suppliers choose to discount the future dated obligation we may absorb the discount cost.

     Credit ratings affect our ability to obtain short- and long-term financing and the cost of such financing. If the rating agencies were to reduce our credit ratings, we would pay higher financing costs and probably would have less availability of the informal, uncommitted facilities. In determining our credit ratings, the rating agencies consider a number of both quantitative and qualitative factors. These factors include earnings, fixed charges such as interest, cash flows, total debt outstanding, off balance sheet obligations and other commitments, total capitalization and various ratios calculated from these factors. The rating agencies also consider predictability of cash flows, business strategy, industry conditions and contingencies. Maintaining our investment grade ratings is a high priority for us.

     Certain of our financing agreements include various covenants. The most restrictive of these covenants requires us to maintain an interest coverage ratio of greater than three times and a debt to capitalization ratio of 55%, as defined in the financing agreement. A few of the agreements provide that if we default on the terms of another financing agreement, it is considered a default under these agreements. We have complied with the requirements, including the covenants of our financing agreements, as of and for the three months ended November 30, 2003.

     Our revolving credit and accounts receivable securitization agreements include ratings triggers. The trigger in the revolving credit agreement is solely a means to reset pricing for facility fees and, if a borrowing occurs, on loans. Within the accounts receivable securitization agreement, the ratings trigger is contained in a “termination event,” but the trigger requires a combination of ratings actions on behalf of two independent rating agencies and is set at levels six ratings categories below our current rating.

     Our manufacturing and recycling businesses are capital intensive. Our capital requirements include construction, purchases of equipment and maintenance capital at existing facilities. We plan to invest in new operations, working capital to support the growth of our businesses, and pay dividends to our stockholders.

     We continue to assess alternative means of raising capital, including potential dispositions of under-performing or non-strategic assets. Any potential future major acquisitions could require additional financing from external sources such as the issuance of common or preferred stock.

     Cash Flows. Our cash flows from operating activities primarily result from sales of steel and related products, and to a lesser extent, sales of nonferrous metal products. We also sell and rent construction-related products and accessories. We have a diverse and generally stable customer base. We use futures or forward contracts as needed to mitigate the risks from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and metals commodity prices. See Note G, Derivatives and Risk Management, to our condensed consolidated

47


 

     Table of Contents

financial statements for the three months ended November 30, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     The volume and pricing of orders from our U.S. customers in the construction sector affects our cash flows from operating activities. The pace of economic expansion and retraction of major industrialized markets outside of the United States also significantly affects our cash flows from operating activities. The weather can influence the volume of products we ship in any given period. Also, the general economy, the strength of the U.S. dollar, governmental action, and various other factors beyond our control influence our volume and prices. Periodic fluctuations in our prices and volumes can result in variations in cash flows from operations. Despite these fluctuations, we have historically relied on operating activities as a steady source of cash.

     We used $59.3 million of net cash flows in our operating activities for the three months ended November 30, 2003 as compared to the $53.1 million of net cash flows used by our operating activities for the three months ended November 30, 2002. Net earnings were $10.4 million higher for the three months ended November 30, 2003 as compared to 2002. Net working capital increased to $540 million at November 30, 2003 from $399 million at August 31, 2003 primarily because of increased accounts receivable (primarily in marketing and distribution) and inventories (primarily in manufacturing and marketing and distribution).

     We invested $7.1 million in property, plant and equipment during the three months ended November 30, 2003, which was less than during 2002. We expect our capital spending for fiscal 2004 to be $61 million, excluding our acquisitions of Huta Zawiercie and Lofland. We assess our capital spending each quarter and reevaluate our requirements based upon current and expected results.

     In November 2003, we issued $200 million of long-term notes due in 2013. The proceeds from that offering were used in November 2003 to purchase $89 million of our notes otherwise due in 2005, and finance our purchases of Huta Zawiercie and Lofland in December 2003.

     At November 30, 2003, 28,325,301 common shares were issued and outstanding, with 3,939,865 held in our treasury. We paid dividends of $2.2 million during the three months ended November 30, 2003, approximately the same amount paid during 2002. During the three months ended November 30, 2002, we purchased 100,000 shares of our common stock at an average price of $16.13 per share. These shares were held in our treasury. We purchased no shares during the three months ended November 30, 2003.

     We believe that we have sufficient liquidity for fiscal 2004.

Contractual Obligations

     The following table represents our contractual obligations as of November 30, 2003 (dollars in thousands):

                                         
            Payments Due Within*
    Total
  1 Year
  2-3 Years
  4-5 Years
  After 5 Years
Contractual Obligations:
                                       
Long-term debt(1)
  $ 362,983     $ 618     $ 12,256     $ 50,037     $ 300,072  
Operating leases(2)
    32,852       8,151       10,771       5,811       8,119  
Unconditional purchase obligations(3)
    176,858       98,040       51,913       12,834       14,071  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 572,693     $ 106,809     $ 74,940     $ 68,682     $ 322,262  

48


 

     Table of Contents


*   Cash obligations herein are not discounted.

     (1) Total amounts are included in the November 30, 2003 condensed consolidated balance sheet. See Note E, Long-Term Debt, to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended November 30, 2003 incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

     (2) Includes minimum lease payment obligations for noncancelable equipment and real-estate leases in effect as of November 30, 2003.

     (3) About 73% of these purchase obligations are for inventory items to be sold in the ordinary course of business; most of the remainder are for supplies associated with normal revenue-producing activities.

Other Commercial Commitments

     We maintain stand-by letters of credit to provide support for certain transactions that our customers and suppliers request. At November 30, 2003, we had committed $20.7 million under these arrangements. All of the commitments expire within one year.

     At the request of a customer and its surety bond issuer, we have agreed to indemnify the surety against all costs the surety may incur should our customer fail to perform its obligations under construction contracts covered by payment and performance bonds issued by the surety. We are the customer’s primary supplier of steel, and steel is a substantial portion of our customer’s cost to perform the contracts. We believe we have adequate controls to monitor the customer’s performance under the contracts including payment for the steel we supply. As of November 30, 2003, the surety had issued bonds in the total amount (without reduction for the work performed to date) of $11.9 million which are subject to our guaranty obligation under the indemnity agreement.

Contingencies

     In the ordinary course of conducting our business, we become involved in litigation, administrative proceedings, government investigations including environmental matters, and contract disputes. We may incur settlements, fines, penalties or judgments because of some of these matters. While we are unable to estimate precisely the ultimate dollar amount of exposure or loss in connection with these matters, we make accruals we deem necessary. The amounts we accrue could vary substantially from amounts we pay due to several factors including the following: evolving remediation technology, changing regulations, possible third-party contributions, the inherent shortcomings of the estimation process, and the uncertainties involved in litigation. Accordingly, we cannot always estimate a meaningful range of possible exposure. We believe that we have adequately provided in our financial statements for the estimable potential impact of these contingencies. We also believe that the outcomes will not significantly affect the long-term results of operations or our financial position. However, they may have a material impact on earnings for a particular period.

     Construction Contract Disputes. See Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2003 that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

49


 

     Table of Contents

Environmental and Other Matters

     General. We are subject to federal, state and local pollution control laws and regulations. We anticipate that compliance with these laws and regulations will involve continuing capital expenditures and operating costs.

     Our original business and one of our core businesses for over eight decades is metals recycling. In the present era of conservation of natural resources and ecological concerns, we are committed to sound ecological and business conduct. Certain governmental regulations regarding environmental concerns, however well intentioned, are contrary to the goal of greater recycling. Such regulations expose us and the industry to potentially significant risks.

     We believe that recycled materials are commodities that are diverted by recyclers, such as us, from the solid waste streams because of their inherent value. Commodities are materials that are purchased and sold in public and private markets and commodities exchanges every day around the world. They are identified, purchased, sorted, processed and sold in accordance with carefully established industry specifications.

     Environmental agencies at various federal and state levels classify certain recycled materials as hazardous substances and subject recyclers to material remediation costs, fines and penalties. Taken to extremes, such actions could cripple the recycling industry and undermine any national goal of material conservation. Enforcement, interpretation, and litigation involving these regulations are not well developed.

     Solid and Hazardous Waste. We currently own or lease, and in the past owned or leased, properties that have been used in our operations. Although we used operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, wastes may have been disposed or released on or under the properties or on or under locations where such wastes have been taken for disposal. We are currently involved in the investigation and remediation of several such properties. State and federal laws applicable to wastes and contaminated properties have gradually become stricter over time. Under new laws, we could be required to remediate properties impacted by previously disposed wastes. We have been named as a potentially responsible party at a number of contaminated sites.

     We generate wastes, including hazardous wastes, that are subject to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state and/or local statutes where we operate. These statutes, regulations and laws may have limited disposal options for certain wastes.

     Superfund. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, or an equivalent state agency notified us that we are considered a potentially responsible party, or PRP, at fourteen sites, none owned by us. We may be obligated under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, or a similar state statute to conduct remedial investigation, feasibility studies, remediation and/or removal of alleged releases of hazardous substances or to reimburse the EPA for such activities. We are involved in litigation or administrative proceedings with regard to several of these sites in which we are contesting, or at the appropriate time we may contest, our liability at the sites. In addition, we have received information requests with regard to other sites which may be under consideration by the EPA as potential CERCLA sites.

     Clean Water Act. The Clean Water Act (“CWA”) imposes restrictions and strict controls regarding the discharge of wastes into waters of the United States, a term broadly defined. These controls have become more stringent over time and it is probable that additional restrictions will be imposed in the future. Permits must generally be obtained to discharge pollutants into federal waters; comparable permits

50


 

     Table of Contents

may be required at the state level. The CWA and many state agencies provide for civil, criminal and administrative penalties for unauthorized discharges of pollutants. In addition, the EPA has promulgated regulations that may require us to obtain permits to discharge storm water runoff. In the event of an unauthorized discharge, we may be liable for penalties and costs.

     Clean Air Act. Our operations are subject to regulations at the federal, state and local level for the control of emissions from sources of air pollution. New and modified sources of air pollutants are often required to obtain permits prior to commencing construction, modification and/or operations. Major sources of air pollutants are subject to more stringent requirements, including the potential need for additional permits and to increased scrutiny in the context of enforcement. The EPA has been implementing its stationary emission control program through expanded enforcement of the New Source Review Program. Under this program, new or modified sources are required to construct what is referred to as the Best Available Control Technology. Additionally, the EPA is implementing new, more stringent standards for ozone and fine particulate matter. The EPA recently has promulgated new national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants for steel mills which will require all major sources in this category to meet the standards by reflecting application of maximum achievable control technology. Compliance with the new standards could require additional expenditures.

     In fiscal 2003, we incurred environmental expense of $11.8 million. This expense included the cost of environmental personnel at various divisions, permit and license fees, accruals and payments for studies, tests, assessments, remediation, consultant fees, baghouse dust removal and various other expenses. Approximately $4.2 million of our capital expenditures for 2003 related to costs directly associated with environmental compliance. At August 31, 2003, $2.9 million was accrued for environmental liabilities of which $1.3 million is classified as other long-term liabilities.

Dividends

     We have paid quarterly cash dividends in each of the past 40 consecutive years. We paid dividends in the three months ended November 30, 2003 and for the year ended August 31, 2003 at the rate of 8 cents per share each quarter.

51


 

     Table of Contents

COMPANY OVERVIEW

     We manufacture, recycle, market and distribute steel and metal products and related materials and services through a network of locations located throughout the United States and internationally. Steel and steel-related products represent over 75% of our business. We consider our business to be organized into three segments: manufacturing, recycling, and marketing and distribution. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, we derived approximately 36% of our adjusted operating profit from our manufacturing segment, approximately 26% from our recycling segment and approximately 38% from our marketing and distribution segment. For a reconciliation of adjusted operating profit (loss) to net earnings (loss), see “Prospectus Summary-Our Company.”

     Manufacturing Segment

     Our manufacturing segment is our dominant and most rapidly expanding segment. Our steel manufacturing capacity is approximately 2.3 million tons, and we produce reinforcing bars, light and mid-size structurals, angles, channels, beams, special bar quality rounds and flats, squares and special sections used in the construction, manufacturing, steel fabrication, warehousing and original equipment manufacturing industries. Our steel fabrication capacity is approximately 1.1 million tons. For a discussion of certain risks affecting our manufacturing business, see “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Industry.” Our copper tube mill has approximately 80.0 million pounds of capacity and manufactures copper water, air conditioning and refrigeration tubing.

     Recycling Segment

     Our recycling segment is one of the largest processors of scrap nonferrous metals and a major regional processor of ferrous metals in the Southeastern and Southwestern United States. Our recycling plants processed and shipped approximately 1.9 million tons of scrap metal in the year ended August 31, 2003, not including 900,000 tons processed by the manufacturing segment’s plants. Recycling metals provides substantial savings in energy compared to producing metal from virgin raw materials. The recycling segment operates 34 secondary metal processing facilities in addition to the ten recycling facilities operated by our steel group as a part of our manufacturing segment.

     Marketing and Distribution Segment

     Our marketing and distribution segment buys and sells primary and secondary metals, fabricated metals and other industrial products through a global network of offices which also provide technical information, financing, chartering of vessels, storage, insurance and hedging for our customers. Although we do engage in hedging transactions to mitigate the risks associated with certain transactions, we do not, as a matter of policy, speculate on changes in the commodities markets. This segment sold approximately 2.1 million tons of steel products during the year ended August 31, 2003.

52


 

     Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

     We issued the old notes, and will issue the new notes, under the Indenture, dated as of July 31, 1995 (the “Original Indenture Date”), between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank (successor to The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee (the “Trustee”), as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 12, 2003 (as so supplemented, the “Indenture”). The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes, and the new notes and the old notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the Indenture. The terms of the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The Company has in the past issued, and may from time to time in the future issue, additional series of debt securities under the Indenture. Such other debt securities may have terms and conditions that are different from the terms and conditions of the notes.

     The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and the notes. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, not this description, defines your rights as noteholders. You may request copies of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading “Incorporation By Reference.” Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Indenture. In this description, the words “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer only to Commercial Metals Company and not to any of its subsidiaries. In addition, the old notes are subject to restrictions on transfer as described more fully in the Indenture.

Title

     5.625% Senior Notes due 2013.

Principal Amount of Notes

     We will issue up to an aggregate principal amount of $200,000,000 of new notes in the exchange offer. We will issue the new notes in integral multiples of $1,000, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, and sales in book-entry form may be effected only through a participating member of DTC. See “Book-Entry System.” We may from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the noteholders, increase the aggregate principal amount of our debt under the Indenture by creating and issuing further notes under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the notes being offered hereby, except for issue date, issue price, preissuance accrued interest and first interest payment date. Any further notes will be consolidated and form a single series with the notes and will have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the notes. Any further notes will be issued by or pursuant to a resolution of our Board of Directors or a supplement to the Indenture.

Maturity of Notes

     The notes will mature on November 15, 2013.

Interest Rate on Notes

     The interest rate on the notes is 5.625% per annum, computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Date Interest Begins to Accrue on New Notes

     Interest on the new notes will accrue from the date of original issuance.

53


 

     Table of Contents

Interest Payment Dates

     We will pay interest on the notes semi-annually on each May 15 and November 15 (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest payable on each Interest Payment Date will include interest accrued from and including the date of original issuance, or from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, to but excluding the applicable Interest Payment Date.

First Interest Payment Date

     The first interest payment date for the notes will be May 15, 2004.

Regular Record Dates for Interest

     We will pay interest payable on any Interest Payment Date to the person in whose name a note is registered at the close of business on May 1 or November 1, as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Paying Agent

     The Trustee will initially be the securities registrar and paying agent and will act as such only at its offices in New York, New York. We may at any time designate additional paying agents or rescind the designations or approve a change in the offices where they act.

Ranking

     The notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes rank junior to any of our secured debt to the extent of the assets securing such debt and are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries, including trade payables.

Optional Redemption

     The notes are redeemable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time, at our option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of:

  100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed; or
 
  the sum of the present values, calculated as of the redemption date, of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate plus 20 basis points.

plus, in each case, we will pay accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the date of redemption.

     “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (“Remaining Life”) of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.

54


 

     Table of Contents

     “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

     “Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that we appoint to act as the Independent Investment Banker from time to time.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Banc of America Securities LLC and their respective successors, and two other firms that are primary U.S. Government securities dealers (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) which we specify from time to time; provided, however, that if any of them ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, we will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard time, on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

     “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per year equal to: (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue; provided that, if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life of the notes to be redeemed, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from those yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month, or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third business day preceding the redemption date.

     Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of record of the notes to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice of redemption for the notes will state, among other things, the amount of notes to be redeemed, the redemption date, the manner of calculation of the redemption price and the place or places that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of notes to be redeemed. Unless we default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on any notes that have been called for redemption at the redemption date.

Limitation on Liens

     The Indenture provides that we may not, and may not permit any Principal Subsidiary to, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any Principal Property, or upon any shares of stock of any Principal Subsidiary, whether such Principal Property or shares were owned as of the Original Indenture Date or thereafter acquired, to secure any Debt without making, or causing such Principal Subsidiary to make,

55


 

     Table of Contents

effective provision for securing the notes and other debt securities issued under the Indenture equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Debt, unless after giving effect thereto, the sum of the following:

  (A)   the principal amount of Debt secured by all Liens incurred after the Original Indenture Date and otherwise prohibited by the Indenture as in effect with respect to the notes or any other debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture; and
 
  (B)   the Attributable Debt of all Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into after the Original Indenture Date and otherwise prohibited by the Indenture as in effect with respect to the notes or any other debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

     The foregoing restrictions will not apply to Liens existing at the Original Indenture Date or to the following:

  (1)   Liens securing only debt securities issued under the Indenture;
 
  (2)   Liens in favor of only the Company;
 
  (3)   Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Principal Subsidiary but only to the extent such Liens cover such property;
 
  (4)   Liens on property existing immediately prior to the time of acquisition thereof and not in anticipation of the financing of such acquisition;
 
  (5)   any Lien upon a Principal Property, including any property that becomes a Principal Property after acquisition thereof, to secure Debt incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of construction or improvement thereof incurred within six months after the later of the purchase thereof and the completion of construction or improvements thereon;
 
  (6)   Liens to secure Debt incurred to extend, renew, refinance or refund Debt secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (1) to (5); and
 
  (7)   any Lien securing Debt we owe to a wholly owned Principal Subsidiary.

     “Attributable Debt” means the present value (discounted at the per annum rate of interest publicly announced by Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association as its “Reference Rate” or “Prime Rate”, provided, that if Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association is no longer announcing a Reference Rate or Prime Rate, the per annum rate of interest shall be the Prime Rate most recently published in The Wall Street Journal, in either case compounded monthly) of the obligations for rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of any lease of more than 12 months.

     “Capital Lease Obligation” of any Person means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of, or other indebtedness arrangements conveying the right to use, real or personal property of such Person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The stated maturity of such obligation, as of any date (the “measurement date”), shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date after the measurement date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee, at its sole option, without payment of a penalty.

56


 

     Table of Contents

     “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the net book value of all assets of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, excluding any amounts carried as assets for shares of capital stock held in treasury, debt discount and expense, goodwill, patents, trademarks and other intangible assets, less all liabilities of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (except Funded Debt, minority interests in Consolidated Subsidiaries, deferred taxes and general contingency reserves of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries), which in each case would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of determination, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     “Consolidated Tangible Net Worth” means the total stockholders’ equity of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and reflected on the most recent balance sheet of the Company, excluding any amounts carried as assets for shares of capital stock held in treasury, debt discount and expense, goodwill, patents, trademarks and other intangible assets.

     “Debt” means, without duplication, with respect to any Person the following:

  (1)   every obligation of such Person for money borrowed;
 
  (2)   every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
 
  (3)   every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; and
 
  (4)   every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (3) of another Person the payment of which such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, but only, in the case of clause (4), to the extent such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for such obligations.

Funded Debt” means the following:

  (1)   all Debt of the Company and each Principal Subsidiary maturing on, or renewable or extendable at the option of the obligor to, a date more than one year from the date of the determination thereof;
 
  (2)   Capital Lease Obligations payable on a date more than one year from the date of the determination thereof;
 
  (3)   guarantees, direct or indirect, and other contingent obligations of the Company and each Principal Subsidiary in respect of, or to purchase or otherwise acquire or be responsible or liable for, through the investment of funds or otherwise, any obligations of the type described in the foregoing clauses (1) or (2) of others, but not including contingent liabilities on customers’ receivables sold with recourse; and
 
  (4)   amendments, renewals, extensions and refundings of any obligations of the type described in the foregoing clauses (1), (2) or (3).

     “Lien” means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, lien, encumbrance, or other security arrangement of any kind

57


 

     Table of Contents

or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

     “Principal Property” means any facility, together with the land on which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof, used primarily for manufacturing, processing, research, warehousing or distribution, owned or leased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and having a net book value in excess of 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, other than any such facility or portion thereof which is a pollution control facility financed by state or local government obligations or is not of material importance to the total business conducted or assets owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries as an entirety, or any assets or properties acquired with Net Available Proceeds (defined below) from a Sale and Leaseback Transaction that are irrevocably designated by the Company or a Subsidiary as a Principal Property, which designation shall be made in writing to the Trustee.

     “Principal Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that owns or leases a Principal Property or owns or controls stock which under ordinary circumstances has the voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of a Principal Subsidiary.

     “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” of any Person means an arrangement with any lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party providing for the leasing by such Person of any Principal Property that within 12 months of the start of such lease and after the Reference Date, has been or is being sold, conveyed, transferred or otherwise disposed of by such Person to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such property. The term of such arrangement, as of any date (the “measurement date”), shall end on the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such arrangement on or prior to the first date after the measurement date on which such arrangement may be terminated by the lessee, at its sole option, without payment of a penalty. “Sale Transaction” means any such sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition. The “Reference Date” means, for any property that becomes a Principal Property, the last day of the sixth month after the date of the acquisition, completion of construction and commencement of operation of such property.

     “Subsidiary of the Company” means any corporation of which the Company directly or indirectly owns or controls stock which under ordinary circumstances, not dependent upon the happening of a contingency, has the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation.

Limitation on Funded Debt of Principal Subsidiaries

     The Indenture provides that we will not permit any Principal Subsidiary to incur or assume, directly or indirectly, any Funded Debt unless immediately after giving effect thereto and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Funded Debt of all Principal Subsidiaries other than Funded Debt owed to us or another directly or indirectly wholly-owned Subsidiary does not exceed 30% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The provisions of this limitation will not prevent the following:

  (1)   any Funded Debt of a Principal Subsidiary owed to us or another Principal Subsidiary;
 
  (2)   any Funded Debt from a mortgage permitted under the provisions described in clauses (1) through (7) in the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Liens”; or
 
  (3)   any extension, renewal or refunding in whole or in part, without increase in amount, of any Funded Debt (a) of a Principal Subsidiary as aforementioned, (b) of a Principal Subsidiary

58


 

     Table of Contents

      outstanding at the Original Indenture Date or (c) of any corporation outstanding at the time it becomes a Principal Subsidiary.

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

     Neither the Company nor any Principal Subsidiary may enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless:

  (1)   the Company or such Principal Subsidiary could incur a mortgage on such property under the restrictions described above under “Limitations on Liens” in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to the Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the notes; or
 
  (2)   the Company or a Principal Subsidiary, within 270 days, applies the Net Available Proceeds from the Sale and Leaseback Transaction to any combination of the following:

  (a)   the retirement of its Funded Debt;
 
  (b)   the purchase of other property or assets which will (I) constitute Principal Property and (II) have an aggregate value of at least the consideration paid for such property or assets; or
 
  (c)   Capital Expenditures with respect to any existing Principal Property, subject to credits for certain voluntary retirements of Funded Debt.

This restriction will not apply to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction involving the taking back of a lease for a period of less than three years.

     “Net Available Proceeds” from any Sale and Leaseback Transaction by any Person means cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of sale or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiree of indebtedness or obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or received in any other noncash form) therefrom by such Person, net of the following:

  (1)   all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability as a consequence of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction;
 
  (2)   all payments made by such Person or its subsidiaries on any indebtedness which is secured in whole or in part by any such properties and assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to any such properties and assets or which must, by the terms of such Lien or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and
 
  (3)   all distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in subsidiaries of such Person or joint ventures as a result of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

Restrictions on Merger and Sale of Assets

     The Indenture provides that we may not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease our properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and we may not

59


 

     Table of Contents

permit any Person to consolidate with or merge into us or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to us, unless:

  (1)   the Person, if other than the Company, formed by such consolidation or into which we are merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall expressly assume the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all the notes and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
 
  (2)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes our obligation or an obligation of any Principal Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by us or such Principal Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default under the Indenture, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default under the Indenture, shall have happened and be continuing; and
 
  (3)   if, as a result of any such transaction, property or assets of the Company or any Principal Subsidiary would become subject to a Lien which would not be permitted by the limitations on Liens contained in the Indenture, we or, if applicable, our successor, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary to effectively secure the notes equally and ratably with, or prior to, the Debt secured by such Lien.

Events of Default

     Each of the following is an Event of Default for the notes:

  (1)   failure to pay principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes when due;
 
  (2)   failure to pay any interest on the notes when due, continued for 30 days;
 
  (3)   failure to perform any other covenant of the Company in the Indenture, other than a covenant the performance of which is dealt with specifically elsewhere in the Indenture or which has been included in the Indenture solely for the benefit of series of debt securities other than the notes, continuing for 60 days after written notice as provided in the Indenture;
 
  (4)   failure to pay when due, after applicable grace periods as provided in the Indenture, the principal of, or the acceleration of, any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Principal Subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of an amount equal to 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, if such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not annulled, within ten days after written notice as provided in the Indenture; and
 
  (5)   certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization.

The notice referred to in clauses (3) and (4) may be given by the Trustee under the Indenture or by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding notes. In case an Event of Default under the Indenture occurs and is continuing, then, subject to the provisions of the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act relating to the duties of the Trustee under the Indenture, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the noteholders, unless the noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding shall have the right, subject to such provisions for indemnification of the Trustee to direct the time, method and place of conducting

60


 

     Table of Contents

any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee under the Indenture or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the notes.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the notes Outstanding may, by a notice in writing to us, and to the Trustee if given by noteholders, declare to be due and payable immediately the principal amount of the notes. However, at any time after such a declaration of acceleration of the notes has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a majority in the principal amount of the notes Outstanding may, subject to certain conditions, rescind and annul such acceleration. For information as to waiver of defaults, see “— Modification and Waiver” herein.

     No holder of any notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such holder of notes shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a holder of notes for enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and any interest on the notes on or after the respective due dates expressed in the notes.

     We will be required to furnish to the Trustee annually a statement as to whether we are in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold notice to the noteholders of any default, except in payment of principal, any premium or interest, if it considers it in the interest of the noteholders to do so.

Modification and Waiver

     Together with the Trustee, we may modify the Indenture without the consent of the noteholders for limited purposes, including but not limited to adding to our covenants or events of default, securing the notes, establishing terms of additional notes, appointing a substitute trustee, curing ambiguities and making other changes that do not adversely affect the rights of the noteholders in any material respect. In addition, we and the Trustee may make modifications and amendments to the Indenture with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding debt securities of each series of notes affected by such modification; provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each such Outstanding debt security affected thereby,

  (1)   change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal or interest on any note,
 
  (2)   reduce the principal amount of or the rate of interest or the premium, if any, on any note,
 
  (3)   change the place or currency of payment of principal of or interest or the premium, if any, on any note,
 
  (4)   impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment with respect to the notes on or after the stated maturity thereof,
 
  (5)   reduce the above-stated percentage in principal amount of Outstanding notes the consent of whose holders is required for any such supplemental indenture or

61


 

     Table of Contents

  (6)   reduce the above-stated percentage of Outstanding notes the consent of whose holders is required for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults thereunder.

     We may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set any day as the record date for the purpose of determining the noteholders entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action as provided or permitted by the Indenture.

     The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all notes waive, insofar as the notes are concerned (but not as to any other series of debt securities issued under the Indenture) compliance by the Company with the covenants limiting Liens and Sale and Leaseback Transactions contained in the Indenture. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes Outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all notes waive any past default under the Indenture except a default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or any interest on the notes or in respect of a provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Outstanding note affected.

     For purposes of the Indenture, the notes “Outstanding” thereunder are deemed to exclude those held by Persons that control, are controlled by or are under common control with the Company, provided that any Person who does not own, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company will not be deemed to control the Company.

Defeasance

     Defeasance and Discharge. The Indenture provides that the Company may elect to deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, for the benefit of the holders of Outstanding notes, money and/or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, and any interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the notes on the stated maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the notes, and thereby be discharged from its obligations with respect to Outstanding notes (hereinafter called “Defeasance”) on and after the date that, among other things, the Company provides to the Trustee certain evidence that (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in each case to the effect that the noteholders will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, Defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to notes and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge were not to occur. For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by such Outstanding notes and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the notes and the Indenture insofar as the notes are concerned, except for certain continuing administrative responsibilities. In the event of any such Defeasance, noteholders would be able to look only to such trust for payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and any interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the notes.

     Covenant Defeasance. The Indenture provides that the Company may elect to deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, for the benefit of the holders of Outstanding notes, money and/or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the principal, and premium, if any, of and any interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the notes on the stated maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and such notes, and thereby (1) be released from its obligations with respect to the notes under certain covenants in the Indenture, including the covenants relating to maintenance of properties, payment of taxes and other claims,

62


 

     Table of Contents

limitation on Liens, limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions, and Merger and (2) have the occurrence of certain defaults in performance, or breach, of covenants and warranties under the Indenture and defaults under other obligations of the Company not be deemed to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Outstanding notes (hereinafter called “Covenant Defeasance”), on and after the date that, among other things, the Company provides to the Trustee certain evidence that the holders of Outstanding notes will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and Covenant Defeasance to be effected with respect to the notes and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and Covenant Defeasance were not to occur. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Indenture provision, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere in the Indenture to any such provision or by reason of any reference in any such provision to any other provision of the Indenture or in any other document, but the remainder of the Indenture and the notes shall be unaffected thereby. The obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the notes other than with respect to the covenants referred to above and the Events of Default other than the Events of Default referred to above shall remain in full force and effect.

     The term “U.S. Government Obligations” means any security that is a direct obligation, or is subject to an unconditional guarantee, of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

Book-Entry System

     The new notes will be evidenced by global securities, which will be deposited on behalf of DTC and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC.

     The global securities are in this prospectus sometimes referred to individually as a “global security” and collectively as the “global securities.” Except as set forth below, the record ownership of the global securities may be transferred, in whole or in part, only to DTC, another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee.

     Except under circumstances described below, the new notes will not be issued in definitive form. See “—Certificated Securities.” Upon the issuance of a global security, DTC will credit on its book-entry registration and transfer system the accounts of persons participating in the exchange offer with the respective principal amounts of the new notes represented by the global security. Ownership of beneficial interests in a global security will be limited to persons that have accounts with DTC or its nominee (“participants”) or persons that may hold interests through participants. Owners of beneficial interests in the new notes represented by the global securities will hold their interests pursuant to the procedures and practices of DTC. Ownership of beneficial interests in a global security will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee. The laws of some states require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such limits and such laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global security. DTC will have no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the global securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the participants to whose accounts such global securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners of the global securities. The participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers. Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to participants and by participants to the beneficial owners of the global securities will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

63


 

     Table of Contents

     Persons participating in the exchange offer may hold their interest in the global securities directly through DTC if they are DTC participants, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in DTC. Transfers between participants will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in immediately available funds.

     So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of a global security, DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the new notes represented by that global security for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global security will not be entitled to have new notes represented by that global security registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of new notes in definitive form and will not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the Indenture. Beneficial owners will not be holders and will not be entitled to any rights provided to the noteholders under the global securities or the Indenture. Principal payments, interest payments and liquidated damage payments, if any, on new notes registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner of the relevant global security. None of Commercial Metals Company, the Trustee or the registrar for the new notes will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial interests in a global security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.

     Payments of principal and interest to DTC will be the responsibility of the Company or the Trustee. The disbursement of such payments to participants shall be the responsibility of DTC. We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal or interest, if any, will credit immediately participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the relevant global security as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in a global security held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such participants and not DTC, the Company or the Trustee, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

     If we redeem less than all of the global security, we have been advised that it is DTC’s practice to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each participant in the global security to be redeemed.

     DTC has advised us that it is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC is owned by a number of its participants and by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange LLC, and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

     DTC holds securities deposited with it by its participants and facilitates the settlement of transactions among its participants in such securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own the depositary. Access to DTC’s book-entry system is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to DTC and its participants are on file with the SEC.

64


 

     Table of Contents

     According to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to DTC has been provided to the financial community for informational purposes only and is not intended to serve as a representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind, and we take no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Certificated Securities

     If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days or if an event of default will occur under the Indenture, we will issue new notes in definitive form in exchange for the entire global security for the new notes. In addition, we may at any time and in our sole discretion determine not to have new notes represented by a global security and, in such event, will issue new notes in definitive form in exchange for the entire global security relating to such new notes. In any such instance, an owner of a beneficial interest in a global security will be entitled to physical delivery in definitive form of new notes represented by such global security equal in principal amount to such beneficial interest and to have such new notes registered in its name. New notes so issued in definitive form will be issued as registered notes in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof, unless otherwise specified by us. The holder of a certificated new note may transfer such note by surrendering it at (1) the office or agency maintained by us for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which initially will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose or (2) the office of any transfer agent we appoint.

Same-Day Settlement and Payment

     Settlement for the new notes will be made in immediately available or same-day funds. So long as the new notes are represented by the global securities, we will make all payments of principal and interest in immediately available funds.

     So long as the new notes are represented by the global securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, the new notes will trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System. DTC will require secondary market trading activity in the new notes represented by the global securities to settle in immediately available or same-day funds on trading activity in the new notes.

65


 

     Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     The following is a summary of certain material United States federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, revenue rulings, administrative interpretations and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change possibly with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth herein, this summary deals only with notes held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This summary does not purport to address all federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, tax-exempt investors, or persons holding the notes as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, conversion transaction, or other integrated transaction.

     We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or an opinion of counsel with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary. As such, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. Thus, all persons that exchange old notes for new notes in the exchange offer are urged to consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

     As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of the notes who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) a citizen or resident (within the meaning of Section 7701(b) of the Code) of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. trustees or fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. A Non-U.S. Holder means a holder of notes who or that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder.

Consequences to U.S. Holders

     The exchange of old notes for new notes will not be treated as an exchange for federal income tax purposes, but, instead, will be treated as a “non-event” because the new notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the old notes. As a result, no material federal income tax consequences will result to you from exchanging old notes for new notes.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     The exchange of old notes for new notes will not be treated as an exchange for federal income tax purposes, but, instead, will be treated as a “non-event” because the new notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the old notes. As a result, no material federal income tax consequences will result to you from exchanging old notes for new notes.

66


 

     Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. Broker-dealers may use this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, in connection with the resale of new notes received in exchange for old notes where the broker-dealer acquired the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that after this registration statement is declared effective by the SEC and until the earlier of 180 days after the exchange offer has been completed or such time as broker-dealers no longer own any transfer restricted securities, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer that requests it in the letter of transmittal for use in connection with any such resale.

     We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers or any other persons. Broker-dealers may sell new notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Broker-dealers may resell new notes directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of the new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the new notes may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to our performance of, or compliance with, the registration rights agreement and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

     By its acceptance of the exchange offer, any broker-dealer that receives new notes pursuant to the exchange offer agrees to notify us before using the prospectus in connection with the sale or transfer of new notes. The broker-dealer further acknowledges and agrees that, upon receipt of notice from us of the happening of any event which makes any statement in the prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in the prospectus to make the statements in the prospectus not misleading or which may impose upon us disclosure obligations that may have a material adverse effect on us, which notice we agree to deliver promptly to the broker-dealer, the broker-dealer will suspend use of the prospectus until we have notified the broker-dealer that delivery of the prospectus may resume and have furnished copies of any amendment or supplement to the prospectus to the broker-dealer.

LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with regard to the validity of the new notes will be passed upon for us by Haynes and Boone, LLP.

67


 

     Table of Contents

EXPERTS

     The consolidated financial statements and the related consolidated financial statement schedules incorporated in this prospectus by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2003 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference, and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

68


 

     Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-4 that we have filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the new notes, you should refer to the documents to which we refer you. Since this prospectus may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents. We have filed these documents as exhibits to our registration statement.

     We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-888-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov or from our website at www.commercialmetals.com. However, the information on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     In this document, we “incorporate by reference” certain information we file with the SEC, which means that we are disclosing important information to you by referring to that information. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be a part of this prospectus and later information filed with the SEC will update and supersede this information. We incorporate by reference the following information that we have filed with the SEC and any future filings that we make with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on or after the date of this prospectus until this offering is completed:

  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003 (including information specifically incorporated by reference into our Form 10-K from our definitive proxy statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) filed on November 24, 2003, as amended by our Form 10-K/A filed on November 26, 2003;
 
  Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2003, filed on January 14, 2004;
 
  Our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 3, 2003; and
 
  Our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 2003.

     You may request a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at: Commercial Metals Company, Attention: Corporate Secretary, 6565 N. MacArthur, Suite 800, Irving, Texas 75039, telephone: (214) 689-4300.

     You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not offering the new notes in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date hereof only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may change after that date.

69


 

     Table of Contents



(COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY LOGO)

Commercial Metals Company

Offer to Exchange up to $200,000,000 of its
5.625% Senior Notes due 2013
which have been registered under the Securities Act,
for up to $200,000,000 of its outstanding
5.625% Senior Notes due 2013


PROSPECTUS

                   , 2004




 


 

     Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“Delaware Law”) provides that a corporation may indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with certain actions, suits and proceedings (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation – a “derivative action”), if the person acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. In the case of a criminal action, the person must have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

     Section 145 also provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify its directors and officers against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of any derivative action if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. However, indemnification in derivative actions does not extend to expenses incurred with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which the person has been found liable for negligence or misconduct, unless the court approves the indemnification. Section 145 also permits a Delaware corporation to grant its directors and officers additional rights of indemnification through bylaw provisions or other means, and to purchase indemnity insurance on behalf of its directors and officers. Indemnification is mandatory if a claim, issue or matter has been successfully defended.

     Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware Law permits a provision in the certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting, with certain exceptions, the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties.

     Our certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of all directors, officers and agents in the manner permitted by Section 145 of Delaware Law. Our certificate of incorporation also eliminates the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. Our directors and officers are currently covered by directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

     A list of exhibits filed with this registration statement on Form S-4 is set forth on the Exhibit Index and is incorporated in this Item 21 by reference.

Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

          (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

          (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar

II-1


 

     Table of Contents

value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

          (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the bona fide offering thereof.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 20 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(e) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-2


 

     Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irving, State of Texas, on the 27th day of January, 2004.

         
    COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY
    By:   /s/ Stanley A. Rabin

Stanley A. Rabin,
Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officers and directors of Commercial Metals Company, a Delaware corporation, do hereby constitute and appoint Stanley A. Rabin and David M. Sudbury, and each of them, their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents or attorney-in-fact and agent, with power and authority to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys and agents, and any one of them, determine may be necessary or advisable or required to enable said corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules and regulations or requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this registration statement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing power and authority, the powers granted include the full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, the power and authority to sign the names of the undersigned officers and directors in the capacities indicated below to this registration statement, to any and all amendments (including any post-effective amendments) and supplements thereto, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part or in connection with this registration statement with any regulatory authority, and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys and agents, or any of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. The Power of Attorney may be signed in several counterparts.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons and in the following capacities on the 27th day of January, 2004.

     
Signature
  Title
     
/s/ Stanley A. Rabin

Stanley A. Rabin
  Chairman of the Board, President, Chief
Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/ William B. Larson

William B. Larson
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
     
/s/ Malinda G. Passmore

Malinda G. Passmore
  Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
     

II-3


 

     Table of Contents

     
Signature
  Title
     
/s/ Harold L. Adams

Harold L. Adams
  Director
     
/s/ Moses Feldman

Moses Feldman
  Director
     
/s/ A. Leo Howell

A. Leo Howell
  Vice President and Director
     
/s/ Ralph E. Loewenberg

Ralph E. Loewenberg
  Director
     
/s/ Anthony A. Massaro

Anthony A. Massaro
  Director
     
/s/ Robert D. Neary

Robert D. Neary
  Director
     
/s/ Dorothy G. Owen

Dorothy G. Owen
  Director
     
/s/ Clyde P. Selig

Clyde P. Selig
  Chief Executive Officer — CMC Steel Group
and Director
     
/s/ J. David Smith

J. David Smith
  Director
     
/s/ Robert R. Womack

Robert R. Womack
  Director

II-4


 

     Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

     
Exhibit No.
  Description
1
  Purchase Agreement, dated November 7, 2003, by and among Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc, ABN AMRO Incorporated and Commercial Metals (Filed s Exhibit 10i(c) to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
2(a)
  Share Purchase Agreement dated July 22, 2003 between Impexmetal, S.A. and Commercial Metals (International) AG (Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 30, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
2(b)
  Agreement and Plan of Merger among Commercial Metals Company, LAI Acquisition Company, Lofland Acquisition, Inc., The Lofland Company, E.F. Private Equity Partners (Americas) L.P., and the Texas Growth Fund — 1995 Trust, dated December 23, 2003 (filed herewith).
 
   
3(i)
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Filed as Exhibit 3(i) to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
3(i)a
  Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated February 1, 1994 (Filed as Exhibit 3(i)a to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
3(i)b
  Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated February 17, 1995 (Filed as Exhibit 3(i)b to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
3(i)c
  Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock (Filed as Exhibit 2 to Commercial Metals’ Form 8-A filed August 3, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
3(ii)
  By-Laws (Filed as Exhibit 3(ii) to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)a
  Indenture between Commercial Metals and Chase Manhattan Bank dated as of July 31, 1995 (Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Commercial Metals’ Registration Statement No. 33-60809 on July 18, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)b
  Rights Agreement dated July 28, 1999 by and between Commercial Metals and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, LLC, as Rights Agent (Filed as Exhibit 1 to Commercial Metals’ Form 8-A filed August 3, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)c
  Form of Note for Commercial Metals’ 7.20% Senior Notes due 2005 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)c to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)d
  Form of Note for Commercial Metals’ 6.80% Senior Notes due 2007 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)d to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).


 

     Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.
  Description
4(i)e
  Officers’ Certificate, dated August 4, 1997, pursuant to the Indenture dated as of July 31, 1995, relating to the 6.80% Senior Notes due 2007 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)e to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)f
  Form of Note for Commercial Metals’ 6.75% Senior Notes due 2009 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)f to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)g
  Officers’ Certificate, dated February 23, 1999, pursuant to the Indenture dated as of July 31, 1995, relating to the 6.75% Senior Notes due 2009 (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)g to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)h
  Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 12, 2003, by and among Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc, ABN AMRO Incorporated and Commercial Metals (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)h to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)i
  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 12, 2003, to Indenture dated as of July 31, 1995, by and between Commercial Metals and JPMorgan Chase Bank (Filed as Exhibit 4(i)i to Commercial Metals’ Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).
 
   
4(i)j
  Form of Note for Commercial Metals’ 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (Filed herewith).
 
   
5
  Legal Opinion of Haynes and Boone, LLP (Filed herewith).
 
   
12
  Statement re computation of earnings to fixed charges (Filed herewith).
 
   
21
  Subsidiaries of Registrant (Filed herewith).
 
   
23a
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche, LLP (Filed herewith).
 
   
23b
  Consent of Haynes and Boone, LLP (Included in its legal opinion filed as Exhibit 5).
 
   
24
  Power of Attorney of the Officers and Directors of Commercial Metals Company (included on the signature pages of this Registration Statement).
 
   
25
  Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 of JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee (Filed herewith).
 
   
99.1
  Form of Letter of Transmittal (Filed herewith).
 
   
99.2
  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (Filed herewith).
 
   
99.3
  Form of Letter to Clients (Filed herewith).
 
   
99.4
  Form of Letter to Registered Holders (Filed herewith).
 
   
99.5
  Form of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner (Filed herewith).

EX-2.(B) 3 d12154exv2wxby.txt EX-2(B) AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER EXHIBIT 2(b) AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER among COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY, LAI ACQUISITION COMPANY, LOFLAND ACQUISITION, INC., THE LOFLAND COMPANY, E. F. PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS (AMERICAS) L.P., and THE TEXAS GROWTH FUND - 1995 TRUST Dated as of December 23, 2003 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ARTICLE I THE MERGER......................................................................................1 SECTION 1.1. The Merger..........................................................................1 SECTION 1.2. Effect of the Merger................................................................2 SECTION 1.3. Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation...........................2 SECTION 1.4. Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.................................................2 SECTION 1.5. Board of Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation........................2 SECTION 1.6. Effective Time of the Merger........................................................2 ARTICLE II CONVERSION OF SHARES...........................................................................2 SECTION 2.1. Conversion of Capital Stock.........................................................2 SECTION 2.2. Dissenting Shares...................................................................5 SECTION 2.3. Purchase Price Adjustment...........................................................5 SECTION 2.4. No Further Ownership Rights in LAI.................................................10 SECTION 2.5. Exchange of Certificates...........................................................10 ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LAI AND TLC................................................11 SECTION 3.1. Organization and Qualification.....................................................11 SECTION 3.2. Authorization......................................................................12 SECTION 3.3. No Violation.......................................................................12 SECTION 3.4. Capitalization of LAI..............................................................13 SECTION 3.5. Subsidiaries and Equity Investments................................................14 SECTION 3.6. Consents and Approvals of Governmental Authorities and Other Persons...............15 SECTION 3.7. Financial Statements; Other Financial Matters......................................15 SECTION 3.8. Internal Controls..................................................................16 SECTION 3.9. April 2000 Dividend................................................................17 SECTION 3.10. Accounts and Notes Receivable.....................................................17 SECTION 3.11. Inventory.........................................................................18
i SECTION 3.12. Customers, Suppliers and Employees................................................18 SECTION 3.13. Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities................................................19 SECTION 3.14. Absence of Certain Changes........................................................19 SECTION 3.15. Product Quality, Warranty Claims, Product Liability...............................21 SECTION 3.16. Litigation........................................................................21 SECTION 3.17. Liens.............................................................................22 SECTION 3.18. Real Estate.......................................................................22 SECTION 3.19. Condition of Assets; Title to Personal Property...................................23 SECTION 3.20. Location and Sufficiency of Assets................................................23 SECTION 3.21. Condemnations.....................................................................23 SECTION 3.22. Claims............................................................................23 SECTION 3.23. Certain Agreements................................................................24 SECTION 3.24. Compensation; Employment and Other Agreements.....................................25 SECTION 3.25. Employee Benefit Plans............................................................26 SECTION 3.26. Labor Relations...................................................................31 SECTION 3.27. Taxes.............................................................................31 SECTION 3.28. Compliance with Applicable Law....................................................34 SECTION 3.29. Brokers' Fees and Commissions.....................................................34 SECTION 3.30. Proprietary Rights................................................................34 SECTION 3.31. Insurance.........................................................................36 SECTION 3.32. Environmental Matters.............................................................36 SECTION 3.33. Books and Records.................................................................40 SECTION 3.34. Information.......................................................................41 SECTION 3.35. Certain Business Practices and Regulations; Potential Conflicts of Interest.......41 SECTION 3.36. No Material Adverse Effect........................................................41 SECTION 3.37. Agreements with Churchill and Other Debtholders...................................42 ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS..................................42 SECTION 4.1. Ownership of Shares................................................................42 SECTION 4.2. Authorization......................................................................42 SECTION 4.3. No Violation.......................................................................43
ii SECTION 4.4. Brokers and Finders................................................................43 ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CMC AND SUB..................................................43 SECTION 5.1. Organization.......................................................................43 SECTION 5.2. Authorization......................................................................44 SECTION 5.3. No Violation.......................................................................44 SECTION 5.4. Consents and Approvals.............................................................44 SECTION 5.5. Brokers and Finders................................................................44 ARTICLE VI COVENANTS.....................................................................................45 SECTION 6.1. Conduct of Business of each of the LAI Companies Prior to the Effective Time.......45 SECTION 6.2. Access to Information..............................................................48 SECTION 6.3. All Reasonable Efforts.............................................................48 SECTION 6.4. Consents and Approvals.............................................................48 SECTION 6.5. Public Announcements...............................................................48 SECTION 6.6. Notice of Breaches.................................................................49 SECTION 6.7. Exclusivity Agreement..............................................................49 SECTION 6.8. Escrow Agreement...................................................................51 SECTION 6.9. Waiver of Restrictions on Transfer.................................................51 SECTION 6.10. Delivery of Financial Statements..................................................52 SECTION 6.11. Tax Matters.......................................................................52 SECTION 6.12. Stockholder Approval..............................................................54 SECTION 6.13. Payment of Indebtedness by Related Persons........................................54 SECTION 6.14. 401(k) Plan.......................................................................54 SECTION 6.15. Environmental Insurance Policy; D&O Insurance Policy..............................55 SECTION 6.16. Accounts Receivable Collection....................................................55 SECTION 6.17. Opinions. Each of TGF and EFPE agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to CMC within 15 days after the Closing an opinion of its counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to CMC and TGF or EFPE, as the case may be...................................55 ARTICLE VII CLOSING CONDITIONS...........................................................................55
iii SECTION 7.1. Conditions to Each Party's Obligations under this Agreement........................55 SECTION 7.2. Conditions to the Obligations of CMC and Sub under this Agreement..................56 SECTION 7.3. Conditions to the Obligations of the Sellers under this Agreement..................59 ARTICLE VIII CLOSING.....................................................................................60 SECTION 8.1. Closing............................................................................60 ARTICLE IX TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT...................................................................62 SECTION 9.1. Termination........................................................................62 SECTION 9.2. Procedure and Effect of Termination................................................63 ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES......................................................................64 SECTION 10.1. Survival; Right to Indemnification Not Affected by Knowledge......................64 SECTION 10.2. Indemnification and Payment of Damages by the Sellers.............................64 SECTION 10.3. Indemnification and Payment of Damages by CMC and Sub.............................65 SECTION 10.4. Limitations of Liability..........................................................65 SECTION 10.5. Environmental Indemnification and Payment of Damages by the Sellers...............67 SECTION 10.6. Recourse Limited to Escrow Fund...................................................68 SECTION 10.7. Procedure for Indemnification--Third Party Claims.................................68 SECTION 10.8. Procedure for Indemnification--Other Claims.......................................70 SECTION 10.9. Exclusive Remedy..................................................................70 SECTION 10.10. Indemnification in Case of Strict Liability or Indemnitee Negligence.............70 ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS......................................................................70 SECTION 11.1. Amendment and Modification........................................................70 SECTION 11.2. Waiver of Compliance..............................................................70 SECTION 11.3. Validity..........................................................................71 SECTION 11.4. Fees and Obligations..............................................................71
iv SECTION 11.5. Parties in Interest...............................................................71 SECTION 11.6. Notices...........................................................................71 SECTION 11.7. Governing Law.....................................................................74 SECTION 11.8. Counterparts......................................................................74 SECTION 11.9. Headings..........................................................................74 SECTION 11.10. Entire Agreement.................................................................74 SECTION 11.11. Assignment.......................................................................74 SECTION 11.12. Jurisdiction and Venue...........................................................74 SECTION 11.13. Disclosure of Tax Treatment......................................................75
Exhibits: Exhibit A: Certain Definitions Exhibit B: Form of Certificate of Merger Exhibit C: Form of Tangible Net Operating Assets Calculation Exhibit D: Form of Escrow Agreement Exhibit E: Form of Andrews Kurth, LLP Legal Opinion Exhibit F: Form of Haynes and Boone, LLP Legal Opinion Exhibit G: Form of Release v AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this "AGREEMENT"), dated as of December 23, 2003, is made by and among Commercial Metals Company, a Delaware corporation ("CMC"), LAI Acquisition Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMC ("SUB"), Lofland Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("LAI"), The Lofland Company, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of LAI ("TLC"), EF Private Equity Partners (Americas) L.P. ("EFPE"), and The Texas Growth Fund - 1995 Trust, a trust established by the Constitution of the State of Texas ("TGF," and together with EFPE, the "PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS"). LAI and Sub are sometimes herein together referred to as the "CONSTITUENT CORPORATIONS." LAI, TLC and the Principal Stockholders are sometimes herein collectively referred to as the "SELLERS." Capitalized terms have the meanings given to such terms on Exhibit A hereto. RECITALS: WHEREAS, CMC desires to acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of LAI's capital stock by means of a merger ("MERGER") of Sub into LAI, pursuant to which (i) the stockholders of LAI shall receive cash payments in the amounts set forth below, and (ii) CMC will become the sole stockholder of the Surviving Corporation; WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of CMC, Sub, LAI and TLC, the sole stockholder of Sub, and the stockholders of LAI, have approved this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("DGCL"); and WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of LAI has (i) determined that the consideration to be paid to the stockholders of LAI for each share held by them of capital stock of LAI in the Merger is fair to and in the best interests of such stockholders, (ii) approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and (iii) recommended to such stockholders that they approve the Merger and this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows: ARTICLE I THE MERGER SECTION 1.1. The Merger. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL, Sub shall be merged with and into LAI as of the Effective Time. Following the Merger, the separate existence of Sub shall cease, and LAI shall continue as the surviving corporation in the Merger (the "SURVIVING CORPORATION") under the name "Lofland Fabricators, Inc.". 1 SECTION 1.2. Effect of the Merger. At and after the Effective Time, the Merger shall have the effects set forth in the Certificate of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "CERTIFICATE OF MERGER") and the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, except as otherwise provided herein, all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Sub and LAI shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of Sub and LAI shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation. From and after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall be a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMC. SECTION 1.3. Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation. At the Effective Time and without any further action on the part of the Constituent Corporations, the Certificate of Incorporation of LAI will be amended and restated in the form attached as Appendix A to the Certificate of Merger until duly further amended. SECTION 1.4. Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation. At the Effective Time and without any further action on the part of the Constituent Corporations, the Bylaws of Sub shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until duly further amended. SECTION 1.5. Board of Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation. At the Effective Time, the directors of Sub and the officers of Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors and initial officers of the Surviving Corporation, respectively, each of such directors and officers to hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal. SECTION 1.6. Effective Time of the Merger. The Constituent Corporations will cause the Certificate of Merger and such other documents as are required by the DGCL to be duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as early as practicable on the Closing Date. The Merger shall become effective upon the filing of and acceptance by the Delaware Secretary of State of the Certificate of Merger and such other documents as are required by the DGCL to be filed (the time of such acceptance being the "EFFECTIVE TIME"). ARTICLE II CONVERSION OF SHARES SECTION 2.1. Conversion of Capital Stock. As of the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of the capital stock of the Constituent Corporations: (a) Sub Common Stock. Each issued and outstanding share of common stock, $.001 par value per share, of Sub (i) shall be converted into one share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation and remain outstanding after the Effective Time, (ii) shall continue to be owned by CMC, and (iii) shall represent all of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Surviving Corporation. 2 (b) Cancellation of Treasury Stock. All shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of LAI ("LAI COMMON STOCK"), all shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of LAI ("LAI SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK"), all shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of LAI ("LAI SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK"), and all shares of Series C Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of LAI ("LAI SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK," and, collectively with LAI Series A Preferred Stock and LAI Series B Preferred Stock, the "LAI PREFERRED STOCK," and, LAI Preferred Stock together with LAI Common Stock, "LAI CAPITAL STOCK") that are owned directly or indirectly by LAI or by any Subsidiary (collectively, the "TREASURY SHARES") shall be cancelled and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor. (c) Conversion of LAI Capital Stock. Subject to SECTION 2.2 (Dissenting Shares): (i) LAI Common Stock. Each share of LAI Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Treasury Shares and any Dissenting Shares) shall be automatically cancelled in the Merger and will automatically be converted into the right to receive the Common Per Share Amount; (ii) LAI Series A Preferred Stock. Each share of LAI Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Treasury Shares and any Dissenting Shares) shall be automatically cancelled in the Merger and will automatically be converted into the right to receive the Series A Per Share Amount; (iii) LAI Series B Preferred Stock. Each share of LAI Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Treasury Shares and any Dissenting Shares) shall be automatically cancelled in the Merger and will automatically be converted into the right to receive the Series B Per Share Amount; (iv) LAI Series C Preferred Stock. Each share of LAI Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Treasury Shares and any Dissenting Shares) shall be automatically cancelled in the Merger and will automatically be converted into the right to receive the Series C Per Share Amount (the Common Per Share Amount, Series A Per Share Amount, Series B Per Share Amount, and Series C Per Share Amount are sometimes each generally referred to as the "PER SHARE AMOUNT"). (d) Purchase Price; Merger Consideration. For purposes of this Agreement, "PURCHASE PRICE" shall mean $46,961,435, subject to adjustment pursuant to SECTION 2.3. The Purchase Price shall equal the sum of (i) the Debt Payoff Amount plus (ii) the Merger Consideration. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) "CHURCHILL CLOSING PAYMENT AMOUNT" means the difference between (i) the Churchill Payoff Amount minus (ii) the Escrow Fund Amount. 3 (ii) "CHURCHILL HOLDBACK AMOUNT" means $2,000,000, as adjusted pursuant to SECTION 2.3(b)(v). (iii) "CHURCHILL ESCROW FUND PAYMENT AMOUNT" means $7,000,000. (iv) "CHURCHILL PAYOFF AMOUNT" means the aggregate dollar amount necessary to (1) pay in full and indefeasibly extinguish all promissory notes and other evidences of indebtedness and amounts outstanding under the Churchill Loan Agreement, and under all agreements and instruments related thereto, and (2) release all Liens on the properties or assets of the LAI Companies and any capital stock of any of the LAI Companies held by or on behalf of Churchill. The Churchill Payoff Amount shall equal the sum of (1) the Escrow Fund Amount plus (2) the Churchill Closing Payment Amount and shall also equal the difference between (1) the Debt Payoff Amount minus (2) the Senior Obligations Payoff Amount. The Churchill Payoff Amount shall not exceed the difference between (x) the Payoff Cap minus (y) the Senior Obligations Payoff Amount. (v) "DEBT PAYOFF AMOUNT" means the aggregate dollar amount necessary to (1) pay in full and indefeasibly extinguish all promissory notes and other evidences of indebtedness and amounts outstanding under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Churchill Loan Agreement, and under all agreements and instruments related thereto, and (2) release all Liens on the properties or assets of the LAI Companies and any capital stock of any of the LAI Companies. The Debt Payoff Amount shall be equal to the sum of (1) the Senior Obligations Payoff Amount plus (2) the Churchill Payoff Amount and shall also be equal to the difference between (1) the Purchase Price, minus (2) the Merger Consideration. (vi) "ESCROW FUND AMOUNT" means the sum of (1) the Churchill Escrow Fund Payment Amount plus (2) the Churchill Holdback Amount. (vii) "IRS PAYMENT AMOUNT" means $1,538,565. (viii) "MERGER CONSIDERATION" means the aggregate amount paid to the holders of LAI Capital Stock under SECTION 2.1(c). (ix) "PAYOFF CAP" means the difference between (1) the Purchase Price, as adjusted, minus (2) the Merger Consideration. (x) "SENIOR OBLIGATIONS PAYOFF AMOUNT" means the aggregate dollar amount necessary to (1) pay in full and indefeasibly extinguish all promissory notes and other evidences of indebtedness and amounts outstanding under the Senior Loan Agreement, and under all agreements and instruments related thereto, and (2) release all Liens on the properties or assets of the LAI Companies and any capital stock of any of the LAI Companies held by or on behalf of the Senior Lenders, which shall be equal to the amount set forth in the certificate described in SECTION 2.1(f). The Senior Obligations Payoff Amount shall be equal to the difference between (1) the Debt Payoff Amount minus (2) the Churchill Payoff Amount. 4 (e) Adjustment of Merger Consideration as a Result of Reclassification, Etc. If, between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time (other than as contemplated hereby), the outstanding shares of LAI Common Stock or LAI Preferred Stock (or any series thereof) shall have been changed into a different number of shares or a different class or series by reason of any reclassification, recapitalization, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or readjustment, or a stock dividend thereon shall be declared with a record date within such period, the Per Share Amount to be received pursuant to SECTION 2.1(c) for such class and/or series shall be adjusted as appropriate. (f) Payoff Amounts. Immediately prior to the Effective Time, LAI shall deliver to CMC a certificate or instrument, satisfactory in form and substance to CMC, executed by a duly authorized representative of the Senior Lenders that sets forth the Senior Obligations Payoff Amount. At the Effective Time, Sub, and immediately upon consummation of the Merger, Surviving Corporation shall be capitalized by CMC with cash equal to the sum of (a) the Senior Obligations Payoff Amount plus (b) the Churchill Payoff Amount. Simultaneously with and as part of the Closing, the Surviving Corporation shall remit (x) to the Senior Lenders by wire transfer in immediately available funds the Senior Obligations Payoff Amount, (y) to the Escrow Agent into the Escrow Fund the Escrow Fund Amount, and (z) to Churchill by wire transfer in immediately available funds an amount equal to the Churchill Closing Payment Amount. CMC shall cause the Surviving Corporation to make the foregoing remissions and deposits. SECTION 2.2. Dissenting Shares. Shares of LAI Capital Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time that (a) have not been voted for approval of this Agreement and the Merger or consented in writing thereto pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL and (b) with respect to which appraisal rights have been properly perfected in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL (the "DISSENTING SHARES") shall not be converted into the right to receive the applicable Per Share Amount for such class and/or series of shares of LAI Capital Stock in accordance with this Agreement at or after the Effective Time, unless and until the holder of such Dissenting Shares withdraws such holder's demand for such appraisal in accordance with Section 262(k) of the DGCL or becomes ineligible for such appraisal. If a holder of Dissenting Shares shall withdraw in accordance with Section 262(k) of the DGCL or such holder's demand for such appraisal shall become ineligible, then as of the later of the Effective Time or the occurrence of such event, such holder's Dissenting Shares shall cease to be Dissenting Shares and shall be converted into the right to receive the applicable Per Share Amount for such class and/or series for each share of LAI Capital Stock pursuant to SECTION 2.1(c) of this Agreement. SECTION 2.3. Purchase Price Adjustment. (a) Pre-Closing Statement. (i) Accounting Principles. At least two (2) business days prior to the Closing Date, LAI shall furnish to CMC and Sub the following (collectively, the "PRE-CLOSING STATEMENT"): (A) a consolidated balance sheet of LAI, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with the 1/31/03 Financial Statements as of the end of the most recently completed month prior to the Closing Date (the "PRE-CLOSING BALANCE SHEET"); (B) a 5 listing of the adjustment amounts to each of the line items on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet that are necessary to estimate in good faith such Pre-Closing Balance Sheet line items immediately prior to Closing; and (C) LAI's good faith estimate, based on the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and such adjustments, of the Tangible Net Operating Assets immediately prior to the Closing (the "TANGIBLE NET OPERATING ASSETS ESTIMATE") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C; provided, however, that (A) the aggregate amount of the fees and expenses of the LAI Companies incurred at or prior to the Closing in connection with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation, fees, costs and commissions of the Escrow Agent, any investment banking, brokers, finders, accounting or legal fees, costs or commissions, or transfer taxes, conveyance and recording fees, documentary stamp taxes and all other similar charges shall be fully reflected or estimated as a liability in the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate on the Pre-Closing Statement, but only to the extent they have not been paid prior to the Closing (the "LAI EXPENSES"), (B) no prepaid expense related to any LAI Expense shall be reflected as an asset in the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate on the Pre-Closing Statement, (C) the gross amount of any Change of Control Payments (without regard to taxes or other withholdings) shall be reflected as a liability in the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate on the Pre-Closing Statement to the extent they have not been paid by LAI prior to the Closing, (D) all interest, charges, fees, expenses and penalties, including prepayment penalties on or which become due as a result of any voluntary payments made by LAI under SECTION 2.1(f) or in contemplation of or in connection with the Closing on any Debt, shall be reflected as a liability in the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate on the Pre-Closing Statement to the extent any of the foregoing have not been paid by LAI prior to the Closing, (E) all costs, including all premium costs, of the Environmental Insurance Policy and the D&O Insurance Policy shall be reflected as a liability in the Tangible Net Operating Assets Adjustment on the Pre-Closing Statement, but only to the extent they have not been paid prior to the Closing, (F) the following amount shall be reflected as a liability in the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate on the Pre-Closing Statement (the "CANCELLATION OF INDEBTEDNESS TAX"): the product of (x) 38% multiplied by (y) the dollar amount of Tax attributes other than LAI net operating losses incurred prior to the Effective Time, including without limitation the Tax basis in the properties of and capital stock held by the LAI Companies and CMC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, that are reduced due to the amount of cancellation of indebtedness income that is not recognized by the LAI Companies pursuant to Code Section 108(a)(1), after giving full effect to all reductions, if any, in the Purchase Price pursuant to SECTION 2.3, (G) the aggregate amount of unpaid Taxes of the LAI Companies with respect to any Pre-Effective Time Periods (except for the IRS Payment Amount), shall be reflected as liabilities in the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate on the Pre-Closing Statement, (H) the amount of any Debt of any of the LAI Companies (other than the Debt being extinguished pursuant to SECTION 2.1(f)) shall be reflected as a liability in the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate on the Pre-Closing Statement to the extent any such Debt has not been fully and indefeasibly paid and extinguished by LAI prior to the Closing, (I) the aggregate amount of any unpaid withdrawal liability of the LAI Companies in connection with any multiemployer plan described in SECTION 3.25(d) shall be reflected as a liability in the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate on the Pre-Closing Statement, and (J) the amount of Inventory on the Pre-Closing Statement shall be adjusted to equal the Inventory Value determined under SECTION 2.3(a)(ii) (items (A) through (J) are hereinafter referred to as "ADJUSTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES"). 6 (ii) Adjustment for Inventory. (A) Inspection and Valuation. LAI and CMC agree and covenant that after the close of business on the Friday prior to the Closing Date and until Closing (provided such Closing occurs on the following Monday), no inventory of any of the LAI Companies ("INVENTORY") shall be added to or removed from any Current Facility. Commencing immediately after the close of business on the Friday prior to Closing and continuing for so long as may be necessary, but no longer than two (2) days, representatives of LAI and CMC shall conduct a joint inspection and appraisal of the Inventory. LAI shall make available such personnel and equipment as may be necessary to move and count the Inventory in order to assure LAI and CMC that an accurate and complete physical inventory has been taken in order to properly value the Inventory. Following the joint inspection and appraisal, LAI and CMC shall endeavor to agree upon a mutually acceptable value for the Inventory, which shall be the lower of average cost or market, including freight, and determined in a manner consistent with the 1/31/03 Financial Statements. For purposes of this Agreement, the market value shall be the market value of such Inventory as held by the LAI Companies. The value of such Inventory as determined in accordance with this SECTION 2.3(a)(ii)(A) or SECTION 2.3(a)(ii)(B) below is referred to as the "INVENTORY VALUE." The Inventory Value shall be used in the calculation of Tangible Net Operating Assets pursuant to this SECTION 2.3. (B) Resolution of Inventory Valuation Disputes. In the event LAI and CMC are unable to agree upon a mutually acceptable price and quantity for all or any part of the Inventory prior to Closing (provided, however, that the resolution of Inventory valuation disputes shall not delay Closing), either such party may notify the other of that party's desire to submit the valuation of the Inventory items in dispute to a neutral third party familiar with the business of LAI chosen by CMC and reasonably acceptable to LAI (the "ARBITRATOR"). In the event LAI and CMC do not agree on an Arbitrator, LAI and CMC together shall contact the president of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (the "CRSI") and instruct the president of the CRSI to appoint an Arbitrator within one (1) business day of the contact by LAI and CMC. The Arbitrator shall, within forty-eight (48) hours after designation, together with a representative of each party, inspect the Inventory items in dispute. Prior to the Arbitrator's inspection, representatives of LAI and CMC shall inform the Arbitrator and each other in writing of the quantity and value placed on the disputed Inventory items by that party. Within twenty-four (24) hours of the inspection, the Arbitrator shall determine the valuation of the Inventory items and advise the parties in writing of its determination. The valuation determined by the Arbitrator shall be the valuation of the Inventory items of either LAI or CMC, which in the sole opinion of the Arbitrator most closely approximates the lower of the average cost or market value of the disputed Inventory items. The valuation of the party selected by the Arbitrator shall be the valuation that shall be used in the calculation of the Tangible Net Operating Assets pursuant to this SECTION 2.3. All travel, out-of-pocket expenses and charges of the Arbitrator shall be borne by LAI and shall be reflected as LAI Expenses to the extent they are not paid prior to the Closing. If (i) an Arbitrator has been chosen to value Inventory items, (ii) the Arbitrator has not completed the valuation of the Inventory prior to the Closing, and (iii) all conditions to Closing have been satisfied or waived, then CMC's valuation of the disputed Inventory shall be used by LAI for purposes of the Pre-Closing Statement, and the Arbitrator's valuation of the disputed Inventory items under this SECTION 2.3(a)(ii)(B) shall be used by CMC for purposes 7 of the Post-Closing Statement. For purposes of this SECTION 2.3(a)(ii)(B), after the Closing the Principal Stockholders shall act on behalf of LAI. (iii) Purchase Price Adjustment. Based on the Pre-Closing Statement, if the amount equal to the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate minus $15,713,298 (the "TANGIBLE OPERATING ASSETS ADJUSTMENT") is a positive number, then the Purchase Price shall be increased by such amount; provided, however, that in no event shall the Purchase Price be increased by an amount in excess of $1,000,000. If the Tangible Net Operating Assets Adjustment is a negative number, the Purchase Price shall be reduced by such amount. (b) Post-Closing Statement. (i) As soon as practicable, but in no event more than 100 days after the Closing Date, the Surviving Corporation shall furnish Churchill and the Principal Stockholders, as representatives of Churchill, a statement (the "POST-CLOSING STATEMENT") reflecting the Tangible Net Operating Assets of LAI and its consolidated Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing (the "CLOSING TANGIBLE NET OPERATING ASSETS AMOUNT"), with the line items included in the Closing Tangible Net Operating Assets Amount being determined in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with the 1/31/03 Financial Statements and the Adjusted Accounting Principles (except as otherwise provided herein, references in the Adjusted Accounting Principles to the Pre-Closing Statement shall be deemed references to the Post-Closing Statement for purposes of calculating the Closing Tangible Net Operating Assets Amount). The Principal Stockholders shall have the authority to take all actions and exercise all such discretion on behalf of Churchill as may be necessary or advisable pursuant to this SECTION 2.3(b). (ii) "CLOSING DIFFERENTIAL" as used herein shall mean the Proposed Closing Differential with such revisions, adjustments and changes thereto, if any, as shall be effected pursuant to this SECTION 2.3(b). "PROPOSED CLOSING DIFFERENTIAL" as used herein shall mean, as reflected in the Post-Closing Statement, the amount (whether a positive or negative number) equal to the difference between (1) the Closing Tangible Net Operating Assets Amount minus (2) the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate. (iii) Within 30 days after the delivery of the Post-Closing Statement to the Principal Stockholders and Churchill, the Principal Stockholders shall either accept the amount of the Proposed Closing Differential as reflected on the Post-Closing Statement as correct or object to the Proposed Closing Differential, specifying in reasonable detail in writing the nature of their objection(s). The Principal Stockholders shall not be entitled to object to the Inventory Value used in the calculation of Tangible Net Operating Assets as finally determined pursuant to SECTION 2.3(a)(ii) or to the impact of the Inventory Value as so determined on the Closing Differential. In the event the Principal Stockholders do not object to the Proposed Closing Differential within said 30-day period, the Principal Stockholders shall conclusively be deemed to have accepted the Proposed Closing Differential as the Closing Differential, and the Proposed Closing Differential shall be, absent manifest error, final and binding on the parties. In the event either Principal Stockholder objects to the Proposed Closing Differential, then, during a 15-day period subsequent to the receipt by the Surviving Corporation of notice of such 8 objection(s), the Surviving Corporation and the objecting Principal Stockholder(s) shall attempt in good faith to resolve the differences respecting such Proposed Closing Differential. In the event the Surviving Corporation and the objecting Principal Stockholder(s) are unable to resolve their differences within said 15-day period, the Surviving Corporation shall select a firm of certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the objecting Principal Stockholder(s) (which shall be one of KPMG LLP, Grant Thornton LLP or BDO Seidman, LLP) to determine the Closing Differential pursuant to this SECTION 2.3, whose determination shall be, absent manifest error, final and binding on the parties. If, as a result of such arbitration, it is determined that the Closing Differential differs from the Proposed Closing Differential by an aggregate amount greater than twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of such Closing Differential, CMC shall pay the cost of arbitration. Otherwise, the Principal Stockholders shall be severally obligated to pay their proportionate share of the cost of the arbitration. During the period from the date of delivery of the Post-Closing Statement to the Principal Stockholders and Churchill through the date of resolution of any dispute regarding the Proposed Closing Differential as contemplated by this SECTION 2.3(b)(ii), CMC shall cause the Surviving Corporation and each Subsidiary to provide the Principal Stockholders and their agents and representatives reasonable access to the books, records (including any work papers, supplemental schedules and other materials prepared or used by the Surviving Corporation or auditing firm in connection with preparation of the Post-Closing Statement and the Closing Tangible Net Operating Assets Amount), facilities and employees of the Surviving Corporation and each Subsidiary for purposes relevant to the review of such Post-Closing Statement and the resolution of any related dispute. (iv) Based on the Post-Closing Statement, within three (3) days after the final determination of the Closing Differential, if the amount of the Closing Differential is a positive amount or zero, then (x) the Purchase Price shall be increased by the amount of any positive Closing Differential, subject to the limitation in SECTION 2.3(a)(iii), (y) CMC or the Surviving Corporation shall remit to Churchill an amount equal to any positive Closing Differential, and (z) CMC and Churchill shall instruct the Escrow Agent to remit to Churchill the Churchill Holdback Amount. CMC and Churchill agree to give all notices and instructions to the Escrow Agent necessary to effect the provisions of this SECTION 2.3(b)(iv). (v) Based on the Post-Closing Statement, within three (3) days after the final determination of the Closing Differential, if the amount of the Closing Differential is a negative amount, then (x) the Purchase Price shall be decreased by the amount of the Closing Differential pursuant to SECTION 2.3(a)(iii), and (y) CMC and Churchill shall instruct the Escrow Agent to pay to CMC, out of the Churchill Holdback Amount, an amount equal to the Closing Differential and to remit to Churchill the balance, if any, of the Churchill Holdback Amount. In the event that the amount of the Closing Differential exceeds the amount of the Churchill Holdback Amount, as adjusted pursuant to this SECTION 2.3(b)(v), Churchill shall remit to CMC the difference between the Closing Differential and the Churchill Holdback Amount, as adjusted; provided, however, in no event shall Churchill be required to remit an amount greater than the Churchill Closing Payment Amount; and provided further, that in the event the Closing Differential exceeds the sum of the Churchill Holdback Amount plus the Churchill Closing Payment Amount, then CMC and Churchill shall instruct the Escrow Agent to pay to CMC, out of the Churchill Escrow Fund Payment Amount, an amount equal to the excess 9 of the Closing Differential above the sum of the Churchill Holdback Amount and the Churchill Closing Payment Amount. CMC and Churchill agree to give all notices and instructions to the Escrow Agent necessary to effect the provisions of this SECTION 2.3(b)(v). The parties hereby further agree that, if the Closing Differential exceeds the Churchill Holdback Amount and Churchill shall fail to remit to CMC the difference between the Closing Differential and the Churchill Holdback Amount, then CMC shall be entitled to make a claim and recover such amount out of the Churchill Escrow Fund Payment Amount pursuant to ARTICLE X. SECTION 2.4. No Further Ownership Rights in LAI. At and after the Effective Time, each holder of shares of LAI Common Stock and LAI Preferred Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights as a stockholder of LAI, except for the right to surrender such stockholder's stock certificate(s) in exchange for receipt of the Merger Consideration described in SECTION 2.1(c), or otherwise provided by Law including any rights with respect to the holders of Dissenting Shares. Any certificates presented after the Effective Time for transfer shall be cancelled and exchanged for the appropriate Merger Consideration. CMC shall have no obligation to deliver to stockholders of LAI their portion of the Merger Consideration except to the extent that such stockholders have caused certificates representing LAI Capital Stock (or affidavits of lost certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to CMC, if applicable and, if requested as provided below, the posting of a bond), to be tendered to CMC. SECTION 2.5. Exchange of Certificates. (a) Establishment of Escrow Fund. As of the Effective Time, CMC shall create a fund (the "ESCROW FUND") and CMC and, pursuant to SECTION 2.1(f), the Surviving Corporation shall deposit or shall cause to be deposited with a bank or trust company designated by the parties as the escrow agent ("ESCROW AGENT") into the Escrow Fund, an amount equal to the Escrow Fund Amount, which amount shall be held and subsequently distributed pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 2.3(b) and the Escrow Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the "ESCROW AGREEMENT"). (b) Exchange Procedures. No later than three (3) business days after the Effective Time, CMC shall mail or cause to be mailed to each holder of record of a certificate or certificates which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented outstanding shares of LAI Capital Stock (the "CERTIFICATES") (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates to CMC and shall be in customary form) and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates in exchange for the applicable Merger Consideration. Upon surrender of a Certificate for cancellation to CMC together with such letter of transmittal, properly completed and duly executed, and such other documents as may be reasonably required pursuant to such instructions, the holder of such Certificate shall, subject to SECTION 2.1(b) and SECTION 2.2, be entitled to receive the applicable Merger Consideration which such holder has the right to receive in respect of the shares of LAI Capital Stock formerly represented by such Certificate, and the Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. In no event will interest be paid or accrued on any portion of the Merger Consideration payable to holders of Certificates. 10 (c) Unregistered Transfer of LAI Capital Stock. In the event of a transfer of ownership of LAI Capital Stock prior to the Effective Time which is not registered in the transfer records of LAI, the appropriate Merger Consideration may be issued to a transferee if the Certificate representing such LAI Capital Stock is presented to CMC, accompanied by all documents reasonably required by CMC, including (i) documents to evidence and effect such transfer and by evidence that any applicable stock transfer taxes have been paid and (ii) documents evidencing transferee's representations or warranties of ownership to CMC. (d) Stock Transfer Books. At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of LAI shall be closed, and thereafter there shall be no further registration of transfer of shares of LAI Capital Stock theretofore outstanding on the records of LAI. (e) Withholding Rights. CMC shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of shares of LAI Capital Stock such amounts as CMC is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any other Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by CMC, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to such holder in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by CMC. ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LAI AND TLC LAI and TLC, jointly and severally, warrant to each of CMC and Sub as set forth below except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule delivered by LAI to CMC and Sub as of the date hereof (the "DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE"). The Disclosure Schedule and all representations and warranties in any certificates delivered by any of the LAI Companies to CMC or Sub pursuant to this Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into this ARTICLE III and shall be deemed to be representations and warranties made in this ARTICLE III. Nothing in the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made herein unless the Disclosure Schedule identifies the specific representation or warranty by reference to the Section number in this Agreement to which the exception applies. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the mere listing (or inclusion of a copy) of a document or other item without further explanatory disclosure shall not be deemed adequate to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made herein (unless the representation or warranty relates to the existence of the document or other item itself). The Disclosure Schedule will be arranged in sections according to the numbered and lettered sections contained in this Article. SECTION 3.1. Organization and Qualification. Each of LAI and its respective Subsidiaries (collectively, the "LAI COMPANIES") is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with all requisite corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its 11 business as it is now being conducted, and is qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction where the nature of the business conducted by it or the properties owned or leased by it requires qualification. The jurisdictions in which the LAI Companies are qualified to transact business are set forth in SECTION 3.1 of the Disclosure Schedule. Each of the LAI Companies has delivered to CMC complete and correct copies of its Certificate or Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as amended to date (the "CHARTER DOCUMENTS"). The Charter Documents are in full force and effect and have not been amended, modified, revoked, terminated or canceled or in any other manner varied from the copies delivered to CMC. LAI has delivered to CMC true, complete and correct copies of the minute books of the LAI Companies, and the copies thereof delivered to CMC are complete and accurate copies of all materials included therein for the periods covered thereby. None of the LAI Companies is in violation of any provision of its respective Charter Documents. SECTION 3.1 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all assumed names that any of the LAI Companies holds or uses. SECTION 3.2. Authorization. LAI and TLC have full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party by LAI and TLC, the performance by LAI and TLC of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized by their respective boards of directors. The affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of LAI Common Stock, voting together with the Series A Preferred Stock, and the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate class, at a meeting of such holders, or by means of written consents in lieu of a meeting, to adopt this Agreement (the "STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL") has been obtained and is the only vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of LAI necessary to adopt this Agreement and approve the transactions contemplated hereby. No other corporate action on the part of LAI and TLC is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which either of them is a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The Board of Directors of LAI has duly recommended to the stockholders of LAI that they approve this Agreement, the Merger and all of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been and as of the Closing Date, the Ancillary Agreements to which LAI and TLC are a party will have been duly and validly executed and delivered by LAI and TLC and, assuming this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements constitute the valid and binding obligations of CMC, Sub and any other party thereto other than LAI and TLC, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of LAI and TLC, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms. SECTION 3.3. No Violation. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party by LAI and TLC and the performance by LAI and TLC of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder, nor the consummation by LAI and TLC of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will, directly or indirectly: 12 (a) violate, conflict with or result in any breach of (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) any provision of the Charter Documents of any of the LAI Companies or be inconsistent with any resolution adopted by the board of directors or stockholders of any of the LAI Companies currently in effect; (b) violate, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) under, or permit the termination of, or require the consent of any other party to, or result in the acceleration of, or entitle any party to accelerate (whether as a result of a change in control of any of the LAI Companies or otherwise) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Material Contract to which any of the LAI Companies is a party, or result in the loss of any benefit, or give rise to the creation of any Lien upon the capital stock or any of the properties or assets of any of the LAI Companies; (c) violate any Order of any court or Governmental Authority applicable to any of the LAI Companies or any of their respective properties or assets currently in effect; (d) violate any requirement of Law applicable to the LAI Companies, (e) contravene, conflict with, violate or breach any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Authority the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any Permit; or (f) cause CMC, the Sub, the Surviving Corporation or any of the LAI Companies to become subject to, or to become liable for the payment of, any Tax or cause any of the assets or properties of any of the LAI Companies to be reassessed or revalued by any Taxing authority or other Governmental Authority. SECTION 3.4. Capitalization of LAI. The authorized capital stock of LAI consists of 20,000 shares of Common Stock and 19,500 shares of Preferred Stock, of which 8,620 shares have been designated Series A Preferred Stock, 3,100 shares have been designated Series B Preferred Stock, 7,000 shares have been designated Series C Preferred Stock, and 780 shares remain undesignated. As of the date hereof, LAI has, in the aggregate, 6,099 shares of Common Stock (including 38 Treasury Shares), 8,580 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (including -0- Treasury Shares), 2,752 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (including -0- Treasury Shares), and 6,007 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (including -0- Treasury Shares) issued and outstanding, all of which have been duly authorized, validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and were issued in accordance with the registration or qualification provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT") and applicable state securities Laws or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom. The Merger will not entitle the LAI Preferred Stockholders to receive any liquidation preference, preferential payment or other payment or distribution and will not entitle any LAI Preferred Stockholder to require LAI to repurchase or redeem any shares of LAI Preferred Stock. All preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and any similar rights governing or binding on LAI or its Subsidiaries that may have been applicable to the issuance of such shares were duly and validly complied with or waived in compliance with all applicable Laws and any agreements governing such rights. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule or as set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, LAI has no 13 obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its equity securities or any interests therein or to pay any dividend or make any distribution with respect thereof. SECTION 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate listing of all holders of record of LAI Common Stock and LAI Preferred Stock and the number of shares owned. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, conversion or other rights, agreements or commitments obligating LAI to issue any additional shares of LAI Capital Stock or any other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for any shares of LAI Capital Stock. Immediately prior to the Closing, no such options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, conversion or other rights, agreements or commitments shall exist or be outstanding. SECTION 3.5. Subsidiaries and Equity Investments. (a) SECTION 3.5(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth (i) the name of each corporation of which LAI directly or indirectly owns shares of capital stock having in the aggregate 50% or more of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of such corporation (individually, a "SUBSIDIARY" and collectively, the "SUBSIDIARIES"); (ii) the name of each corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity (other than the Subsidiaries) in which any of the LAI Companies have, or pursuant to any agreement have the right to acquire at any time by any means, an equity interest or investment; (iii) in the case of each of the Subsidiaries and such other corporations described in the foregoing clause (i), (A) the jurisdiction of incorporation and (B) the complete capitalization thereof and the percentage of each class of voting stock owned by any of the LAI Companies on the date hereof; and (iv) in the case of each of such unincorporated entities, the equivalent of the information provided pursuant to the preceding clause (iii) with regard to corporate entities. (b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized, validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and were issued in accordance with the registration or qualification provisions of the Securities Act and applicable state securities Laws or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom. All preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and any similar rights that may have been applicable to the issuance of such shares were duly and validly complied with or waived in compliance with all applicable Laws and any agreements governing such rights. None of the LAI Companies has any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its equity securities or any interests therein or to pay any dividend or make any distribution with respect thereof. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.5(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, all of the shares of capital stock of each subsidiary are owned of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, by LAI, free and clear of any Liens. (c) There are no options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, conversion or other rights, agreements or commitments obligating any of the Subsidiaries to issue any additional shares of capital stock of such Subsidiary or any other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for any shares of such capital stock. 14 SECTION 3.6. Consents and Approvals of Governmental Authorities and Other Persons. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule and for any required consents, approvals, filings or registrations under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR ACT"), and the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State pursuant to the DGCL, no filing or registration with, no notice to, and no Permit or consent of any Governmental Authority or other person is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by LAI and TLC, or the consummation by LAI and TLC of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. SECTION 3.7. Financial Statements; Other Financial Matters. LAI has delivered to CMC (i) copies of the audited consolidated balance sheets of LAI and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of January 31, 1999, January 31, 2000, January 31, 2001, January 31, 2002 and January 31, 2003, together with the related audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and changes in cash flow for the fiscal years ended (eight months in the case of the financial statements accompanying the January 31, 1999 balance sheet) on such dates, and the notes thereto, accompanied by the reports thereon of the applicable firm of independent public accountants (the "AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"), and (ii) copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of LAI as of November 30, 2003, together with the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and changes in cash flow for the eleven-month period ended on such date, certified by the chief financial officer of LAI (the "INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS") (such Audited Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements being hereinafter referred to as the "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"). The Financial Statements referred to in this SECTION 3.7 reflect and will reflect the consistent application of such accounting principles throughout the periods involved, except as disclosed in the notes to such Financial Statements or SECTION 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, (a) were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, (b) present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position, results of operations and changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows of LAI and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of the Interim Financial Statements, to normal year end audit adjustments consistent with prior periods that would not be material, individually or in the aggregate), and (c) in the case of the Audited Financial Statements, have been audited in accordance with U. S. generally accepted auditing standards. SECTION 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all assets of the LAI Companies (other than assets having a value less than $5,000 individually) not reflected in the Interim Financial Statements or that have not been sold in the ordinary course of business. Neither LAI nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into any securitization transactions or off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Item 303(c) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Pre-Closing Statement reflects all liabilities of the LAI Companies required by GAAP applied on a consistent basis (as modified by the Adjusted Accounting Principles) to be reflected on LAI's consolidated financial statements, except for the accounts excluded by Exhibit C-2. The Pre-Closing Statement delivered by LAI will accurately reflect all of the following items as liabilities, to the extent that they have not been paid by LAI prior to the Closing: (i) all LAI Expenses, (ii) the gross amount of all Change in Control Payments (without regard to taxes or other withholdings), 15 (iii) all interest, charges, fees, expenses and penalties, including prepayment penalties on or which become due as a result of any voluntary payments made by LAI on the Closing Date or in contemplation of the Closing on any Debt, (iv) all costs, including all premium costs, of the Environmental Insurance Policy and the D&O Insurance Policy, (v) the Cancellation of Indebtedness Tax, (vi) the amount of all Debt of the LAI Companies other than (A) the Debt being extinguished pursuant to SECTION 2.1(f) and (B) the negative account balances included in the cash component of the Tangible Net Operating Assets Estimate and (vii) the aggregate amount of any outstanding withdrawal liability of the LAI Companies under any multiemployer plan described in SECTION 3.25. As of March 31, 2003, the dollar amount of Tangible Net Operating Assets was $15,713,298, and the aggregate dollar amount of Debt of the LAI Companies was $54,486,688. The Pre-Closing Statement delivered by LAI accurately reflects the book value of all of the assets of the LAI Companies in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (as modified by the Adjusted Accounting Principles) except for accounts excluded on Exhibit C-1. As of the date of this Agreement, the aggregate dollar amount of Debt of the LAI Companies was $58,145,035. SECTION 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule lists the identity of each person to whom any LAI Company owes any Debt, the respective amount of Debt owed to each such person and the name(s) of the LAI Company or LAI Companies that are obligor(s) or guarantor(s) with respect to such Debt; provided, however, that with respect to negative cash balances, only the amount(s) of such balance(s) are set forth in SECTION 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule. The LAI Companies do not have any Debt outstanding except for (i) Debt outstanding under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Churchill Loan Agreement and (ii) Debt reflected as a current or long-term liability on the Interim Financial Statements. SECTION 3.8. Internal Controls. (a) LAI maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, to maintain asset accountability and to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate actions are taken with respect to any differences. There are no material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting that are reasonably likely to adversely affect LAI's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information. (b) Since January 31, 2002 no LAI Company, no officer or employee (including any employee director) of any LAI Company, and, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, no non-employee director, auditor, accountant, attorney or representative of any of the LAI Companies has received or otherwise had or obtained Knowledge of (i) any written complaint, allegation, assertion or claim regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies, or methods of any of the LAI Companies or their respective internal accounting controls, including any complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that any of the LAI Companies has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices, or (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of any LAI Company who have a significant role in such LAI Company's internal controls. 16 (c) No attorney representing any of the LAI Companies, whether or not employed by any of the LAI Companies, has reported evidence of a violation of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by any of the LAI Companies or any of their officers, directors, employees or agents. SECTION 3.9. April 2000 Dividend. The $20,000,000 dividend declared by LAI's Board of Directors on April 10, 2000 and funded on April 14, 2000 (the "Dividend") did not violate Section 154, 170, 173, 174 or 244 of the DGCL. At the time of the Dividend, the "surplus" of LAI (as such term is defined in and determined under Section 154 of the DGCL) equaled or exceeded the amount of the Dividend. Churchill and each of LAI's Senior Lenders under the Senior Loan Agreement specifically consented, in writing, to the payment of the Dividend. No claim, assertion or statement by any creditor of LAI or any other person has ever been made (whether orally or in writing) to any LAI Company to the effect that the Dividend (i) was an impermissible dividend under the DGCL, (ii) constituted a fraudulent conveyance or a fraud on LAI's creditors or (iii) was improper or illegal in any manner. The Dividend, at the time it was declared and paid, did not render LAI insolvent. SECTION 3.10. Accounts and Notes Receivable. (a) All accounts receivable of the LAI Companies that are reflected either on the Interim Financial Statements or on the accounting records of the LAI Companies provided to CMC as of the Closing Date (collectively, the "Accounts Receivable") represent or will represent valid obligations arising from sales actually made or services actually performed in the LAI Companies' ordinary course of business and, in the case of Accounts Receivable exceeding $10,000 due with respect to any one Contract of the LAI Companies, pursuant to validly executed sales Contracts or validly executed and approved change orders. SECTION 3.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule separately lists and identifies each amount of any account receivable of any LAI Company in excess of $10,000 with respect to any one Contract of the LAI Companies that (i) constitutes a proposed change order that has not been executed, approved and accepted by all parties to the related Contract, or (ii) represents an advance billing for goods or services for which revenue has not yet been recognized in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. The respective reserves shown on the Interim Financial Statements or on the accounting records of the LAI Companies provided to CMC as of the Closing Date are adequate and calculated consistent with past practice and, in the case of the reserve as of the Closing Date, will not represent a lesser percentage of the Accounts Receivable as of the Closing Date than the reserve reflected in the Interim Financial Statements represented of the Accounts Receivable reflected therein and will not represent a material adverse change in the composition of such Accounts Receivable in terms of aging. (b) Each of the Accounts Receivable set forth in SECTION 3.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedule either has been or will be collected in full, without any set-off, within fifteen (15) months after the Closing Date. (c) Except as set forth in SECTION 3.10(c) of the Disclosure Schedule or for which reserves have been established in the Financial Statements or accounting records in 17 accordance with GAAP, there is no outstanding contest, claim, or right of set-off, other than returns or exchanges in the ordinary course of business, under any Contract with any obligor of an Accounts Receivable relating to the amount or validity of such Accounts Receivable, where the amount contested, claimed or set-off exceeds $15,000 individually. SECTION 3.10(c) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all Accounts Receivable as of the date of the Interim Financial Statements, which list sets forth the aging of such Accounts Receivable, showing amounts due in 30-day aging categories. (d) Each of the LAI Companies has taken all necessary action, including, without limitation, the execution and filing of all necessary documents with appropriate Governmental Authorities, in a timely manner to attach and fully perfect all mechanics, materialmen's or similar Liens to secure all Accounts Receivable of the LAI Companies where the operation of applicable Law allows the creation of such statutory Liens and the creation of such Liens was economically beneficial and meaningful to the LAI Companies. SECTION 3.11. Inventory. All inventory of the LAI Companies, whether or not reflected in the Financial Statements, consists of a quality and quantity usable and salable in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, except for obsolete, slow-moving or non-marketable items, items whose recommended use dates have expired, and items of below-standard quality, all of which have been written off or written down to net realizable value in the Interim Financial Statements or with respect to which adequate reserves have been established in the Interim Financial Statements. All inventories not written off have been priced at the lower of cost or market. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, the LAI Companies are not in possession of any inventory that is not owned by them, including goods already sold. The quantities of each class of inventory (whether such class is considered to be a component of raw materials, work-in-process, or finished goods) are not excessive, but are reasonable in the present circumstances of the LAI Companies and consistent with past practice. SECTION 3.12. Customers, Suppliers and Employees. Since January 1, 2002 there has not been any material adverse change in the business relationship of any of the LAI Companies with any material customer or supplier, and no LAI Company has any Knowledge that there will be any such adverse change in the future as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise. None of the LAI Companies has any Knowledge that any employee material to the business of any of the LAI Companies will resign his employment with any of the LAI Companies as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. SECTION 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of the five (5) suppliers and five (5) customers of each of the LAI Companies that accounted for the greatest amount of such LAI Companies' purchases and sales (measured in dollars), respectively, (i) during each of the fiscal years ending January 31, 2002 (with respect to customers and suppliers) and December 31, 2002 (with respect to suppliers) and during the twelve months ended January 31, 2003 (with respect to customers), and (ii) for the current fiscal year through October 31, 2003 (with respect to customers and suppliers) and the aggregate dollar amount of such purchases or sales for each such supplier or customer, respectively, for such periods. 18 SECTION 3.13. Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except for matters relating to the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, there are no liabilities or financial obligations of any of the LAI Companies of any kind whatsoever (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due) other than liabilities and obligations: (a) accrued, provided for or reserved against or reflected in the Interim Financial Statements, (b) of a short-term nature (i.e., becoming due in one year or less from the date of incurrence) arising after the date of the Interim Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business consistent with past experience, (c) not exceeding $25,000 individually or $150,000 in the aggregate, (d) disclosed in SECTION 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule or (e) arising under the executory portion of the Contracts listed on SECTION 3.23(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, provided that all breaches and defaults of the LAI Companies and events which, after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default under such Contracts are specifically listed on SECTION 3.23(c) of the Disclosure Schedule. SECTION 3.14. Absence of Certain Changes. Except as disclosed in SECTION 3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule, and except for matters relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, since the date of the 1/31/03 Financial Statements, each of the LAI Companies has conducted its respective business only in the ordinary course, and there has not occurred: (a) any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property) with respect to the equity interests of any the LAI Companies, (b) any forgiveness, cancellation or waiver by any of the LAI Companies of Debts in excess of $10,000, individually or in the aggregate, owed to any of the LAI Companies or material claims or rights of any of the LAI Companies against others, or any discharge by any of the LAI Companies of any Lien in favor of the LAI Companies other than in connection with the receipt of payment or payment by any of the LAI Companies of any liability or obligation, other than, as relates to all of the foregoing, in the ordinary course of business, (c) any grant of credit to any customer or distributor on terms materially more favorable than the terms on which credit has been extended to such customer or distributor in the past, nor any material change in the credit practices of any of the LAI Companies, (d) (i) any increase in the rate or terms of compensation (including termination and severance pay) payable or to become payable by any of the LAI Companies to any of their directors, officers or employees, or any increase in the rate or terms of any bonus, insurance, pension or other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement made to, for or with any such directors, officers or employees, except, in each case, increases occurring in the ordinary course of business or as required by applicable Law, and (ii) any entry by any of the LAI Companies into any employment, severance or termination agreement with any such person, (e) any entry into any Material Contract by any of the LAI Companies, except Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, 19 (f) any damage, destruction or theft or other casualty loss to the properties or assets owned or leased by any of the LAI Companies with a book or replacement value of $25,000 or more individually or $100,000 in the aggregate, whether or not covered by insurance (other than damage, destruction or theft or other casualty loss to any property or assets which property or assets have been repaired or replaced and the cost of such repair or replacement has been expensed by LAI), (g) any change by any of the LAI Companies in their financial or tax accounting principles or methods, except insofar as may be required by a change in GAAP, applicable Law or circumstances which did not exist as of the date of the 1/31/03 Financial Statements, (h) any change made or authorized in the Charter Documents of any of the LAI Companies, except in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) any purchase, redemption, issue, sale or other acquisition or disposition by any of the LAI Companies of any shares of capital stock or other equity securities of any of the LAI Companies, or the grant of any options, warrants or other rights to purchase, or convert any obligation into, shares of capital stock or any evidence of indebtedness or other securities of any of the LAI Companies, (j) any sale, lease, license or disposition by any of the LAI Companies of any of its assets having a value of $10,000 or more individually or $50,000 or more in the aggregate which is not in the ordinary course of business, (k) any plan, agreement or arrangement granting any preferential rights to purchase or acquire any interest in any of the assets, property or rights of any of the LAI Companies or requiring consent of any party to the transfer and assignment of any such assets, property or rights other than in the ordinary course of business; (l) any breach, amendment, termination or nonrenewal of any Contract described or required to be described in SECTION 3.23 of the Disclosure Schedule; (m) any capital expenditure or commitment by any of the LAI Companies, of $50,000 or more individually or $200,000 in the aggregate; (n) any creation or assumption by any of the LAI Companies of any Lien on any LAI Company asset except (a) Permitted Liens, and (b) Liens identified in the Financial Statements (which have not been discharged); (o) any change in any election made by any of the LAI Companies with respect to any Tax Return; (p) revaluation (other than by means of normal depreciation taken in the ordinary course of business in accordance with GAAP consistently applied), by any LAI Company of any 20 of its assets, including without limitation, writing off notes or accounts receivable or inventory in any case in excess of reserves; or (q) any agreement by any of the LAI Companies or, to the Knowledge of any LAI Company, any officer or employee thereof to do any of the things described in the preceding clauses (a) through (p). SECTION 3.15. Product Quality, Warranty Claims, Product Liability. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, all products and services sold, rented, leased, provided or delivered by any of the LAI Companies to its customers on or prior to the date hereof conformed to applicable contractual commitments, express and implied warranties, product and service specifications and quality standards other than for products manufactured by third parties and resold by any LAI Company, and none of the LAI Companies has any liability in excess of $10,000 individually or $50,000 in the aggregate for replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection therewith, except to the extent reserved against in the Financial Statements. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, no product or service sold, leased, rented, provided, fabricated or delivered by the LAI Companies to any of their respective customers on or prior to the date hereof is subject to any guaranty, warranty or other indemnity (i) with any obligation that would extend beyond twelve (12) months after the Closing, or (ii) that is not documented by a validly executed Contract, a copy of which has been provided or made available for CMC's review. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the LAI Companies has any liability (and to the Knowledge of any Seller, no basis exists for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim or demand against any of the LAI Companies which reasonably could be expected to give rise to any liability) arising out of any injury to a person or property as a result of the ownership, possession, provision or use of any equipment, product or service sold, rented, leased, provided, fabricated or delivered by the LAI Companies on or prior to the Closing Date. Each product liability claim that has resulted in or reasonably could be expected to result in damages in excess of $10,000 that has been asserted against any of the LAI Companies since January 1, 1999, whether covered by insurance or not and whether litigation has resulted or not, is listed and summarized on SECTION 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule. SECTION 3.16. Litigation. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no action, suit, inquiry, judicial or administrative proceeding, arbitration or investigation ("LITIGATION") pending or, to the Sellers' Knowledge, threatened against any of the LAI Companies or any of their respective properties, assets or rights before any court arbitrator or administrative or Governmental Authority, nor is there any Order of any court outstanding against any of the LAI Companies. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, all of the Damages that are incurred by the LAI Companies in connection with the Litigation described in SECTION 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedule will be fully covered by the insurance policies listed in SECTION 3.31 of the Disclosure Schedule, subject only to the deductibles listed in SECTION 3.31 of the Disclosure Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there is no Litigation pending or, to the Sellers' Knowledge, threatened, nor has any contest or claim (including without limitation claims for rights of set-off or against any escrow or similar fund) been asserted or to the Knowledge of any Seller, threatened, against any of the LAI Companies, attributable to or arising out of any acquisition or divestiture of any assets 21 or capital stock, or other ownership interest, of any of the LAI Companies or any entity formerly owned by any LAI Company, nor to the Knowledge of any Seller, is there any reasonable basis for such Litigation, contest or claim, and all liability and obligations whatsoever of the LAI Companies under such acquisition or divestiture agreements have terminated in each case, except as set forth on SECTION 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedule. LAI has provided or made available to CMC true, correct and complete copies of all material documents prepared or received by any LAI Company that relate to any matter disclosed in SECTION 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedule (including without limitation copies of all pleadings and other documents in the official record relating to such matter and all material correspondence between (i) LAI Companies and their counsel and (ii) the adverse parties or their counsel, on the one hand, and the LAI Companies and their counsel on the other hand). All disputes and claims made by or against Ambassador Steel Corporation and its Affiliates in connection with, arising out of or related to the sale of assets of Lofland Company Midwest have been fully and finally discharged and settled. None of the LAI Companies has any further liability to Ambassador Steel Corporation and its Affiliates. SECTION 3.17. Liens. All properties and assets owned by each of the LAI Companies are free and clear of all liens, pledges, claims, charges, security interests, restrictions, mortgages, tenancies and other possessory interests, conditional sale or other title retention agreements, assessments, easements, rights of way, covenants, restrictions, rights of first refusal, defects in title, encroachments and other burdens, options or encumbrances of any kind, whether arising by contract or under law (collectively, "LIENS") except (a) statutory Liens not yet delinquent or the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions, (b) purchase money Liens arising in the ordinary course, (c) Liens for taxes not yet delinquent and (d) Liens specifically identified in SECTION 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule (such Liens in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) being collectively referred to as "PERMITTED LIENS"). Except as set forth on SECTION 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, all of the property, plant and equipment of each of the LAI Companies are owned or leased by each of the LAI Companies and are in satisfactory condition to conduct the business of the LAI Companies as presently conducted. SECTION 3.18. Real Estate. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, each of the LAI Companies has good and indefeasible title in fee simple to all real properties owned by it and valid leaseholds in all real estate leased by it, in each case, under valid and enforceable leases. Except (a) as disclosed in SECTION 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule or (b) in any Title Policy (as defined below) listed in SECTION 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of such real properties is subject to any easements, rights of way, licenses, grants, building or use restrictions, exceptions, reservations, limitations or other impediments which materially and adversely affect the value thereof or which interfere with or impair the present and continued use in the usual and normal conduct of the business of each of LAI Companies. SECTION 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule lists (i) the street address of each parcel of real property owned by each of the LAI Companies (the "OWNED REAL PROPERTY") and (ii) as to each parcel of Owned Real Property, the number of the title policy, if any, and the name of the company issuing such policy, insuring that LAI or a Subsidiary is the fee owner of such parcel (each such policy or title commitment listed in SECTION 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule being referred to herein as a "TITLE POLICY" and the insured under each such policy being referred to herein as an "INSURED"). Except as set forth in SECTION 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, the LAI Companies have delivered to CMC true and complete copies of (a) each Title Policy and (b) 22 as to each parcel of Owned Real Property, the recorded deed whereby the Insured acquired title to such parcel. Each Title Policy is valid and binding on the relevant insurer(s) in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not affect the interest of the Insured in any Title Policy. SECTION 3.19. Condition of Assets; Title to Personal Property. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule, the buildings, plants, structures, and equipment of the LAI Companies are structurally sound, are in good operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such buildings, plants, structures, or equipment is in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in nature or cost. The buildings, plants, structures, and equipment of the LAI Companies are sufficient for the continued conduct of the LAI Companies' businesses after the Closing in substantially the same manner as such business has been conducted prior to the Closing. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule, each of the LAI Companies owns and has good and indefeasible title to all the machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures, inventory, receivables and other tangible or intangible personal property reflected on the latest balance sheets included in the Financial Statements and all such property acquired since the date thereof, except in each case for sales and other dispositions made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices since such date. SECTION 3.20. Location and Sufficiency of Assets. The LAI Companies own, lease, or license all of the rights, and properties and other assets used in, or reasonably necessary for, the conduct of their respective businesses in each case, in the manner and to the extent currently conducted by them. Such assets will be adequate to enable the Surviving Corporation and its Subsidiaries to continue to conduct their businesses in the manner and to the extent currently conducted by the LAI Companies. All real estate and the improvements thereon owned or leased by any of the LAI Companies are adequately served by all necessary utilities including, without limitation, storm water systems, sanitary sewer, water, electricity, telephone, gas and other utility services necessary to operate such real estate and all improvements thereon in the manner and to the extent currently operated by the LAI Companies. There are no defects or deficiencies in or to the fixtures, improvements and structures situated or constructed upon such real estate or fixtures of such real estate. There is no dry rot, termite infestation or other wood destroying organisms present in any real estate owned or leased by any of the LAI Companies. The plumbing, electrical, mechanical or other systems of such real estate and improvements constructed thereon are not in need of repair and are in good working order, ordinary wear and tear excepted. SECTION 3.21. Condemnations. The LAI Companies have not been served with or received notice of any condemnation proceeding or similar action affecting any real estate or the improvements thereon owned or leased by any of the LAI Companies, nor, to the Knowledge of any LAI Company, is there any proceeding or similar action pending or threatened. SECTION 3.22. Claims. Except as set forth in the Interim Financial Statements, neither any officer or director of any of the LAI Companies nor any Affiliate has any claim or interest in, or any Lien on, any property or asset owned, leased or licensed by any of the LAI Companies with respect to the conduct of their respective businesses. 23 SECTION 3.23. Certain Agreements. (a) Except as described in SECTION 3.23(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the LAI Companies is a party to any oral or written agreement, plan or arrangement with any officer, director or employee of any of the LAI Companies (i) the benefits of which are contingent, or the terms of which are materially altered, upon the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or that contain Change in Control Payment provisions; (ii) providing severance benefits or other benefits after the termination of employment regardless of the reason for such termination of employment; (iii) under which any person may receive payments subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; (iv) limiting the rights of any of the LAI Companies to terminate at will such officer, director or employee; (v) regarding services to be rendered, including collective bargaining agreements; or (vi) any of the benefits of which will be increased, or the vesting of benefits of which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the amount payable or other benefits of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No LAI Company has any obligation to repurchase any shares of LAI Capital Stock under any Stock Restriction Agreement. (b) All Material Contracts to which any of the LAI Companies is a party or by which any of their assets are bound are listed on SECTION 3.23(b) of the Disclosure Schedule. A "MATERIAL CONTRACT" means a Contract (i) the term of which extends beyond the one-year anniversary date of this Agreement or with respect to which any penalty, fee or damages in excess of $10,000 would result from the termination of such Contract by such LAI Company; (ii) that provides for $100,000 or more in expenditures or receipt of revenues of $200,000 or more in each case in a 12-month period; (iii) with any current or former officer, director, employee, consultant, agent or other representative of any of the LAI Companies not previously terminated or expired and with respect to which there is no continuing liability or obligation; (iv) with any labor union or association representing any employees of the LAI Companies; (v) relating to any joint venture or similar arrangement of which any LAI Company is a partner, venturer or owner; (vi) pursuant to which any of the LAI Companies agrees to indemnify any person; (vii) relating to any Debt; (viii) that imposes restrictions on the business activities in which the LAI Companies may engage or the geographic areas in which the LAI Companies may conduct operations; (ix) a breach of which would cause a Material Adverse Effect, or; (x) that constitutes a bid bond, payment bond or performance bond related to any Contract described above in this Section. (c) Except as set forth in SECTION 3.23(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Material Contract is in full force and effect and is the valid and binding obligation of LAI (and/or the Subsidiary or Subsidiaries that are parties to such contract) and, to the Knowledge of the respective LAI Companies that are parties to such Material Contract, all other persons that are a party thereto. Except with respect to Accounts Receivable, which shall be covered exclusively by the representations in SECTION 3.10, none of the LAI Companies are, and to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, no other party to any Material Contract is, in breach of or in default under the terms of any Material Contract, and, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, no event has occurred which, after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a 24 breach or default by any party to any Material Contract. Except as described in SECTION 3.23(c) of the Disclosure Schedule or for which a reserve has been made on the Financial Statements, no contest, claim, right of set-off or deductive change order individually exceeding $15,000 has been asserted or to the Knowledge of any LAI Company threatened against any LAI Company under any Material Contract, and no reasonable basis exists therefor. LAI and TLC have provided CMC with true, complete and correct copies of or access to all written Material Contracts and all extensions, amendments and schedules thereto, and a written description of all Material Contracts that are not in writing. All bonds referenced in subsection (b)(x) above are in good standing, and none of the LAI Companies has violated, breached, or defaulted (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both), or permitted the termination of, or acceleration of, or entitled any party to accelerate any obligation under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any such payment or performance bond. (d) SECTION 3.23(d) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a correct and complete list of all executory Material Contracts whereby any of the LAI Companies is obligated to provide products or services to its customers ("MATERIAL CUSTOMER CONTRACTS"). SECTION 3.23(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, which sets forth by Subsidiary the revenue recognition calculations with respect to each such Material Customer Contract, is correct and complete in all respects. The LAI Companies have no Knowledge that any of the LAI Companies is likely to incur a net loss on any such Material Customer Contract; provided that this representation shall not be construed to be a guarantee of any level of profit on any such Material Customer Contract. (e) None of the LAI Companies is a party to any Material Contract with a Governmental Authority subject to a contractual right to re-determine or negotiate. (f) The Penske Agreements are in full force and effect and are the valid and binding obligations of TLC, and to the Knowledge of TLC, all other persons that are a party thereto. TLC is not in breach of or in default under the terms of the Penske Agreements, and, to the Knowledge of TLC, no other party to the Penske Agreements is in breach of or default under, and no event has occurred which, after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default by any party to the Penske Agreements. The "Purchase Price" (as defined in the Penske Purchase Agreement), does not exceed $210,000. No "Sale Notice" or "Repurchase Notice" (as such terms are defined in the Penske Purchase Agreement) has been given under the Penske Purchase Agreement, and no party to the Penske Purchase Agreement has indicated in writing that it intends to give such a Sale Notice or Repurchase Notice. The Penske Lease Agreement has a remaining term of at least one year from the date of this Agreement or is renewable for a term that ends at least one year from the date of this Agreement and is not terminable by the party thereto other than TLC prior to the end of such term. SECTION 3.23(f) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a fair and accurate summary of the circumstances under which TLC may terminate the Penske Lease Agreement. SECTION 3.23(f) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all of the vehicles covered by the Penske Lease Agreement. SECTION 3.24. Compensation; Employment and Other Agreements. SECTION 3.24 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate list of all officers, directors, employees, sales agents, purchasing agents and consultants of or used by the LAI Companies, as of the date hereof, all agreements currently in effect with such persons and the rate of compensation (and the 25 portions thereof attributable to salary, bonus and other compensation, respectively) of each of such persons as of (a) the date of the Interim Financial Statements and (b) the date hereof. SECTION 3.24 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth (i) the name, and the current salary (or rate of pay) of and the bonus paid during the last fiscal year and any subsequent period to each current employee of each of the LAI Companies (which for all purposes shall include employees leased by any of the LAI Companies from a third party only where the aggregate amount paid to the leasing agency exceeds $25,000 for the last fiscal year or current year to date period); (ii) any increase to become effective or payable after the date of this Agreement in the total compensation or rate of total compensation payable by any of the LAI Companies to each such person; (iii) any increase to become payable after the date of this Agreement to employees other than those specified in clause (i) above; (iv) all presently outstanding loans and advances made by any of the LAI Companies to any of their directors, officers, or employees as of the date of this Agreement, to be updated as of Closing; and (v) all accrued but unpaid vacation pay owing to the employees of the LAI Companies as of the date of the Interim Financial Statements, to be updated as of Closing. LAI and TLC have provided or made available to CMC true, complete and correct copies of all employment, management, consulting, agency, severance and other compensation or benefit Contracts with persons listed on SECTION 3.24 of the Disclosure Schedule. To the Knowledge of any LAI Company, no employee or director of any of the LAI Companies or any sales agent, purchasing agent or consultant utilized by any of the LAI Companies, is a party to, or is otherwise bound by, any Contract, including without limitation any confidentiality, noncompetition, or proprietary rights agreement, between such person and any other person ("PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AGREEMENT") that in any way adversely affects or will affect (i) the performance of his duties to the Surviving Corporation or any of the LAI Companies, or (ii) the ability of any of the LAI Companies to conduct their respective businesses, including without limitation any Proprietary Rights Agreement that restricts the LAI Companies' respective businesses in any particular geographic area or with respect to any particular product. All Contracts under which Change of Control Payments may be made will have been terminated prior to Closing without any liability or obligation of any LAI Company except for those Change in Control Payments that are reflected in the Pre-Closing Statement. SECTION 3.25. Employee Benefit Plans. (a) SECTION 3.25(a) of the Disclosure Schedule includes a true and complete list as of the date hereof of: (i) all "employee benefit plans" (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), all specified fringe employee benefit plans as defined in Section 6039D of the Code, and all other bonus, incentive compensation, deferred compensation, profit sharing, stock option, stock appreciation right, stock bonus, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, employee stock ownership, savings, severance, supplemental unemployment, layoff, worker's compensation, salary continuation, retirement, pension, health, life insurance, dental, disability, accident, group insurance, vacation, holiday, sick leave, fringe benefit or welfare plan, and any other employee compensation or employee benefit plan, agreement, policy, practice, commitment, contract or understanding (whether qualified or nonqualified, written or oral, including any post-retirement insurance, compensation or benefits) and any trust, escrow or other agreement related thereto (including, without limitation, any "voluntary employees' beneficiary association," as defined in Section 501(c)(9) of the Code, annuity contract or other funding instrument), which is currently sponsored, established, maintained or contributed to or required to be contributed to by any of 26 the LAI Companies, or for which any of the LAI Companies have any liability, contingent or otherwise, and (ii) all "multiemployer plans" (as defined in Section 4001 of ERISA) and all "employee benefit plans" (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that are subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code which any of the LAI Companies or any other corporation or trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is, or at any relevant time was, controlled by, controlling or under common control with any of the LAI Companies (within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001(a)(14) or 4001(b) of ERISA)("ERISA AFFILIATE") has maintained or contributed to or been required to contribute to at any time within the six (6) years immediately preceding the Closing Date, or with respect to which, any of the LAI Companies or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability (collectively, the "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS"). (b) None of the LAI Companies maintains or is obligated to provide benefits under any life, medical or health plan (other than as an incidental benefit under any Employee Benefit Plan intended to be "qualified" within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code ("QUALIFIED PLAN") which provides benefits to retirees or other terminated employees other than benefit continuation rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended ("COBRA"). An estimate of the liabilities of the LAI Companies and any ERISA Affiliates for providing retiree life, medical and health benefits coverage has been made and is reflected on the appropriate balance sheet and books and records according to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106. The LAI Companies have the right to modify and terminate benefits as to retirees (other than pensions) with respect to both retired and active employees. (c) Neither any of the LAI Companies nor any ERISA Affiliate currently maintains any "employee pension benefit plan," as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that is "top-heavy" within the meaning of Section 416 of the Code. (d) Except as set forth in SECTION 3.25(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the LAI Companies nor any ERISA Affiliate currently maintains, contributes to, has any obligation to contribute to or has any liability (contingent or otherwise) to or on or at any time within the six (6) years immediately preceding the Closing Date has maintained, contributed to, had any obligation to contribute to or had any liability (contingent or otherwise) to any "multiemployer plan," as such term is defined in Section 3(37) or Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, or any single-employer Employee Benefit Plans subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. The aggregate withdrawal liability of the LAI Companies in connection with the multiemployer pension plan identified in SECTION 3.25(d) of the Disclosure Schedule will not exceed $63,500, which amount has been reserved against on the Interim Financial Statements and will be reflected as a liability on the Pre-Closing Statement. (e) Each Qualified Plan has received a current, favorable opinion letter from the IRS that considers the Uruguay Round Agreements Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (collectively referred to as "GUST AMENDMENTS"), and each Qualified Plan is qualified in form and operation under Section 401(a) of the Code, and each related trust, annuity contract or other funding instrument of each such 27 Qualified Plan is exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists that gives rise to disqualification or loss of tax exempt status of any such Qualified Plan or trust, annuity contract or other funding instrument. (f) Except as set forth in SECTION 3.25(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, each of the Employee Benefit Plans and its administration is currently in compliance, in form and operation, with ERISA and the Code and all other applicable Laws, with any applicable collective bargaining agreement in all respects, and with its terms, and no statement, either written or oral, has been made by any of the LAI Companies or, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, any person with regard to any Employee Benefit Plan that is not in accordance with the terms of such plan. (g) No Employee Benefit Plan that is an "employee welfare benefit plan," as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, constitutes a self-insured "multiple employer welfare arrangement," as such term is defined in Section 3(40) of ERISA. (h) Except as disclosed in SECTION 3.25(h) of the Disclosure Schedule, no action, suit, inquiry, judicial or administrative proceeding, arbitration or investigation relating to any Employee Benefit Plan, including, without limitation, any audit or investigation by the IRS or the DOL (other than claims for benefits for which the plan administrative procedures have not been exhausted and "qualified domestic relations orders" as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) is pending or, to the Knowledge of any LAI Company, threatened against any of the LAI Companies, or any Employee Benefit Plan before any court, arbitrator or administrative or Governmental Authority. (i) The LAI Companies have performed all of their obligations under all Employee Benefit Plans, except with respect to the payment of pending claims by Employee Benefit Plan participants made in the ordinary course of administration of the Employee Benefit Plans, and all contributions and other payments required to be made by the LAI Companies to any Employee Benefit Plan with respect to any period ending before or at or including the Closing Date have been made or reserves adequate for such contributions or other payments have been or will be set aside therefor prior to the Closing Date and have been or will be reflected in the LAI Companies' financial statements in accordance with GAAP. With respect to contributions and other payments required to be made by the LAI Companies to any Employee Benefit Plan after the Closing Date, but attributable to periods ending before, at or including the Closing Date, the LAI Companies have made or reserved for a pro rata contribution or payment to each such plan for the applicable portion of the plan year or other period that precedes the Closing Date in accordance with GAAP. Such pro rata contribution or payment shall be determined by multiplying the liability for the entire plan year or other period by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days of such plan year or other period preceding the Closing Date, and the denominator of which is the number of days in such plan year or other period, as applicable. (j) The LAI Companies have delivered or made available to CMC true and complete copies of the following: 28 (i) all documents that set forth the terms of each Employee Benefit Plan and of any related trust, annuity contract or other funding instrument as in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date (together with all amendments thereto that will become effective at a later date), including (A) all plan descriptions and summary plan descriptions of Employee Benefit Plans for which the LAI Companies are required to prepare, file, and distribute plan descriptions and summary plan descriptions, and (B) all summaries and descriptions furnished to participants and beneficiaries regarding Employee Benefit Plans for which a plan description or summary plan description is not required; (ii) all personnel, payroll, and employment manuals and policies; (iii) all collective bargaining agreements pursuant to which contributions have been made or obligations incurred (including both pension and welfare benefits) by the LAI Companies and its ERISA Affiliates, and all collective bargaining agreements pursuant to which contributions are being made or obligations are owed by such entities; (iv) all insurance policies which were purchased by or to provide benefits under any Employee Benefit Plan currently in force or for which any of the LAI Companies currently has any liability (contingent or otherwise); (v) all Contracts with third party administrators, actuaries, investment managers, consultants, and other independent contractors that relate to any Employee Benefit Plan currently in force or for which any of the LAI Companies currently has any liability (contingent or otherwise), including any business associate agreements contemplated under HIPAA; (vi) all reports, including all discrimination testing reports, submitted within the three years preceding the date hereof by third party administrators, investment managers, consultants, or other independent contractors with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan currently in force or for which any of the LAI Companies currently has any liability (contingent or otherwise); (vii) the form of notice used by each Employee Benefits Plan that is a Group Health Plan (as defined in Section 607(1) of ERISA) during the four years preceding the date hereof to employees of their rights under Section 601 et seq. of ERISA, Section 4980B of the Code, Section 9801 et seq. of the Code, and under all other applicable federal and state laws regulating the notice requirements of Group Health Plans (as defined in Section 607(1) of ERISA); (viii) with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan that is a "health plan," as defined in Section 160.103 of HIPAA, the form of privacy notice utilized by such Employee Benefit Plan for purposes of compliance with Section 164.520 of HIPAA, except to the extent an exemption exists with respect to such plan and a statement is provided to that effect; 29 (ix) the Forms 5500 filed in each of the most recent three plan years with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan that is subject to such filing requirement, including all schedules thereto and the opinions of independent accountants; (x) all notices or reports that were given by any of the LAI Companies, any ERISA Affiliate, or any Employee Benefit Plan to the IRS, the PBGC or the DOL, pursuant to statute, within the three years preceding the date hereof; (xi) all notices that were given by the IRS, the PBGC, or the DOL to the LAI Companies, any ERISA Affiliate, or any Employee Benefit Plan within the three years preceding the date hereof; (xii) with respect to Employee Benefit Plans that are Qualified Plans, the most recent favorable opinion letter for each such Plan; and (xiii) to the extent permitted by law, with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan that is a "group health plan" (as defined in Section 4980B(g) of the Code), a list of the names and contact information for each individual who: (1) is currently receiving health care continuation coverage under COBRA, (2) is eligible to receive health care continuation coverage under COBRA and with respect to whom the "election period" (as defined in Section 4980B(f)(5)(A) of the Code) has not expired, or (3) will otherwise be an "M&A Qualified Beneficiary" (as such phrase is defined in Section 54.5980B-9, Q&A-4 of the Income Tax Regulations) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. (k) None of the LAI Companies, any ERISA Affiliate nor any Principal Stockholder has engaged in or permitted to occur and, no other party has engaged in or permitted to occur any transaction prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA or that constitutes a "prohibited transaction" under Section 4975(c) of the Code with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, except for any transactions which are exempt under Section 408 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. None of the LAI Companies, ERISA Affiliates, administrators, nor any of their predecessors, nor any fiduciary of any Employee Benefit Plan (or agent of any of the foregoing) has engaged in any transaction or acted or failed to act in a manner which is likely to subject any of the LAI Companies to any liability for a breach of fiduciary or other duty under ERISA or any other applicable Law, including any unpaid civil penalty under Section 502(1) of ERISA. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not constitute or cause such a prohibited transaction or breach of fiduciary duty; (l) No Qualified Plan has applied to the IRS for correction of any defect under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System or any predecessor or similar program, and no Employee Benefit Plan has applied to the DOL for correction under the Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program or any similar program; (m) Except as disclosed in SECTION 3.25(m) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Employee Benefit Plan can be terminated without payment of any additional contribution or amount and, except for any vesting of benefits of a Qualified Plan, without the vesting or acceleration of any benefits promised by such plan; 30 (n) No event has occurred or circumstance exists relating specifically to any of the LAI Companies (and excluding general inflationary increases in health and welfare costs that do not relate specifically to any circumstances at any LAI Company) that could result in an increase in premium costs of any Employee Benefit Plan that is insured, or an increase in benefit costs of any Employee Benefit Plan that is self-insured; (o) Except as disclosed in SECTION 3.25(o) of the Disclosure Schedule, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the payment (whether of separation pay or otherwise), vesting, acceleration or increase in the amount of any benefit under any Employee Benefit Plan, except to the extent that an employee incurs a termination of employment or reduction in hours, or an Employee Benefit Plan is terminated, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. SECTION 3.26. Labor Relations. Except as listed or described on SECTION 3.26 of the Disclosure Schedule, each of the LAI Companies (a) are, and have been for the past three years, in compliance with all applicable Laws regarding employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours, and plant closing, occupational safety and health and workers' compensation and are not engaged in any unfair labor practices, (b) have no, and have not had in the past three years any, unfair labor practice charges or complaints pending or, to the Knowledge of LAI and TLC, threatened against any of them before the National Labor Relations Board, (c) have no, and have not had in the past three years any, internal contractual grievances pending or threatened against them and (d) have no, and have not had in the past three years any, charges pending before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the DOL, the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, the Department of Justice or any state or local agency responsible for the prevention of unlawful employment practices. There is no labor strike, slowdown, work stoppage or lockout actually pending or, to the Knowledge of LAI and TLC, threatened against or affecting any of the LAI Companies. No union organizational campaign or representation petition is currently pending with respect to the employees of the LAI Companies. SECTION 3.27. Taxes. Except in each case as set forth in SECTION 3.27 of the Disclosure Schedule: (a) The LAI Companies have timely filed with the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign taxing or Governmental Authority all Tax Returns required to be filed on behalf of the LAI Companies. All such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete. The LAI Companies have timely paid in full all Taxes required to have been paid. The LAI Companies have complied in all respects with all applicable Laws, rules and regulations relating to the filing of Tax Returns and the payment and withholding of Taxes, and have, within the time and in the manner prescribed by law, withheld and timely paid to the proper taxing or Governmental Authority all amounts required to be so withheld and paid under applicable Laws. The LAI Companies have accrued or made adequate provision for all Taxes not yet due or paid, and such accruals and reserves for Taxes are adequate in accordance with GAAP to cover all Taxes accrued or accruable through the Effective Time, and all such accruals and reserves will be reflected on the Pre-Closing Statement. 31 (b) No federal, state, local or foreign audits or other administrative proceedings or court proceedings are presently pending with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of any of the LAI Companies, and none of the LAI Companies has received a notice of any pending or proposed claims, audits or proceedings with respect to Taxes. None of the LAI Companies has received any notice of deficiency or assessment from any taxing or Governmental Authority for any amount of Tax that has not been fully settled or satisfied, and, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, no such deficiency or assessment has been proposed or threatened. No claim has been made by any taxing or Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction in which any of the LAI Companies has not filed Tax Returns that any of such entities are, or may be, subject to taxation in such jurisdiction. None of the LAI Companies has filed a Form 8275 or other form with any Tax Return disclosing any positions taken therein that could result in a substantial understatement of Taxes within the meaning of Code Section 6662 or any similar statute or regulation under state, local and foreign Laws. There are no Liens for Taxes upon any property or assets of the LAI Companies, except for Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable. None of the LAI Companies has requested an extension of time within which to file any Tax Return that has not since been filed and no currently effective waivers, extensions, or comparable consents regarding the application of the statute of limitations with respect to Taxes or Tax Returns have been given by or on behalf of any of the LAI Companies. None of the LAI Companies is a party to any agreement or understanding providing for the allocation or sharing of Taxes. None of the LAI Companies has granted in writing any power of attorney which is currently in force with respect to any Taxes or Tax Returns. (c) None of the LAI Companies has constituted a "distributing corporation" or a "controlled corporation" (within the meaning of Code Section 355(a)(1)(A)) in a distribution of stock to which Code Section 355 (or so much of Code Section 356 as relates to Code Section 355) applies and which occurred within two years of the date of this Agreement. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, none of the LAI Companies has agreed, or is required, to make any adjustment under Code Section 481 affecting any taxable year ending on or after January 1, 2000. None of the LAI Companies will be required to include any amount in income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Effective Time as a result of a change in the method of accounting for a taxable period ending prior to the Effective Time. None of the LAI Companies has made any payments, is obligated to make any payments or is a party to any agreement that under certain circumstances would reasonably be expected to obligate it to make any payments that will not be deductible under Code Sections 280G or 162(m). None of the LAI Companies has made, within two years of the date of this Agreement, any (i) redemptions, (ii) transfers or other dispositions of property for which any of the LAI Companies did not receive adequate consideration, or (iii) distributions to the holders of stock of any of the LAI Companies with respect to stock other than distributions of cash in the ordinary course of business. None of the LAI Companies has made an election under Code Section 341(f). None of the LAI Companies has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) during the applicable period specified in Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii). None of the LAI Companies has been included in any "consolidated," "unitary" or "combined" Tax Return (other than Tax Returns which include only LAI and any of its Subsidiaries) provided for under the laws of the United States, any foreign jurisdiction or any state or locality with respect to Taxes for any taxable year since January 9, 1998. None of the LAI Companies 32 has assets subject to a lease to a "tax exempt entity" within the meaning of Code Section 168(h)(2). None of the LAI Companies has Tax attributes that are subject to the limitations of Code Sections 382, 383 or 384 or Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1502-15 or 1.1502-21(c). None of the LAI Companies is a partner in any joint venture, partnership or other arrangement or contract that would be treated as a partnership for federal income Tax purposes. None of the LAI Companies is, or has been, a personal holding company within the meaning of Code Section 542. None of the LAI Companies is a foreign person, as such term is referred to in Code Section 1445(f)(3) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2. None of the LAI Companies has at any time participated in or cooperated with any international boycott as defined in Code Section 999. (d) Each of the LAI Companies has made available to CMC correct and complete copies of (i) all of its Tax Returns filed within the past four years and for all years that remain open to audit or with respect to which any LAI Company has entered into any waivers of statutes of limitation or agreements extending the period for assessment or collection of any Taxes, (ii) all audit reports, letter rulings, technical advice memoranda and similar documents issued by a taxing or Governmental Authority within the past five years relating to the federal, state, local or foreign Taxes due from or with respect to it, and (iii) any closing letters or agreements entered into by it with any taxing or Governmental Authority within the past five years with respect to Taxes. No outside tax accountant or auditor of any of the LAI Companies has withdrawn from representing any LAI Company or been terminated in connection with a disagreement with respect to any Tax Return of any LAI Company or the Tax treatment of any item that would affect the amount of Tax owed by any LAI Company. (e) The Pre-Closing Statement delivered by LAI will accurately reflect all of the following items as part of the calculation of the Cancellation of Indebtedness Tax: (i) LAI's total consolidated net operating loss for federal income tax purposes for its current fiscal year plus any net operating loss carryover for all prior fiscal years, (ii) the total amount of Debt owed by any LAI Company to Churchill or other creditor that is forgiven or canceled in connection with the Merger or that has been forgiven, canceled or reduced within the 12 months prior to Closing, (iii) the dollar amount of tax attributes, including the tax basis in the properties of and capital stock held by the LAI Companies and CMC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, that are reduced due to the amount of cancellation of indebtedness income that is not recognized by the LAI Companies pursuant to Code Section 108(a)(1), and (iv) the aggregate amount of unpaid Taxes of the LAI Companies with respect to any Pre-Effective Time Periods (except to the extent of the dollar amount of the IRS Payment Amount, which is the aggregate amount of Taxes and related interest paid in connection with the filing of the LAI Amended Tax Returns). Neither CMC nor any of the LAI Companies will recognize any cancellation of indebtedness income during any Post-Effective Periods as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby or any third party transaction related thereto, except as will be reflected in the adjustment to the Purchase Price under SECTION 2.3. (f) The LAI Amended Tax Returns adequately reflect in full all Taxes of the LAI Companies for the periods covered thereby. (g) For purposes of this Agreement (i) "TAX" or "TAXES" shall mean (1) any and all taxes, customs, duties, tariffs, imposts, charges, deficiencies, assessments, levies or other like 33 governmental charges, including, without limitation, income, gross receipts, excise, real or personal property, ad valorem, value added, estimated, alternative minimum, stamp, sales, withholding, social security, occupation, use, service, service use, license, net worth, payroll, franchise, transfer and recording taxes and charges, imposed by the IRS or any other taxing authority (whether domestic or foreign including, without limitation, any state, county, local or foreign government or any subdivision or taxing agency thereof (including a United States possession)), whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or any other basis; and such term shall include any interest, fines, penalties or additional amounts attributable to, or imposed upon, or with respect to, any such amounts, (2) any Tax liability for the payment of any amounts described in (1) as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar group or as a result of transferor or successor liability, and (3) any liability for the payment of any amounts as a result of being a party to any tax sharing agreement or as a result of any obligation to indemnify any other person with respect to the payment of any amounts of the type described in (1) or (2), and (ii) "TAX RETURN" shall mean any report, return, document, declaration, election or other information or filing required to be supplied to any taxing or Governmental Authority or jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) with respect to Taxes, including, without limitation, information returns and any documents with respect to or accompanying payments of estimated Taxes or requests for the extension of time in which to file any such report, return, document, declaration or other information. SECTION 3.28. Compliance with Applicable Law. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.28 of the Disclosure Schedule, each of the LAI Companies holds all Permits necessary for the lawful conduct of its business under and pursuant to, and the businesses of each of the LAI Companies are not being conducted in violation of, any provision of any Law, Order or Permit applicable to any of the LAI Companies. SECTION 3.29. Brokers' Fees and Commissions. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.29 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the LAI Companies, their directors or officers, or any of their respective employees or agents, has incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or other similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. SECTION 3.30. Proprietary Rights. (a) SECTION 3.30(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains an accurate and complete list of all domestic and foreign patents, patent applications, trade names, material unregistered trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications, copyright registrations and applications, and domain names owned or used by any of the LAI Companies in the operation of their businesses. SECTION 3.30(a) of the Disclosure Schedule also contains an accurate and complete list of all agreements that grant any of the LAI Companies licenses to third party Intellectual Property including, without limitation, computer software licenses other than non-material software licenses that are granted in commercially available software sold "off the shelf," "click through" or "shrink wrap" and that has a purchase price, individually or in the aggregate of less than $10,000 (collectively, the "LICENSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY"). 34 (b) Except as set forth in SECTION 3.30(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, the LAI Companies own or have the right to use pursuant to an agreement (as listed in SECTION 3.30(b) of the Disclosure Schedule with respect to the Licensed Intellectual Property), free and clear of all Liens, all Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as such businesses are now conducted. (c) With respect to the Licensed Intellectual Property: (i) the agreement covering the item is legal, valid, binding and enforceable and the LAI Company a party thereto is not in default under such agreement; (ii) the agreement does not contain any provision preventing or limiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby including any provision granting a party a right of, or otherwise causing the, termination or modification of any provisions as a result thereof; (iii) no consents or payments are required to enable the LAI Companies to continue the use of such Intellectual Property under such agreement following the Closing Date other than payments in the ordinary course of business; and (iv) no LAI Company is, and to the Knowledge of any LAI Company no party to such agreement is, in breach or default in any respect, no transaction contemplated by this Agreement will result in a breach or default of such agreement in any respect, and no event has occurred, nor will the transactions contemplated by this Agreement cause an occurrence, which with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach or default by any of the LAI Companies or permit termination, modification or acceleration under such agreement. (d) Except as set forth in SECTION 3.30(d) of the Disclosure Schedule or as may be inherent in the sale of products in the ordinary course of business, none of the LAI Companies has granted any licenses of or other rights to use any Intellectual Property to any third party. (e) No Intellectual Property used by any of the LAI Companies is owned by any stockholder (other than another LAI Company), officer, director or employee of any of the LAI Companies. (f) The LAI Companies have taken all commercially reasonable actions to protect and preserve the confidentiality of all trade secrets and confidential information included in the Intellectual Property used by any of the LAI Companies in the operation of their respective businesses ("CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION"). To the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, no Confidential Information material to the business of any of the LAI Companies has been disclosed or authorized to be disclosed to any third party, other than pursuant to a non-disclosure agreement that reasonably protects such LAI Company's proprietary interests in and to such Confidential Information or under circumstances in which the third party is under a legal duty not to disclose such Confidential Information. (g) None of the LAI Companies has interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated or violated any Intellectual Property rights of third parties, and none of the LAI Companies has received any charge, complaint, claim or notice alleging any such interference, infringement, misappropriation or violation. To the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, no third party has interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated or violated any Intellectual Property rights owned by any of the LAI Companies. 35 (h) None of the LAI Companies has entered into any agreement to indemnify any other person against any charge of infringement of any Intellectual Property right other than LAI's standard warranty policy for products or services sold or performed. (i) All patents, and issued trademark, service mark and copyright registrations owned by any of the LAI Companies are valid and subsisting. There are no past due, unpaid maintenance fees, annuities or other fees payable in each case to a Governmental Authority on the Intellectual Property owned by any of the LAI Companies, and no such fees or annuities are due within thirty (30) days following the Closing Date. SECTION 3.31. Insurance. Each of the LAI Companies has insurance policies in full force and effect for such amounts as are sufficient for compliance with all requirements of applicable Law and of all Material Contracts to which any of the LAI Companies are parties or by which they are bound. Set forth in SECTION 3.31 of the Disclosure Schedule is a list of all fire, liability and other forms of insurance and all fidelity bonds held by or applicable to each of the LAI Companies or their respective businesses or properties, setting forth in respect of each such policy the policy name, policy number, expiration date, carrier, term, type of coverage, policy limits, deductibles and current annual premium. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.31 of the Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, no event relating to any of the LAI Companies or their respective businesses has occurred which can reasonably be expected to result in a retroactive upward adjustment in premiums under any such insurance policies or which is likely to result in a prospective upward adjustment in such premiums. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.31 of the Disclosure Schedule, excluding insurance policies that have expired and been replaced in the ordinary course of business, no insurance policy of any LAI Company has been cancelled within the last three years, and to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, no threat has been made to cancel any insurance policy of any of the LAI Companies during such period. Except as noted on SECTION 3.31 of the Disclosure Schedule, all such insurance will remain in full force and effect with respect to periods before the Closing after giving effect to the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby. No event has occurred, including, without limitation, the failure by any of the LAI Companies to give any notice or information or any of the LAI Companies giving any inaccurate or erroneous notice or information, which limits or impairs the rights of any of the LAI Companies under any such insurance policies. SECTION 3.32. Environmental Matters. (a) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) "CURRENT FACILITY" means any real property, leaseholds, or other interests, including any interests in buildings, plants, structures, or equipment (including motor vehicles, tank cars, and rolling stock) that is or was leased, owned or operated by any LAI Company on or after January 1, 1998. (ii) "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any accusation, allegation, notice of violation, action, claim, environmental lien, demand, abatement, Order or direction 36 (conditional or otherwise) by any Governmental Authority or any other person (1) for personal injury (including sickness, disease, death), damage to tangible or intangible property, damage to the environment (including natural resources), nuisance, pollution, contamination, trespass or other adverse effects on property or to the environment arising under any Environmental Requirement or in connection with any Hazardous Material, or (2) for any Environmental Costs or Liabilities or (3) for the conduct of any Remedial Action; (iii) "ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS AND LIABILITIES" means any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, fines, penalties, judgments, actions, claims, response, cost recovery or other costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees, disbursements and expenses of legal counsel, experts, engineers and consultants and the costs of investigation and feasibility studies and Remedial Action) arising from or under or resulting from or based upon (A) the existence of a Release prior to Closing or the continuation of the existence of a Release that occurred prior to Closing of, or exposure as a result of a Release prior to Closing to, any Hazardous Material arising or occurring in connection with the operation of the business of any LAI Company, any Former or Current Facility or with any act, omission or conduct of any LAI Company or related to any property that is or was owned, operated or leased by any LAI Company or any activities or operations thereof; (B) prior to the Closing Date, the transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials by or on behalf of any LAI Company or in connection with any Former or Current Facility or other property that is or was owned, operated or leased prior to the Closing Date, by any LAI Company or utilized by any LAI Company in the conduct of the business of any LAI Company or any Former or Current Facility prior to the Closing Date; or (C) any violation of any Environmental Requirement or any liability under any Environmental Requirement that occurred in connection with the operation of any LAI Company or Former or Current Facility prior to the Closing Date; (iv) "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means any federal, state, local, or foreign law (including common law), statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation or other requirement relating to the environment, natural resources, or public or employee health and safety and includes, but is not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq., the Clean Air Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. Section 136 et seq., the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. Section 2701 et seq., Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 300 F et seq. and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq., as such laws have been amended or supplemented, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and all analogous state or local statutes as in effect on the date hereof; (v) "ENVIRONMENTAL PERMIT" means any Permit required under any Environmental Law or Order; (vi) "ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT" means any applicable requirement under Environmental Law, any Environmental Permit or any Order; 37 (vii) "FORMER FACILITY means any real property, leaseholds, or other interests, including any interests in buildings, plants, structures, or equipment (including motor vehicles, tank cars, and rolling stock) that is not a Current Facility and that was leased, owned or operated by any LAI Company prior to the date hereof. (viii) "HAZARDOUS MATERIAL" means any substance, material or waste which is regulated under any Environmental Law or which otherwise constitutes a risk to human health or the environment and is regulated by any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, any material, substance or waste which is defined as a "hazardous waste," "hazardous material," "hazardous substance," "extremely hazardous substance," "restricted hazardous waste," "contaminant," "toxic waste" or "toxic substance" under any provision of Environmental Law, and including, without limitation, petroleum, petroleum products (including crude oil and any fraction thereof), asbestos, asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde and polychlorinated biphenyls; (ix) "RELEASE" means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching, or migration on or into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or out of any property (whether sudden or non-sudden, accidental or non-accidental); and (x) "REMEDIAL ACTION" means any action, including, without limitation, any capital expenditures, required or voluntarily undertaken to (1) clean up, remove, treat, or in any other way address any Hazardous Material; (2) prevent the Release or threat of Release, or minimize the further Release of any Hazardous Material; (3) perform pre-remedial studies and investigations or post-remedial monitoring and care with respect to any Hazardous Material; or (4) bring any Facility into compliance with any Environmental Requirement. (b) Except as set forth in SECTION 3.32(b) of the Disclosure Schedule: (i) and except in compliance with Environmental Law and in such amounts as would not give rise to restrictions, obligations or liabilities under Environmental Law, no Current Facility has been or is being used by the LAI Companies, and no Former Facility has been used by the LAI Companies, and to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, no Former or Current Facility has ever been used by any Person, for the disposal of Hazardous Materials; (ii) no Hazardous Materials that were wastes have been transported to any Former or Current Facility by an LAI Company or, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, by any other Person; (iii) no Hazardous Materials that were wastes have been transported from any Former or Current Facility by an LAI Company or, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, by any other person; as to any such Former or Current Facility, the LAI Companies have listed on SECTION 3.32(b) of the Disclosure Schedule a description of: the nature of the Hazardous Materials; the location to which such materials were taken; and the time periods during which such disposal took place; 38 (iv) except in compliance with Environmental Law and in such amounts as would not give rise to restrictions, obligations or liabilities under Environmental Law, no Hazardous Materials have been Released to or from any Current or Former Facility by an LAI Company or, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, by any other Person, in amounts that could result in liability, or obligations, under any Environmental Law; (v) the business conducted by each LAI Company at each Current Facility has been and is, and each Former Facility was, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Requirements; (vi) each LAI Company (A) has obtained and currently maintains, and has timely filed any necessary renewal applications for, all Environmental Permits necessary for the conduct of the business conducted by each LAI Company, (B) has owned and operated, and owns and operates, its Current Facilities, and to the Knowledge of LAI and TLC has owned and operated its Former Facilities, in compliance with all requirements of those Environmental Permits and (C) has not received any notice of (I) any requirement for any additional Environmental Permit or (II) any threat or proceeding to revoke, modify or otherwise affect any of those Environmental Permits; (vii) there are no Environmental Claims or legal proceedings (A) pending against any LAI Company or any Current Facility, or (B) to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, (I) pending against any Former Facility or (II) threatened against any LAI Company or any Former or Current Facility, alleging or asserting any Environmental Claim, and to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, there exists no reasonable basis for the assertion of such claims or for such proceedings; (viii) neither any LAI Company, nor, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, any predecessor of any LAI Company or, any current owner or any former owner or operator of any real or personal property currently owned, leased or operated by any LAI Company, has filed any notice under any Environmental Law reporting a Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or received any notice of any Environmental Claim with respect thereto; (ix) neither any LAI Company, any Current Facility nor, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, any Former Facility, is currently subject to, or the subject of, any Order under any Environmental Law; and neither any LAI Company, any Current Facility nor, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, any Former Facility, has in the past, been subject to, or the subject of, any such Order; and (x) neither any LAI Company nor, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies any predecessor of any LAI Company has given any contractual indemnity, release, or other liability shifting mechanism to any person with respect to any actual or potential Environmental Claim or Environmental Costs and Liabilities. 39 (c) Underground and Above Ground Storage Tanks. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.32(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, no underground or aboveground storage tanks containing petroleum, petroleum products, any wastes or any Hazardous Materials are currently located on any Current Facility, and, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, have been located on any Former Facility. Except to the extent set forth in SECTION 3.32(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, the LAI Companies have complied with all Environmental Requirements regarding the installation, use, testing, monitoring, operation and closure of each UST or AST. As to each such underground or aboveground storage tank identified in SECTION 3.32(c) of the Disclosure Schedule (each a "UST" or an "AST," respectively), if any, the LAI Companies have listed on such Schedule and has provided to CMC or Sub a copy of the following, if available: (i) information and material, including any available drawings and photographs, showing the location of each UST and AST, and identifying whether any LAI Company currently owns or leases the property on which the UST or AST is located (and if an LAI Company does not currently own or lease such property, the dates on which it did and the current owner or lessee of such property); (ii) the date of installation and specific use or uses of each of each listed UST or AST; (iii) tank and piping tightness tests and cathodic protection tests or similar studies or reports for each UST or AST; (iv) each notice to or from a Governmental Authority relating to each UST or AST; (v) the records with regard to the UST or AST, including without limitation repair records, release detection records, release reporting and corrective action records, financial assurance compliance records and records of ownership; and (vi) to the extent not otherwise set forth pursuant to the above, a summary description of instances, past or present, in which, to the Knowledge of the LAI Companies, the UST or AST failed to meet applicable standards and regulations for tightness or otherwise and the extent of such failure, and any other operational or environmental problems with regard to the UST or AST, including, without limitation, spills and Releases, including spills and Releases in connection with delivery of materials to the UST or AST, and soil, groundwater or surface water contamination. SECTION 3.33. Books and Records. The books of account, minute book, and other corporate records of each of the LAI Companies, all of which have been made available to CMC, are complete and correct in all material respects and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices, including the maintenance of an adequate system of internal controls. There are no assets having a value in excess of $5,000, individually or in the aggregate, not reflected in the books of account of the LAI Companies. The minute book of each of the LAI Companies contains accurate and fair summaries of all meetings held of, and corporation action taken by, the stockholders, the board of directors, and committees of the board of directors of 40 each of the LAI Companies, and no action taken by such stockholders, board of directors, or committee has been held for which minutes have not been prepared and are not contained in such minute books. SECTION 3.34. Information. No representation or warranty by LAI or TLC contained in this Agreement (including the Disclosure Schedule) or in any certificate or document furnished by LAI or TLC pursuant to this Agreement contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading. SECTION 3.35. Certain Business Practices and Regulations; Potential Conflicts of Interest. (a) The LAI Companies and the directors, officers, agents or employees of the LAI Companies acting on behalf of the LAI Companies have not (i) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds or violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or (iii) made any other unlawful payment. (b) Except as set forth in SECTION 3.35 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the stockholders, officers or directors of any of the LAI Companies or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing (i) owns, directly or indirectly, any equity or voting interest of at least 5% in, or is a director, officer, employee, consultant or agent of, any person which is a lessor, lessee or customer of, or supplier of goods or services (other than oversight and other services provided by TGF I Management, Inc., and Electra Partners, Inc. and their respective affiliates) to, any of the LAI Companies, (ii) owns, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any real property, leasehold interests or other property that any of the LAI Companies used to conduct its business, (iii) has any cause of action or other suit, action or claim whatsoever against, or owes any amount to any of the LAI Companies, (iv) has sold to, or purchased from, any of the LAI Companies any assets or property for aggregate consideration in excess of $5,000 since January 1, 2001, or (v) is a party to any Contract or participates in any arrangement, written or oral, in each case pursuant to which any of the LAI Companies provide office space or services of any nature to any such individual or entity, except to such individual in his capacity as an employee, officer, director or stockholder of any of the LAI Companies. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.35 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the officers or directors of any of the LAI Companies or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing owns, directly or indirectly, any significant interest in, or is a director, officer, employee, consultant or agent of, or any person which a competitor of, any of the LAI Companies. SECTION 3.36. No Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.36 of the Disclosure Schedule, since January 31, 2003, there has not occurred an event or condition that, individually or when taken together with all other events or conditions, has had or could 41 reasonably be expected to have, whether before or after the Effective Time, a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 3.37. Agreements with Churchill and Other Debtholders. Churchill has consented to this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement with respect to the Debt owed by the LAI Companies to Churchill pursuant to the Consent to Merger, Forbearance, Payoff Agreement and Release among the LAI Companies, CMC and Churchill (the "CHURCHILL CONSENT AND AGREEMENT"), and the Churchill Consent and Agreement remains in full force and effect. A true, correct and complete copy of such consent and agreement of Churchill is included in SECTION 3.37 of the Disclosure Schedule. Immediately prior to the Closing, subject to the satisfaction of all conditions in the Churchill Consent and Agreement, the amount of Debt owed by the LAI Companies to Churchill will be reduced as provided in the Churchill Consent and Agreement. Except for the Obligations (as such term is defined in the Churchill Loan Agreement) as reduced by the Churchill Consent and Agreement, Churchill does not have any claims against any of the LAI Companies, and none of the LAI Companies has any claim against Churchill. The Senior Lenders have entered into a letter agreement with the LAI Companies setting forth, among other things, the amount necessary to pay the Senior Obligations Payoff Amount in full. A true, correct and complete copy of such letter is included in SECTION 3.37 of the Disclosure Schedule. This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have either been consented to by the holders of the outstanding 17.5% Subordinated Promissory Notes of LAI or such notes will have been duly canceled prior to the Closing. True, correct and complete copies of all Contracts between any LAI Company and any holder of 17.5% Subordinated Promissory Notes of LAI with respect to the payment and settlement thereof are attached to SECTION 3.37 of the Disclosure Schedule. ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS Each Principal Stockholder severally with respect to itself (and not jointly) represents and warrants to CMC and Sub that, as of the date of this Agreement: SECTION 4.1. Ownership of Shares. Such Principal Stockholder is and will be on the Closing Date the record and beneficial owner and holder of the number of issued and outstanding shares of LAI Capital Stock set forth opposite such Principal Stockholder's name in SECTION 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule free and clear of all Liens. Except as set forth in SECTION 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule, such Principal Stockholder is not a party to any voting trust, proxy or other agreement with respect to the voting of any shares of LAI Capital Stock. SECTION 4.2. Authorization. Such Principal Stockholder has been duly organized and is validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. Such Principal Stockholder has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and to perform the obligations of such Principal Stockholder hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement has been, and the Ancillary Agreements to which 42 such Principal Stockholder is a party will be as of the Closing, duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by such Principal Stockholder and, assuming this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements constitute the valid and binding obligations of CMC, Sub, LAI, TLC and the other Principal Stockholder, constitute valid and binding obligations of such Principal Stockholder, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms. No other action on the part of such Principal Stockholder is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. Except for any consents, approvals, filings or registrations that may be required under the HSR Act and the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State pursuant to the DGCL, no filing or registration with, no notice to and no Permit or consent of any Governmental Authority is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Principal Stockholder, or the consummation by such Principal Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. SECTION 4.3. No Violation. Except as set forth in SECTION 4.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party by such Principal Stockholder and the performance by such Principal Stockholder of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, nor the consummation by such Principal Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will, directly or indirectly: (a) violate, conflict with or result in any breach of (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) any provision of the organizational documents or any resolution, statement, policy or procedure adopted by such Principal Stockholder; (b) violate any Order of any court of Governmental Authority applicable to such Principal Stockholder or any of its respective properties or assets; or (c) violate any requirements of Law applicable to such Principal Stockholder. SECTION 4.4. Brokers and Finders. Such Principal Stockholder has not incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or other similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CMC AND SUB CMC and Sub hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Sellers that: SECTION 5.1. Organization. Each of CMC and Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware, with all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and to carry on its respective businesses as now being conducted. CMC and Sub have delivered to LAI complete 43 and correct copies of their respective Certificates of Incorporation and Bylaws, and such documents are in full force and effect and have not been amended, modified, revoked, terminated or cancelled or in any manner varied from the documents delivered to LAI. SECTION 5.2. Authorization. CMC and Sub have full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which they are parties and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by CMC and Sub, the performance by CMC and Sub of their respective obligations hereunder, and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly and validly authorized by the respective boards of directors of CMC and Sub and by the sole stockholder of Sub. No other corporate action on the part of CMC or Sub is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been, and as of the Closing Date the Ancillary Agreements will have been, duly and validly executed and delivered by CMC and Sub and, assuming the Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements constitute the valid and binding obligations of each of the Sellers and any other party thereto, will constitute valid and binding obligations of CMC and Sub, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their respective terms. SECTION 5.3. No Violation. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by CMC and Sub and the performance by CMC and Sub of their obligations hereunder and thereunder nor the consummation by CMC and Sub of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will directly and indirectly (a) violate, conflict with or result in any breach (with or without due notice or the lapse of time or both) of any provision of the Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of CMC or Sub, (b) violate any Order of any court or Governmental Authority applicable to CMC or Sub or (c) violate any requirement of Law applicable to the CMC or Sub. SECTION 5.4. Consents and Approvals. Other than any consents and approvals of or filings or registrations that may be required pursuant to the HSR Act and the filing of Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State pursuant to the DGCL, no filing or registration with, no notice to and no permit, authorization, consent or approval of any Governmental Authority is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by CMC and Sub, or the consummation by CMC or Sub of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. SECTION 5.5. Brokers and Finders. Except for amounts payable to Goldman Sachs for advisory services in connection with the Merger, neither CMC nor Sub has incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or other similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 44 ARTICLE VI COVENANTS SECTION 6.1. Conduct of Business of each of the LAI Companies Prior to the Effective Time. (a) Except as contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the Effective Time, the Sellers agree that, except to the extent that CMC shall otherwise consent in writing, LAI and TLC shall, and shall cause their Subsidiaries to, and the Principal Stockholders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the LAI Companies to, carry on their respective businesses in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted, and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) preserve intact their present business organization; (ii) keep available the services of their present officers and employees; (iii) preserve their current relationships with customers, suppliers, lenders and others having business dealings with them; (iv) maintain their respective properties and facilities, including those held under leases, in as good working order and condition as at present, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (v) perform in a timely manner all of their obligations under this Agreement and all other Material Contracts relating to or affecting any of their respective assets; (vi) keep in full force and effect present insurance policies or other comparable insurance coverage; and (vii) maintain and preserve the goodwill associated with their respective businesses. (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, prior to the Effective Time, and except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, or required by applicable Law, neither LAI nor TLC will permit, and the Principal Stockholders will not take any affirmative action to permit, any of the LAI Companies to, without the prior written consent of CMC, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld: (i) split, combine or reclassify any shares of its capital stock, declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividend or other distribution in respect of its capital stock, or directly or indirectly, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or other securities; (ii) issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, encumber or deliver (whether through the issuance or granting of any options, warrants, commitments, subscriptions, rights to purchase or otherwise) any stock of any class of any of the LAI Companies or any securities 45 convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of stock of any class of any of the LAI Companies (other than issuance of Certificates in replacement of lost Certificates); (iii) (A) incur any liability or obligation (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) that would be considered a long-term liability on LAI's consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis with the Financial Statements, except in accordance with the Senior Loan Agreement, (B) incur any other liability or obligation (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, (C) incur or issue any Debt or debt securities, or (D) assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for the obligations of any other person; (iv) make any capital expenditures in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate; (v) acquire or agree to acquire (by merger, share exchange, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division or significant assets thereof or acquire, or agree to acquire, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in any person; (vi) merge, consolidate or agree to consolidate with or into any other person; (vii) amend or modify any Charter Documents (except in accordance with SECTION 7.2(u); (viii) sell, lease, license, encumber or dispose of any of their assets, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices; (ix) except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, amend, modify, terminate or enter into any Material Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices (it being expressly understood and agreed that any amendment, modification or termination of the Senior Loan Agreement or the Churchill Loan Agreement, or any agreement or instrument related thereto, shall not be deemed to be in the ordinary course of business), or commit a breach of or otherwise fail to comply with any obligation under any Material Contract or Permit; (x) make any change in financial or Tax accounting methods, principles or practices unless required by GAAP or applicable Law; (xi) extend credit in the sale of products, collection of receivables or otherwise, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices; (xii) fail to maintain its books, accounts and records in the usual, regular and ordinary manner on a basis consistent with prior years; (xiii) fail to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or omit to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, any action where such failure or omission would 46 cause (x) any representation or warranty in ARTICLE III or ARTICLE IV hereof to become untrue or incorrect or (y) any of the conditions to the Merger set forth in ARTICLE VII not being satisfied; (xiv) adopt or amend any collective bargaining agreement or Employee Benefit Plan other than as required by Law; (xv) grant to any employee any bonus or increase in compensation, fringe benefit, severance or termination pay, or enter into to any employment agreement with any employee, except as may be required under employment or termination agreements in effect on the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the LAI Companies may grant normal salary and wage increases to their employees in accordance with their payroll policies and consistent with past practices; (xvi) enter into any Contract, including a Contract to purchase or lease assets or operating supplies, which includes an aggregate payment or commitment on the part of any party of more than $100,000; (xvii) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, submit any binding bid, enter into any Contract whereby any of the LAI Companies is obligated to provide products or services to their customers, or enter into any Contract to purchase any reinforcing bar; (xviii) except as contemplated by SECTION 6.11(e), make any changes or agree to make any changes to any federal or state income Tax Returns filed prior to the date hereof or file any new or amended federal or state income Tax Returns; (xix) make any loans or advances to any person (other than any of the LAI Companies) other than travel or entertainment advances in the ordinary course of business to employees and directors; (xx) directly or indirectly make or cause to be made any payment to any Affiliate other than in accordance with existing agreements and then only in accordance with past practices, or enter into any new agreement with any officer, director, employee, stockholder or Affiliate of any of the LAI Companies; (xxi) permit, create or assume any Lien upon any assets or properties whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens; (xxii) waive any material rights or material claims; (xxiii) either (i) commence a Legal Proceeding other than for routine collection of accounts receivable or (ii) settle or compromise any claim or pending or threatened Legal Proceeding; (xxiv) enter into or execute any hedging Contract, commodity Contract or derivative Contract; 47 (xxv) terminate or close any hedging Contract unless LAI's obligations under the purchase or sale Contract to which the hedging Contract relates are themselves satisfied or terminated; or (xxvi) agree or commit, in writing or otherwise, to do any of the foregoing. SECTION 6.2. Access to Information. Subject to applicable Law, between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, upon reasonable prior notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours without significant disruption to the business of any of the LAI Companies, LAI and TLC will, and the Principal Stockholders will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of the LAI Companies to, (a) give CMC and its authorized representatives reasonable access to all LAI Company personnel that LAI shall reasonably designate, offices and other facilities, and to all books and records, of each of the LAI Companies (including Tax returns and accounting work papers), (b) permit CMC to make and will fully cooperate with regard to such inspections as it may reasonably require and (c) cause its officers to furnish CMC such financial and operating data and other information with respect to the business and properties of each of the LAI Companies as CMC may from time to time reasonably request. SECTION 6.3. All Reasonable Efforts. Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, each of the parties hereto agrees to use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and to do, or cause to be done as promptly as practicable, all things necessary, proper and advisable under applicable Laws to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. If at any time after the Effective Time any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the execution of additional instruments, the proper officers and directors of each party to this Agreement shall take all such necessary action. SECTION 6.4. Consents and Approvals. The parties hereto each will cooperate with one another and use all reasonable efforts to prepare all necessary documentation (including, without limitation, furnishing all information required under the HSR Act and taking all action as may be necessary or advisable to cause early termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act), to effect promptly all necessary filings and to obtain all necessary permits, consents, approvals, orders and authorizations of or any exemptions by, all third parties and Governmental Authorities necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require CMC or any Subsidiary of CMC to agree to, or proffer to, divest or hold separate any assets or any portion of any business of CMC, LAI or any of their respective Subsidiaries. Each party will keep the other party apprised of the status of any inquiries made of such party by any other Governmental Authority or members of their respective staffs with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. SECTION 6.5. Public Announcements. CMC and LAI will consult with each other and will mutually agree (the agreement of each party not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) upon the content and timing of any press release or other public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Merger, 48 and Sellers shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation and agreement, except as may be required by applicable Law or by obligations pursuant to any listing agreement with any securities exchange or any stock exchange regulations, provided, however, that CMC and Sellers will give prior written notice to the other parties of the content and timing of any such press release or other public statement required by applicable Law or by obligations pursuant to any listing agreement with any securities exchange or any stock exchange regulations. SECTION 6.6. Notice of Breaches. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, the Sellers shall give CMC prompt written notice if any of them actually becomes aware of the occurrence of (a) any breach of representations or warranties of any Seller, (b) any fact, event or condition that could reasonably be expected to result in a breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty of Sellers had that representation or warranty been made as of the time of the occurrence of such fact, event or condition, (c) any Material Adverse Effect, or (d) any fact, event or condition that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Affect. During the same period, the Sellers shall give CMC prompt written notice of any breach of any covenant in this ARTICLE VI or if any of them actually becomes aware of the occurrence or failure to occur of an event that may make the satisfaction of the conditions in ARTICLE VII impossible or unlikely. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, CMC and Sub shall give the Sellers prompt written notice if either of them becomes aware of the occurrence of (a) any breach of representations or warranties of CMC or Sub or (b) any fact, event or condition that could reasonably be expected to result in a breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty of CMC or Sub had that representation or warranty been made as of the time of the occurrence of such fact, event or condition. SECTION 6.7. Exclusivity Agreement. (a) From and after the date hereof, the Sellers shall not, directly or indirectly, take (nor shall they authorize or permit any of the LAI Companies or their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, members, agents, attorneys or other representatives, or to the extent within their control, other affiliates to take) any action to (i) encourage, solicit, initiate or facilitate any Acquisition Proposal, (ii) enter into any agreement with respect to any Acquisition Proposal, (iii) participate in any substantive way in discussions regarding an unsolicited inquiry of any Seller by a person unaffiliated with the Sellers with respect to an Acquisition Proposal, or (iv) participate in any way in discussions or negotiations with, or furnish any information to, any person in connection with, or take any other action to facilitate any inquiries or making of any proposal that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal. (b) The Sellers shall, as promptly as practicable (and (i) with respect to LAI and TLC in no event later than two business days after receipt thereof and (ii) with respect to TGF and EFPE in no event later than two business days after receipt thereof by Brent Humphries of TGF Management Corp. and Peter Carnwath of EFPE, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt thereof by any other employee of TGF Management Corp. or EFPE), advise CMC of any inquiry or proposal received by any of them relating to any potential Acquisition Proposal (an "INQUIRY"). At the request of CMC, the Sellers shall as promptly as practical (i) furnish CMC with a copy of any Inquiry if it is in writing, or a written summary if it is not in writing, (ii) 49 advise CMC of the material terms of any Inquiry, including the identity of the person and its affiliates making the Inquiry, (iii) advise CMC of any information requested from any Seller, (iv) advise CMC of any negotiations or discussions being sought to be initiated with any Seller, and (v) keep CMC reasonably informed with respect to any developments relating to the Inquiry. (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to obtaining the Stockholder Approval, in response to a bona fide written Acquisition Proposal that the Board of Directors of LAI determines in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel and a financial advisor of nationally recognized reputation) constitutes or would reasonably be expected to lead to a Superior Proposal, and which Acquisition Proposal was not solicited after the date hereof and was made after the date hereof and did not otherwise result from a breach of this SECTION 6.7, LAI may, if its Board of Directors determines in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel) that it is required to do so in order to comply with its fiduciary duties to the stockholders of LAI under applicable Law, and subject to compliance with SECTION 6.7(b), (x) furnish information with respect to LAI and its Subsidiaries to the person making such Acquisition Proposal (and its representatives) pursuant to a customary confidentiality agreement (which need not restrict such person from making an unsolicited Acquisition Proposal) not less restrictive of such person than the Confidentiality Agreement, provided that all such information has previously been provided to CMC or is provided to CMC prior to or substantially concurrent with the time it is provided to such person, and (y) participate in discussions or negotiations with the person making such Acquisition Proposal (and its representatives) regarding such Acquisition Proposal. (d) Neither the Board of Directors of LAI nor any committee thereof shall (i) (A) withdraw (or modify in a manner adverse to CMC), or propose to withdraw (or modify in a manner adverse to CMC), the approval, recommendation or declaration of advisability by such Board of Directors or any such committee thereof of this Agreement, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (B) recommend, adopt or approve, or propose publicly to recommend, adopt or approve, any Acquisition Proposal (any action described in this clause (i) being referred to as an "ADVERSE RECOMMENDATION CHANGE") or (ii) approve or recommend, or propose to approve or recommend, or allow LAI or any of its Subsidiaries to execute or enter into, any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, agreement in principle, merger agreement, acquisition agreement, option agreement, joint venture agreement, partnership agreement or other similar agreement constituting or related to, or that is intended to or would reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal (other than a confidentiality agreement referred to in SECTION 6.7(c) (an "ACQUISITION AGREEMENT"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to obtaining the Stockholder Approval, the Board of Directors of LAI may (x) make an Adverse Recommendation Change and (y) after payment of the termination fee pursuant to SECTION 9.2(c), cause LAI to terminate this Agreement (and concurrently with or after such termination, if it so chooses, cause LAI to enter into an Acquisition Proposal with respect to any Superior Proposal), if in any such case LAI's Board of Directors determines in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel) that it is required to do so in order to comply with its fiduciary duties to the stockholders of LAI under applicable Law; provided, however, that no Adverse Recommendation Change may be made, and this Agreement may not be terminated, until after the fourth business day following CMC's receipt of written notice (a "NOTICE OF ADVERSE RECOMMENDATION") from LAI advising CMC that 50 the Board of Directors of LAI intends to take such action and specifying the reasons therefor, including the terms and conditions of any Superior Proposal that is the basis of the proposed action by the Board of Directors (it being understood and agreed that any amendment to the financial terms or any other material term of such Superior Proposal shall require a new Notice of Adverse Recommendation and a new four business day period). In determining whether to make a Company Adverse Recommendation Change, the Board of Directors of LAI shall take into account any changes to the terms of this Agreement proposed by CMC in response to a Notice of Adverse Recommendation or otherwise. (e) "ACQUISITION PROPOSAL" means any offer or proposal concerning any (i) merger, consolidation, business combination, share exchange or similar transaction involving any of the LAI Companies (ii) sale, lease or other disposition directly or indirectly by merger, recapitalization, consolidation, business combination, share exchange, joint venture, or otherwise of assets of any of the LAI Companies representing 5% or more of the assets of LAI and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than the ordinary course of business, (iii) issuance, sale, or other disposition of (including by way of merger, recapitalization, consolidation, business combination, share exchange, joint venture, license or any similar transaction) securities (or options, rights or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, such securities) representing 5% or more of the voting power of any of the LAI Companies, other than pursuant to an employee stock based compensation plan, (iv) transaction in which any person shall acquire beneficial ownership or the right to acquire beneficial ownership, or any group shall have been formed which beneficially owns or has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of, 5% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock of any of the LAI Companies, or (v) any combination of the foregoing (other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement). (f) "SUPERIOR PROPOSAL" means any bona fide offer made by a person that is not a party to this Agreement or an Affiliate of a party to this Agreement that if consummated would result in such person (or its stockholders) owning, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the shares of LAI Capital Stock then outstanding (or of the surviving entity in a merger or the direct or indirect parent of the surviving entity in a merger) or all or substantially all the assets of LAI, which the Board of Directors of LAI determines in good faith (after consultation with counsel and a financial advisor of nationally recognized reputation) to be (i) more favorable to the stockholders of LAI from a financial point of view than the Merger (taking into account all the terms and conditions of such proposal and this Agreement (including any changes to the terms of this Agreement proposed by CMC in response to such offer or otherwise)) and (ii) reasonably capable of being completed, taking into account all financial, legal, regulatory and other aspects of such proposal. SECTION 6.8. Escrow Agreement. At the Effective Time, CMC, Churchill and the Escrow Agent named therein shall enter into the Escrow Agreement. SECTION 6.9. Waiver of Restrictions on Transfer. The Sellers agree that, effective as of the Effective Time, all restrictions on transfer (including any rights of first offer or rights of first refusal), if any, on LAI Capital Stock, held by LAI's stockholders shall be waived to permit consummation of the Merger. 51 SECTION 6.10. Delivery of Financial Statements. LAI shall deliver to CMC within twenty (20) days after the end of each calendar month after the date hereof, or within two (2) days after the date of preparation, whichever is earlier, copies of the consolidated financial statements of the LAI Companies prepared by LAI on a monthly basis for the year-to-date period and monthly detail trial balances. Each of such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Financial Statements and throughout the periods involved and shall present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of LAI and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at said dates and for such periods (subject to normal year end adjustments, which shall not be material in the aggregate). In addition, if applicable, LAI shall deliver to CMC such financial statements of LAI and its Subsidiaries as CMC may reasonably request to enable CMC to comply with its filing requirements under the Exchange Act. The fees and costs of preparing all such financial statements pursuant to this SECTION 6.10 shall be borne by LAI and shall be deemed to be "accounting" fees under SECTION 2.3(a)(i). SECTION 6.11. Tax Matters. (a) Liability for Taxes. The Surviving Corporation shall be liable for all Taxes (including, specifically, for this purpose, Taxes that are due with respect to Tax Returns that are required to be filed by the LAI Companies for taxable periods ending on or before the Effective Time) of the LAI Companies with respect to any and all periods, or portions thereof, ending on or before the Effective Time ("PRE-EFFECTIVE TIME PERIODS") and for all claims, losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, impositions, assessments, demands, judgments, settlements, costs and expenses with respect to such Taxes. CMC shall be liable for Taxes of the LAI Companies with respect to any and all periods, or portions thereof, beginning after the Effective Time ("POST-EFFECTIVE TIME PERIODS") and for any and all claims, losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, impositions, assessments, demands, judgments, settlements, costs and expenses with respect to such Taxes. Any and all transactions or events contemplated by this Agreement that occur at or prior to the Effective Time shall be deemed to have occurred in the Pre-Effective Time Periods. (b) Allocation of Liability for Taxes. In the case of any Taxes that are attributable to a taxable period which begins before the Effective Time and ends after the Effective Time, the amount of Taxes attributable to the Pre-Effective Time Periods shall be determined as follows: (i) In the case of franchise or similar Taxes imposed on any of the LAI Companies based on capital (including net worth or long-term debt), the number of shares of stock authorized, issued or outstanding, or ad valorem or property taxes, the portion attributable to the Pre-Effective Time Periods shall be the amount of such Taxes for the entire taxable period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the Pre-Effective Time Periods and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire taxable period; provided, however, the amount of Tax attributable to the Pre-Effective Time Periods shall not exceed the amount of Tax the LAI Companies would have paid if the taxable period ended immediately prior to the Effective Time. (ii) In the case of all other Taxes, the portion attributable to the Pre-Effective Time Periods shall be determined on the basis of an interim closing of the books of the 52 LAI Companies as of the Effective Time, and the determination of the hypothetical Tax for such Pre-Effective Time Periods shall be determined on the basis of such interim closing of the books, without annualization. The hypothetical Tax for any period shall in no case be less than zero. Taxes attributable to the Pre-Effective Time Periods shall be determined under the same method of accounting used by the LAI Companies during that period. (c) Administration of Tax Matters. The LAI Companies shall reasonably consult with PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP when calculating all tax accruals of the LAI Companies for Interim Pre-Effective Time Periods, and the LAI Companies shall permit CMC to review PriceWaterhouseCooper's work papers and to consult with PriceWaterhouseCoopers with respect to the calculation of such tax accruals. The Principal Stockholders shall prepare and timely file, or cause to be timely filed, for the LAI Companies, Tax Returns with respect to the Pre-Effective Time Periods that are required by law to be filed after the Effective Time including, but not limited to, federal income Tax Return(s). The Principal Stockholders shall, at least thirty days prior to the due date of such Tax Returns, provide a copy of such Tax Returns together with the work papers and schedules utilized in their preparation to CMC for its consent thereto, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If CMC has not provided the Principal Stockholders with a written objection to such Tax Returns within twenty days of receiving such Tax Returns, CMC's consent thereto shall be deemed to have been received. In the event that CMC provides the Principal Stockholders with a written objection to such Tax Returns within twenty days of receiving such Tax Returns, the Principal Stockholders and CMC shall reasonably cooperate with each other to reach a timely and mutually satisfactory solution to the disputed matters. CMC, the LAI Companies and the Principal Stockholders shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns. (d) Tax Audits. In the case of an audit or administrative or judicial proceeding that relates to any Pre-Effective Time Periods and that is commenced on or before June 30, 2007, the Principal Stockholders shall have the right, at their own expense, to control the conduct of such audit or proceeding; provided that (i) the Principal Stockholders shall not have the right to control the conduct of such audit or proceeding if at the time of such audit or proceeding the dollar amount of all Claims under Article X that have not been satisfied exceeds the amount then held in the Escrow Fund and (ii) the Principal Stockholders may not agree to a settlement or compromise to any such audit or proceeding that may reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Tax liability of the LAI Companies for any Post-Effective Time Periods without the prior written consent of CMC. CMC may also participate in any such audit or proceeding, at its own expense, and, if the Principal Stockholders do not assume the defense or any such audit or proceeding, CMC may defend the same in such manner as it may deem appropriate including, but not limited to, settling such audit or proceeding with the consent of the Principal Stockholders (whose consent shall be required for only such audits or proceedings commenced on or before June 30, 2007, or until the distribution of the entire Escrow fund, if earlier), which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and in accordance with its right to indemnification pursuant to SECTION 10.2. CMC shall control the conduct of any audit or administrative or judicial proceeding that relates to any Post-Effective Time Periods. CMC, the LAI Companies and the Principal Stockholders shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested, in connection with any audit or administrative or judicial proceeding with 53 respect to Taxes and Tax Returns. Such cooperation shall include the retention, and, upon the other party's request, the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such audit or administrative or judicial proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide assistance including additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder; provided that the party requesting such assistance shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the party providing such assistance; and provided further that no party shall be required to provide assistance at times or in amounts that would interfere unreasonably with the business and operations of such party. CMC agrees to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the LAI Companies relating to any Pre-Effective Time Periods and to any Tax periods beginning before the Effective Time and ending after the Effective Time, until the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations or extensions thereof. (e) Amended Tax Returns. The LAI Companies will prepare and deliver at Closing manually and fully executed copies of the LAI Amended Tax Returns that accurately reflect the disallowance of carrybacks of net operating losses of an aggregate of $4,495,714. Manually and fully executed amended state income Tax Returns for similarly affected periods will also be delivered at Closing. The Principal Stockholders may not file any amended Tax Returns or refund claims in respect of any taxable period of the LAI Companies ending on or prior to the Effective Time without the prior written consent of CMC, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. CMC shall not, and shall not permit or cause the LAI Companies to, amend any Tax Return of the LAI Companies with respect to any taxable period of the LAI Companies ending on or prior to the Effective Time without the prior written consent of the Principal Stockholders, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. SECTION 6.12. Stockholder Approval. LAI shall, as soon as practicable following the date of this Agreement, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold a meeting of its stockholders for the purpose of approving this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby, or solicit written consents of its stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders for such purpose. LAI shall, through its board of directors, recommend to its stockholders approval of this Agreement, the Merger, the amendment to LAI's Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to SECTION 7.2(u) and the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not recommend any other Acquisition Proposal, except as permitted under SECTION 6.7(d). SECTION 6.13. Payment of Indebtedness by Related Persons. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, LAI shall cause all indebtedness owed to any of the LAI Companies by any stockholders, officers, directors or employees of any of the LAI Companies or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing to be paid in full prior to the Closing. SECTION 6.14. 401(k) Plan. Prior to the Closing Date, LAI shall have contributed to the 401(k) plan maintained by any of the LAI Companies in effect on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date (the "LAI 401(k) PLAN") any amounts required to be contributed to said plan, in accordance with the terms thereof, including any contributions due after the Closing Date but attributable either to a prior plan year or to that portion of the current plan year ending on the Closing Date. 54 SECTION 6.15. Environmental Insurance Policy; D&O Insurance Policy. Prior to Closing, LAI shall obtain an extension of the reporting period for its Pollution Legal Liability Select Policy for at least eighteen (18) months after Closing (the "ENVIRONMENTAL INSURANCE POLICY"). LAI shall pay all costs, including all premium costs, to obtain such extension of the reporting period under the Environmental Insurance Policy. Prior to Closing, LAI shall obtain a Directors and Officers Liability Insurance Policy for the benefit of pre-Closing and Closing officers and directors of the LAI Companies that extends for a period of six years after Closing on terms and conditions at least as favorable to LAI's directors and officers as LAI's existing Directors and Officers Liability Insurance Policy issued by Chubb Insurance Company (the "D&O INSURANCE POLICY") and that covers pre-Closing and Closing actions and/or omissions by such officers and directors of the LAI Companies. The D&O Insurance Policy shall provide that it will remain in full force and effect after the Merger. LAI shall pay all costs, including all premium costs, to obtain the D&O Insurance Policy. The D&O Insurance Policy and the insurance company issuing the D&O Insurance Policy shall be reasonably acceptable to CMC. SECTION 6.16. Accounts Receivable Collection. CMC shall use commercially reasonable efforts in the ordinary course of business and consistent with CMC's past practices to collect all Accounts Receivable set forth in SECTION 3.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedule. In discharging this duty, in no event shall CMC be required to file suit, file any document with any Governmental Authority, factor any such Accounts Receivable or sell or otherwise assign to or employ the use of a collection agency. SECTION 6.17. Opinions. Each of TGF and EFPE agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to CMC within 15 days after the Closing an opinion of its counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to CMC and TGF or EFPE, as the case may be. ARTICLE VII CLOSING CONDITIONS SECTION 7.1. Conditions to Each Party's Obligations under this Agreement. The respective obligations of each party under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing, in whole or in part, by the party for whose benefit such condition exists: (a) All actions by or in respect of, or filings with, any Governmental Authority required to permit the consummation of the Merger shall have been taken or made, and all approvals of Governmental Authorities shall have been obtained; (b) Any waiting period applicable to the consummation of the Merger under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated; and (c) No injunction, restraining Order or other ruling or Order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Authority or other legal restraint, challenge or 55 prohibition preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with the consummation of the Merger shall be in effect, and no Legal Proceedings shall have been instituted by persons other than the parties to this Agreement or their Affiliates for the purpose thereof. SECTION 7.2. Conditions to the Obligations of CMC and Sub under this Agreement. The obligations of CMC and Sub under this Agreement shall be further subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Effective Time, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by CMC and Sub in writing, in whole or in part: (a) Each of the obligations of LAI and TLC required to be performed by them at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements shall have been duly performed and complied with in all respects; (b) Each of the obligations of the Principal Stockholders required to be performed by each of them at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party shall have been duly performed and complied with in all respects; (c) The representations and warranties of each of LAI and TLC set forth in SECTION 3.1, SECTION 3.2, SECTION 3.4, SECTION 3.5 and SECTION 3.7, and all representations and warranties of LAI and TLC in this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements that are qualified by materiality, shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing, as though made at and as of the Closing (except to the extent that any such representation or warranty speaks as of an earlier date, in which such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct as of such date); and all other representations and warranties of LAI and TLC contained in this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing, as though made at and as of the Closing (except to the extent that any such representation or warranty speaks as of an earlier date, in which such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct as of such date); (d) The representations and warranties of each of the Principal Stockholders in this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements that are qualified by materiality, shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing, as though made at and as of the Closing (except to the extent that any such representation or warranty speaks as of an earlier date, in which such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct as of such date); and all other representations and warranties of the Principal Stockholders contained in this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing, as though made at and as of the Closing (except to the extent that any such representation or warranty speaks as of an earlier date, in which such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct as of such date); (e) Each document required to be delivered pursuant to SECTION 8.1(a) shall have been delivered; 56 (f) CMC shall have received from Andrews Kurth LLP, counsel to LAI and TLC, an opinion of counsel in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT E; ("LAI LEGAL OPINION"); (g) CMC shall have received from Kevin Dooley, General Counsel to Churchill, an opinion of counsel in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to CMC regarding Churchill's authorization to execute and deliver the Churchill Consent and Agreement and the enforceability of such Agreement; (h) LAI shall have delivered to CMC a statement of LAI Expenses in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to CMC, which shall be certified by the Chief Financial Officer of LAI; (i) All officers and directors of each of the LAI Companies shall have delivered letters of resignation effective immediately after the Effective Time; (j) Each of A.B. Irwin, III and Steve Kreider shall have executed an employment agreement with the Surviving Corporation in form and substance satisfactory to CMC (the "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS"); (k) Any and all Permits, consents, waivers and clearances of all third parties and any Governmental Authority which are necessary in connection with the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and the continuing operation of the Surviving Corporation consistent with past practices shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect; (l) No Order issued by any Governmental Authority limiting or restricting the Surviving Corporation's conduct or operation of its businesses following the Merger shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by a Governmental Authority seeking any such Order be pending; (m) CMC shall have received (i) certificates of LAI and TLC, signed by the Chief Executive Officer of each such entity, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in SECTION 7.2(a), SECTION 7.2(c), SECTION 7.2(l), SECTION 7.2(o), SECTION 7.2(p), SECTION 7.2(q), SECTION 7.2(r), SECTION 7.2(s), and SECTION 7.2(t) have been satisfied and (ii) certificates of TGF and EFPE, signed by an authorized representative of each such entity, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the closing conditions set forth in SECTION 7.2(b) and SECTION 7.2(d) have been satisfied with respect to such party; (n) At or prior to the Closing, on behalf of the holders of LAI Capital Stock, LAI shall furnish to CMC an affidavit, stating, under penalty of perjury, that LAI is not and has not been a United States real property holding corporation at any time during the applicable period specified in Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) and no interest in LAI constitutes a U.S. real property interest pursuant to Section 1445(b) of the Code; (o) This Agreement and the Merger shall have been approved and adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the outstanding shares and 57 voting power of LAI Capital Stock, and none of such stockholders shall have exercised their dissenters' or appraisal rights under the DGCL, and CMC shall have been furnished evidence of such approval reasonably satisfactory to it; (p) Except for claims made that are consistent with the list of all holders of LAI Capital Stock, there must not have been made or threatened by any person any claim asserting that such person (i) is the holder or the beneficial owner of, or has the right to acquire or to obtain the beneficial ownership of, any stock of, or any other voting, equity or ownership interest in, any of the LAI Companies, or (ii) is entitled to all or any portion of the Merger Consideration payable in respect of the shares of LAI Capital Stock; (q) The Shareholders Agreement, all Stock Restriction Agreements, all Indemnification Agreements, the Joinder Agreement, all Contracts giving rise to Change of Control Payments, all employment Contracts listed or required to be listed in the Disclosure Schedule and all other employment Contracts other than employment Contracts providing for "at will" employment between any of the LAI Companies and any of their respective employees, and all agreements of the LAI Companies relating to management services shall have been terminated without any liability or obligation of any LAI Company whatsoever, except to the extent fully reflected as a liability on the Pre-Closing Statement and CMC shall have been furnished evidence of such terminations reasonably satisfactory to it; (r) All stock option/stock issuance plans of the LAI Companies shall have been terminated prior to Closing, and all outstanding options, warrants or rights to acquire any shares of LAI Capital Stock (or securities convertible or exercisable for shares of LAI Capital Stock) shall have been exercised and, if necessary, converted, in full or shall have been canceled and terminated prior to the Closing. (s) LAI shall have obtained the Environmental Insurance Policy, the Environmental Insurance Policy shall be in full force and effect and the Environmental Insurance Policy shall remain in full force and effect after the Closing; and LAI shall have obtained the D&O Insurance Policy, the D&O Insurance Policy shall be in full force and effect and the D&O Insurance Policy shall remain in full force in effect after the Closing; (t) The Debt Payoff Amount as reflected in the certificates or instruments delivered under SECTION 2.1(f) does not exceed the sum of the Senior Obligations Payoff amount plus the Churchill Payoff Amount and does not exceed the Payoff Cap; (u) LAI shall have duly filed an amendment to its certificate of incorporation (including any certificate of designation, if applicable) that provides that the Merger shall not (i) be deemed to constitute a liquidation that would entitle the LAI Preferred Stockholders to receive any liquidation preference, preferential payment or other payment or distribution, (ii) entitle any LAI Preferred Stockholder to require LAI to repurchase or redeem any shares of LAI Preferred Stock, and (iii) result in any conversion of any LAI Capital Stock into any other class or series of LAI Capital Stock; 58 (v) The LAI Companies shall have written off all Accounts Receivable, other than those set forth in SECTION 3.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, which in the reasonable judgment of LAI are uncollectible (such written off Accounts Receivable are referred to as the "WRITTEN OFF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE"), and LAI shall have delivered to CMC a complete list of such Written Off Accounts Receivable; and SECTION 7.3. Conditions to the Obligations of the Sellers under this Agreement. The obligations of the Sellers under this Agreement shall be further subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Effective Time, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by the Sellers in writing in whole or in part: (a) Each of the obligations of CMC and Sub, respectively, required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements shall have been duly performed and complied with in all respects; (b) The representations and warranties of CMC and Sub contained in this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing, as though made at and as of the Closing; and all other representations and warranties of CMC and Sub contained in this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements and as of the Closing, as though made at and as of the Closing; (c) Each document required to be delivered pursuant to SECTION 8.1(b), including without limitation the Escrow Agreement, shall have been delivered; (d) Sellers shall have received a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of each of CMC and Sub, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in SECTION 7.3(a) and SECTION 7.3(b) have been satisfied; (e) Sellers shall have received from Haynes and Boone, LLP and/or David M. Sudbury, General Counsel of CMC, opinions of counsel in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT F (the "CMC LEGAL OPINION"); (f) Any and all Permits, consents, waivers, and clearances of all Governmental Authorities which are necessary in connection with the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect; and (g) CMC and Sub shall have furnished to Sellers such additional certificates and other documents as Sellers may have reasonably requested as to the satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in SECTION 7.1 and SECTION 7.3. 59 ARTICLE VIII CLOSING SECTION 8.1. Closing. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the "CLOSING") shall take place at the offices of Haynes and Boone, LLP, 901 Main Street, Dallas, Texas 75202, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE VII, on the later of December 23, 2003, or the first Monday that is a business day after all conditions to the Closing have been satisfied or waived, or at such other time and place and on such other date as CMC and LAI shall agree (the "CLOSING DATE"). At the Closing: (a) The Sellers shall deliver to CMC the following: (i) the certificates described in SECTION 7.2(h), SECTION 7.2(m), SECTION 7.2(n), and SECTION 7.2(t); (ii) copies of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of LAI authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of all the transactions contemplated hereby, duly certified as of the Closing by the Secretary of LAI; (iii) corporate good standing certificate dated within five days of the closing of LAI and all of its Subsidiaries, with respect to each state in which LAI or any of its Subsidiaries is incorporated, does business or is qualified to do business; (iv) incumbency certificates for LAI and TLC; (v) copies of all Permits, consents, waivers and clearances provided for pursuant to SECTION 7.2(k); (vi) the LAI Legal Opinion; (vii) the written resignations of the directors and officers of the LAI Companies pursuant to SECTION 7.2(i); (viii) the Employment Agreements; (ix) the Escrow Agreement signed by the Escrow Agent and Churchill; (x) the releases signed by each of the Principal Stockholders and certain other LAI Stockholder in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT G; (xi) A file-stamped copy of LAI's amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to SECTION 7.2(u) certified by the Delaware Secretary of State; 60 (xii) Releases of all Liens on any shares of capital stock of any of the LAI Companies and on all properties and assets owned by each of the LAI Companies, except for the Liens referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens; (xiii) such other documents as CMC or Sub may reasonably request for the purpose of (A) enabling their counsel to provide the CMC Legal Opinion, (B) evidencing the accuracy of any of the Sellers' representations and warranties, (C) evidencing the performance by any Seller of, or the compliance by any Seller with, any covenant or obligation required to be performed or complied with by such party, (D) evidencing the satisfaction of any condition referred to in SECTION 7.1 and SECTION 7.2, or (E) otherwise facilitating the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (xiv) a schedule identifying the Written Off Accounts Receivable by customer number, customer name, job number, invoice number and amount. (b) CMC and Sub shall deliver or cause to be delivered to LAI and the Principal Stockholders the following: (i) the certificates described in SECTION 7.3(d) and SECTION 7.3(g); (ii) copies of the resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of CMC and Sub authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements duly certified as of the Closing by the respective Secretaries of CMC and Sub; (iii) incumbency certificates for CMC and Sub; (iv) The CMC Legal Opinion; (v) The Escrow Agreement signed by CMC; (vi) such other documents as the Sellers may reasonably request for the purpose of (A) enabling their counsel to provide the LAI Legal Opinion and the legal opinions described in SECTION 6.17, (B) evidencing the accuracy of any representation or warranty of CMC or Sub, (C) evidencing the performance by CMC or Sub of, or the compliance by CMC or Sub with, any covenant or obligation required to be performed or complied with by CMC or Sub, (D) evidencing the satisfaction of any condition referred to in SECTION 7.1 or SECTION 7.3, or (E) otherwise facilitating the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (vii) all other previously undelivered documents required to be delivered by CMC to the Sellers at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and (viii) Confirmation that all payments required by ARTICLE II hereof shall have been made and received. 61 ARTICLE IX TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT SECTION 9.1. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time: (a) by mutual consent of LAI and CMC; or (b) by either LAI or CMC: (i) if there shall have been a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of CMC or Sub on the one hand, or any Seller on the other, set forth in this Agreement (for such purpose, each such representation and warranty shall be read without regard and without giving effect to any "materiality" or "Material Adverse Effect" standard of qualification contained in such representation or warranty and as if such standard or qualification were deleted from such representation or warranty), and, if such breach can be cured, such breach has not been cured within ten (10) days after notice of such breach is given by the non-breaching party to the breaching party; or (ii) if a court of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Authority shall have issued an Order or taken any other action (which Order the parties hereto shall use their reasonable efforts to lift), in each case permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Order or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; or (iii) if the Effective Time shall not have occurred on or before January 5, 2004; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement shall not be available to any party whose breach of this Agreement has been the principal cause of, or principally resulted in, the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date; or (c) (i) by CMC if any of the conditions to its obligations in ARTICLE VII has not been satisfied as of the Closing Date or if satisfaction of such a condition is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of CMC to comply with its obligations under this Agreement) and CMC has not waived such condition on or before the Closing Date; or (ii) by Sellers, if any of the conditions to their respective obligations in ARTICLE VII has not been satisfied as of the Closing Date or if satisfaction of such condition is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of Sellers to comply with their obligations under this Agreement) and Sellers have not waived such condition on or before the Closing Date; or (d) by CMC: (i) upon the occurrence of a Material Adverse Effect or an event which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or 62 (ii) in the event that (x) an Adverse Recommendation Change shall have occurred or (y) the Board of Directors of LAI fails to reaffirm its recommendation to its stockholders of this Agreement, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement within ten business days of receipt of a written request by CMC to provide such reaffirmation following an Acquisition Proposal; or (e) by LAI pursuant to SECTION 6.7(d). Each party's right of termination under SECTION 9.1 is in addition to any other rights it may have under this Agreement or otherwise, and the exercise of a right of termination will not be an election of remedies. SECTION 9.2. Procedure and Effect of Termination. In the event of termination and abandonment of the Merger pursuant to SECTION 9.1, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other parties to this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate and the Merger shall be abandoned, without further action by any of the parties hereto. If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein: (a) upon request therefor, each party will redeliver all documents, work papers and other material of any other party relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, whether obtained before or after the execution hereof, to the party furnishing the same; and (b) no party hereto shall have any liability or further obligation to any other party to this Agreement resulting from such termination except (i) that the provisions of this ARTICLE IX, SECTION 6.5, ARTICLE X, and ARTICLE XI shall remain in full force and effect, and (ii) no party waives any claim or right against a breaching party resulting from the breach by a party hereto of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement. (c) In the event that (i) this Agreement is terminated by CMC pursuant to clause (ii) of SECTION 9.1(d), (ii) this Agreement is terminated by LAI pursuant to SECTION 9.1(e) or (iii) (A) an Acquisition Proposal shall have been made to LAI or shall have been made directly to the stockholders of LAI generally or shall have otherwise become known or any person shall have announced an intention (whether or not conditional) to make an Acquisition Proposal, (B) thereafter this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause (iii) of SECTION 9.1(b) and (C) within 12 months after such termination, LAI enters into a definitive agreement to consummate, or consummates, the transactions contemplated by any Acquisition Proposal, then LAI shall pay CMC a fee equal to $1,697,500 plus all of CMC's out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including without limitation, fees and expenses of its advisors, accountants and counsel) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the "TERMINATION FEE") by wire transfer of same-day funds on the first business day following (x) in the case of a payment required by clause (i) or (ii) above, the date of termination of this Agreement and (y) in the case of a payment required by clause (iii) above, the date of the first to occur of the events referred to in clause (iii)(C) of this SECTION 9.2(c). 63 ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES SECTION 10.1. Survival; Right to Indemnification Not Affected by Knowledge. All representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations in this Agreement, the Disclosure Schedule, and all Ancillary Agreements will survive the Effective Time; provided that (i) the representations and warranties in this Agreement other than in SECTION 3.27 shall survive the Effective Time for a period of eighteen (18) months and (ii) the representations and warranties in SECTION 3.27 (including SECTION 3.27 of the Disclosure Schedule and any subparts thereof) shall survive until the expiration of the applicable statutes of limitation. A claim for indemnification under this ARTICLE X and arising during the applicable survival period must be made within 30 days after the end of the applicable survival period in the immediately preceding sentence. The right to indemnification, payment of Damages or other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations will not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or any Knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation. The waiver of any condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty as of the time such representation or warranty was made, or on the performance of or compliance with any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification, payment of Damages, or other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations. SECTION 10.2. Indemnification and Payment of Damages by the Sellers. Prior to the Closing, subject to SECTION 10.4 and SECTION 10.6, LAI and TLC, jointly and severally, will, and after the Closing, each Principal Stockholder, severally and not jointly, will, indemnify and hold harmless CMC, Sub and Surviving Corporation for, and will pay to such indemnified parties the amount of, any loss, cost, liability, claim, damage (including incidental and consequential damages), expense (including costs of investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys' fees) or diminution of value, whether or not involving a third-party claim (collectively, "DAMAGES"), arising, directly or indirectly, from or in connection with: (a) any breach of any representation or warranty (or any alleged breach of a representation or warranty, if any third party alleges facts that, if true, would constitute a breach of such representation or warranty) made by any of the Sellers in this Agreement, the Disclosure Schedule, any Ancillary Agreement (other than the Employment Agreements), or any other certificate or document delivered by any of the LAI Companies or the Principal Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement; (b) any breach by any of the Sellers of any covenant or obligation in this Agreement; (c) any misrepresentation or willful nondisclosure by any LAI Company in connection with the application for or obtaining of the Environmental Insurance Policy or the 64 D&O Insurance Policy that causes any such insurance policy to become void or causes a loss of coverage under any such insurance policy. (d) any matter disclosed in SECTION 3.3 (Item (f) only), SECTION 3.13, SECTION 3.15, SECTION 3.16, SECTION 3.25, (Items (a)(32), (a)(33) (f), (h), (m) and (o) only) SECTION 3.26, SECTION 3.27, SECTION 3.28, SECTION 3.29, SECTION 3.32 or SECTION 3.36 of the Disclosure Schedule. (e) the filing of all Form 5500s necessary under ERISA with respect to the LAI Companies' Employee Benefit Plans or such other actions as may be necessary to bring all Employee Benefit Plans into compliance with ERISA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Sellers shall not have any obligation to indemnify CMC, Sub or Surviving Corporation for any Damages incurred by CMC, Sub or Surviving Corporation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act ("WARN") or similar state laws due to CMC's, Sub's or Surviving Corporation's termination of the employment of any of the employees of the LAI Companies after the Closing, (ii) the Sellers shall not have any obligation to indemnify CMC or the Surviving Corporation after the Closing for breaches of the representations contained in the first and last sentences of SECTION 3.11 and (iii) the Sellers shall not have any obligation to indemnify CMC or the Surviving Corporation after the Closing for breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the last sentence of SECTION 3.10(a). If a breach of SECTION 3.27(e) occurs and a related reduction in Tax attributes occurs, CMC's Damages shall include an amount equal to (i) 38% multiplied by (ii) the dollar amount, if any, of the Tax attributes except for LAI net operating losses incurred prior to the Effective Time, including without limitation the Tax basis in the properties of and capital stock held by the LAI Companies and CMC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, that are reduced due to the amount of any cancellation of indebtedness income to which such breach relates, after giving full effect, if any, to all reductions in the Purchase Price. SECTION 10.3. Indemnification and Payment of Damages by CMC and Sub. CMC and Sub, jointly and severally, will, prior to the Closing, indemnify and hold harmless LAI and the Principal Stockholders for, and will after the Closing, indemnify and hold harmless the Principal Stockholders for, and will pay to such indemnified parties the amount of, any Damages arising, directly or indirectly, from or in connection with: (a) any breach of any representation or warranty (or any alleged breach of a representation or warranty, if any third party alleges facts that, if true, would constitute a breach of such representation or warranty) made by CMC or Sub in or pursuant to this Agreement or in any certificate or document delivered by CMC or Sub pursuant to this Agreement, or (b) any breach by CMC or Sub of any covenant or obligation of CMC or Sub in this Agreement. SECTION 10.4. Limitations of Liability. Anything to the contrary contained in this ARTICLE X notwithstanding, except as provided below in this SECTION 10.4, no party shall be entitled to recover under SECTION 10.2(a), SECTION 10.3(a) and SECTION 10.5 from the 65 applicable parties unless and until the total of all claims thereunder for Damages exceeds $300,000 (the "INDEMNIFICATION THRESHOLD"). Indemnifiable Damages shall accumulate until such time as they exceed the Indemnification Threshold, whereupon the party to be indemnified shall be entitled to seek indemnification for all Damages; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, after the Effective Time, no holder of LAI Capital Stock shall be liable for any Damages under SECTION 10.2 or SECTION 10.5 or any other provision of this Agreement except to the extent of (and only from) the Churchill Escrow Fund Payment Amount (the "INDEMNIFICATION CAP") (i.e., all indemnification obligations of the Sellers and the LAI Stockholders shall be satisfied solely by recourse to the Escrow Fund). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the indemnities under SECTION 10.2(a) arising from a breach of SECTION 3.10(b) and SECTION 3.27 shall not be subject to the Indemnification Threshold, and (ii) all Damages suffered by CMC, Sub and the Surviving Corporation under SECTION 10.2(a) arising from a breach of SECTION 3.10(b) shall not be recoverable unless and until the total of all claims thereunder for Damages exceeds the amount of the Accounts Receivable Threshold as of the time the related Claim for indemnification is made under this ARTICLE X, whereupon the party to be indemnified shall be entitled to indemnification for all Damages in excess of the amount of the Accounts Receivable Threshold as of the time such Claim is made. In addition to any other limitations that may apply, CMC, Sub and Surviving Corporation shall not be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Damages if and to the extent such Damages or the economic effect thereof (e.g., levels of Inventory and Accounts Receivable) have been taken into account in calculating the Post-Closing Statement. If a party is entitled to indemnification under more than one clause or subclause of SECTION 10.2, SECTION 10.3, or SECTION 10.5 with respect to Damages, then such party shall be entitled to only one indemnification or recovery of such Damages to the extent it arises out of the same circumstances and events, it being understood that this sentence is solely to preclude a duplicate recovery by such party. The amount of Damages that an indemnified party may recover under this ARTICLE X shall be net of (i) any amounts which such indemnified party actually recovers and collects from third parties or is otherwise actually reimbursed in connection with such Damages, and (ii) any insurance proceeds actually received by such indemnified party, less any deductibles or retention amounts, co-payments, related premium increases or other payment obligations that directly result from any Damage (including reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs of collection to the extent not payable or reimbursable by third parties) that relate to or arise from the making of the claim for indemnification. CMC, Sub and Surviving Corporation shall not after the Effective Date have any indemnification obligations or other liabilities to the Sellers arising under any Contract entered into prior to the date hereof except for this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement. The Sellers shall not after the Effective Date have any indemnification obligations or other liabilities to CMC, Sub and Surviving Corporation arising under any Contract entered into prior to the date hereof except for this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Confidentiality Agreement and the Non-Released Contracts. The parties hereby agree that the limitations set forth in this SECTION 10.4 shall not apply to (i) the indemnification obligations of any party in the event of fraud, willful misrepresentation, misrepresentation of a party when such party making the misrepresentation has actual, conscious knowledge of such misrepresentation, or willful intent to deceive or mislead on the part of such party and (ii) the indemnification obligations of any party with respect to any Damages that have resulted proximately from the fraud or willful misconduct of such party. In determining whether there has been a breach of representation or warranty for the purposes of this Article and the 66 amount of any Damages pursuant to this Article, each representation and warranty shall be read without regard and without giving effect to any "materiality" or "Material Adverse Effect" standard of qualification contained in such representation or warranty (i.e., as if such standard or qualification were deleted from such representation or warranty). SECTION 10.5. Environmental Indemnification and Payment of Damages by the Sellers. In addition to (and without duplication of) the indemnification already provided by SECTION 10.2, prior to the Closing, subject to SECTION 10.4 and SECTION 10.6, LAI and TLC, jointly and severally, will, and after the Closing, each Principal Stockholder, severally and not jointly, will, indemnify and hold harmless CMC, Sub and Surviving Corporation for, and will pay to such indemnified parties the amount of, any Damages arising, directly or indirectly, from, or in connection with: (a) any breach of any environmental representation or warranty (or any alleged breach of a representation or warranty, if any third party alleges facts that, if true, would constitute a breach of such representation or warranty) made by any of the Sellers in SECTION 3.32 or in SECTION 3.32 of the Disclosure Schedule; (b) any condition related to any unlawful presence of or to any Release of Hazardous Material at any Former or Current Facility first occurring on or prior to Closing, but only to the extent that Damages result from such pre-Closing presence or Release; and (c) any Environmental Claim, Environmental Costs and Liabilities or any other obligation under Environmental Law arising from acts, omissions or conditions first occurring on or prior to Closing, including without limitation, disposal at offsite locations, but only to the extent that Damages result from such pre-Closing acts, omissions or conditions. With respect to any investigation, remediation, or other action by indemnitee, prior to the submittal of any plans to any Governmental Authority that relate to the indemnification under this SECTION 10.5, indemnitee will provide indemnifying party a copy of any such submittals or plans. Indemnifying party will have no more than five (5) working days to comment on such submittals and plans. If indemnitee rejects any of indemnifying party's comments, indemnitee will provide notice to indemnifying party of the reasons for rejection. Indemnitee will provide copies to indemnifying party of all final submittals to any Governmental Authority that relate to the indemnification under this SECTION 10.5, at the time at which it files those submittals. Indemnitee will notify indemnifying party of any telephone conferences and meeting dates with any Governmental Authority that relate to the indemnification under this SECTION 10.5, at least five (5) working days prior to such dates (unless shorter notice is required under applicable Law, in which event indemnitee will provide prompt telephonic notice to indemnifying party), and will afford indemnifying party the right to participate for informational purposes only. Indemnifying party will not contact or otherwise negotiate with any Governmental Authority or any other person on any matter that may affect indemnitee in any way, unless required by Environmental Law, without the prior written consent of indemnitee. 67 SECTION 10.6. Recourse Limited to Escrow Fund. All post-Closing indemnification and other obligations of the Sellers and the LAI Stockholders under this ARTICLE X or any other provision of this Agreement shall be satisfied solely by recourse to the Escrow Fund. SECTION 10.7. Procedure for Indemnification--Third Party Claims. (a) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under SECTION 10.2, SECTION 10.3 or SECTION 10.5 of notice of the commencement of any proceeding against it, such indemnified party will, if a Claim is to be made against an indemnifying party under such Section, give notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such Claim, but the failure to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party, except to the extent that the indemnifying party demonstrates that the defense of such action is materially prejudiced by the indemnifying party's failure to give such notice. Such notice shall describe the Claim and the basis for indemnification sought, shall indicate the amount (if reasonably ascertainable) of the Damages that have been or may be sustained by the indemnitee and shall be accompanied by supporting documentation, if reasonably available. (b) If any proceeding referred to in SECTION 10.7(a) is brought against an indemnified party and it gives notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such proceeding, the indemnifying party will, unless (x) the Claim involves Taxes or matters under SECTION 10.5, or (y) at the time the indemnified party gives notice to the indemnifying party of the Claim in question the dollar amount of all Claims (including such Claim in question) that have not been satisfied exceeds the amount then held in the Escrow Fund, be entitled to participate in such proceeding and, to the extent that it wishes (unless (i) the indemnifying party is also a party to such proceeding and the indemnified party determines in good faith that joint representation would be inappropriate as a result of a conflict in the interests of the indemnified and indemnifying parties, or (ii) the indemnifying party fails to provide reasonable assurance to the indemnified party of its financial capacity to defend such proceeding and provide indemnification with respect to such proceeding), to assume the defense of such proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election (which election must be given by the 60th day after the indemnified party has given notice under SECTION 10.7(a) of the commencement of a Claim) to assume the defense of such proceeding, the indemnifying party will not, as long as it diligently conducts such defense, be liable to the indemnified party under this ARTICLE X for any fees of other counsel or any other expenses with respect to the defense of such proceeding, in each case subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense of such proceeding, other than reasonable costs of investigation. If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of a proceeding, (i) it will be conclusively established for purposes of this Agreement that the Claims made in that proceeding are within the scope of and subject to indemnification; (ii) no compromise or settlement of such Claims may be effected by the indemnifying party without the indemnified party's consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, unless (A) there is no finding or admission of any violation of Law or any violation of the legal rights of any person and no effect on any other Claims that may be made against the indemnified party, and (B) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the indemnifying party from the Escrow Fund; and (iii) the indemnified party 68 will have no liability with respect to any compromise or settlement of such Claims effected without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If notice is given to an indemnifying party of the commencement of any proceeding and the indemnifying party does not, by the 60th day after the indemnified party's notice is given, give notice to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such proceeding, the indemnifying party will be bound by any determination made in such proceeding or any compromise or settlement effected by the indemnified party. (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an indemnified party determines in good faith that there is a reasonable probability that a proceeding may adversely affect it or its Affiliates other than as a result of monetary damages for which it would be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the indemnified party may, by notice to the indemnifying party, assume the exclusive right to defend, compromise, or settle such proceeding, whether or not the indemnifying party has assumed the defense, but the indemnifying party will not be bound by any compromise or settlement effected without its consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). (d) Subject to SECTION 11.12, the Sellers hereby consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court in which a proceeding is brought against any indemnified party for purposes of any claim that an indemnified party may have under this Agreement with respect to such proceeding or the matters alleged therein, and agree that process may be served on the Principal Stockholders with respect to such a claim anywhere in the world; provided that this provision shall not be deemed to subject TGF to the jurisdiction of any court outside the State of Texas if TGF's submission to such jurisdiction is prohibited by applicable Law. (e) CMC shall send to Churchill copies of all notices it gives to the Principal Stockholders pursuant to SECTION 10.7(a) or SECTION 10.7(c). (f) With respect to any third party Claim subject to indemnification under this ARTICLE X: (i) both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, as the case may be, shall, where the other person is not represented by its own counsel, provide such person with copies of all pleadings and all correspondence between opposing parties or counsel in any Litigation or threatened Litigation and shall provide notice to such person of all court proceedings; and (ii) the parties agree (each at its own expense) to render to each other such assistance as they may reasonably require of each other and to cooperate in good faith with each other in order to ensure the proper and adequate defense of any third party Claim; provided that no party shall be obligated to disclose any information protected by an attorney-client or work-product privilege. With respect to any third party Claim subject to indemnification under this ARTICLE X, the parties agree to cooperate in such a manner as to preserve in full (to the extent possible) the confidentiality of all confidential information and the attorney-client and work-product privileges. In connection therewith, each party agrees that: (i) it will use its best efforts, in respect of any third party Claim in which it has assumed or participated in the defense, to avoid production of confidential information (consistent with applicable law and rules of procedure) and to request the issuance of protective orders from a court that will protect the confidentiality of any confidential information that is required to be disclosed during discovery; and (ii) all communications between any party hereto and counsel responsible for or participating 69 in the defense of any third party Claim shall, to the extent possible, be made so as to preserve any applicable attorney-client or work-product privilege. SECTION 10.8. Procedure for Indemnification--Other Claims. A Claim for indemnification for any matter not involving a third-party Claim may be asserted by notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought. SECTION 10.9. Exclusive Remedy. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the indemnification provided by SECTION 10.2, SECTION 10.3 and SECTION 10.5, as subject to the provisions of SECTION 10.4, shall, after the Effective Time, be the sole and exclusive remedy of the parties for claims of any kind arising out of this Agreement, and the parties hereby waive any and all other remedies under law or in equity. The parties acknowledge and agree that one purpose of the representations and warranties in this Agreement is to allocate risk among the parties and to give an aggrieved party the right to be indemnified pursuant to this ARTICLE X. Accordingly, the parties acknowledge and agree that breaches of such representations and warranties shall not necessarily be deemed to constitute fraud or a knowing misrepresentation or willful intent to deceive the other parties. SECTION 10.10. Indemnification in Case of Strict Liability or Indemnitee Negligence. THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS IN THIS ARTICLE X SHALL BE ENFORCEABLE REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE LIABILITY IS BASED UPON PAST, PRESENT OR FUTURE ACTS, CLAIMS OR LEGAL REQUIREMENTS (INCLUDING ANY PAST, PRESENT OR FUTURE ENVIRONMENTAL LAW (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CERCLA), FRAUDULENT TRANSFER ACT, OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH LAW OR PRODUCTS LIABILITY, SECURITIES OR OTHER LEGAL REQUIREMENT) AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ANY PERSON (INCLUDING THE PERSON FROM WHOM INDEMNIFICATION IS SOUGHT) ALLEGES OR PROVES THE SOLE, CONCURRENT, CONTRIBUTORY OR COMPARATIVE NEGLIGENCE OF THE PERSON SEEKING INDEMNIFICATION OR THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT STRICT LIABILITY IMPOSED UPON THE PERSON SEEKING INDEMNIFICATION. ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SECTION 11.1. Amendment and Modification. This Agreement may be amended by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto and, as applicable, approved by action taken by their respective Boards of Directors, at any time, but no amendment shall be made which by Law requires further approval by the stockholders of LAI without such further approval. SECTION 11.2. Waiver of Compliance. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party or parties entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist 70 upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. SECTION 11.3. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. SECTION 11.4. Fees and Obligations. If any party shall be required to employ attorneys to enforce or defend its rights hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees in addition to any other remedies to which it may be entitled. The filing fees incurred in connection with any filings or registrations pursuant to the HSR Act, if so required, shall be borne equally by CMC and LAI. SECTION 11.5. Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon and, except as provided below, inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and, nothing in this Agreement, except as set forth below, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, except (i) as expressly provided in ARTICLE X and (ii) that Churchill is intended to be a third party beneficiary of ARTICLE II and SECTION 11.6 of this Agreement. SECTION 11.6. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon the earlier of delivery thereof if by hand or upon receipt if sent by mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or on the second next business day after deposit if sent by a recognized overnight delivery service or upon transmission if sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission (with written confirmation of receipt) as follows: (a) If to CMC or Sub, to: Commercial Metals Company 6565 N. MacArthur Blvd. Irving, Texas 75039 Attention: Stanley A. Rabin Facsimile No.: 214/689-4326 with copies to (which shall not constitute notice): David M. Sudbury General Counsel Commercial Metals Company 6565 N. MacArthur Blvd. Irving, Texas 75039 Facsimile No.: 214/689-4326 71 and Haynes and Boone, L.L.P. 901 Main Street Dallas, Texas 75202 Attention: William R. Hays, III Facsimile No.: 214/200-0467 (b) If to LAI, to: Lofland Acquisition, Inc. 2920 N. Stemmons Freeway Dallas, Texas 75247 Attention:A. Blake Irwin, Chief Executive Officer Facsimile No.: 214/638-4205 with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): Andrews Kurth LLP 1717 Main Street, Suite 3700 Dallas, Texas 75201 Attention: Joseph A. Hoffman Facsimile No.: 214/659-4861 (c) If to TLC, to: The Lofland Company 2920 N. Stemmons Freeway Dallas, Texas 75247 Attention: A. Blake Irwin, Chief Executive Officer Facsimile No.: 214/638-4205 with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): Andrews Kurth LLP 1717 Main Street, Suite 3700 Dallas, Texas 75201 Attention: Joseph A. Hoffman Facsimile No.: 214/659-4861 72 (d) If to the Principal Stockholders, to: EF Private Equity Partners (Americas) L.P. c/o Electra Partners, Inc. 708 Third Avenue, 21st Floor New York, New York 10017 Attention:Peter Carnwath Facsimile No.: 212-818-0010 with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): Willkie Farr & Gallagher 787 Seventh Avenue New York, New York 10019-6099 Attention:Peter Hanlon Facsimile No.: 212-728-8111 and The Board of Trustees of the Texas Growth Fund, as Trustee for the Texas Growth Fund - 1995 Trust c/o TGF I Management Corp. 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 2900 Austin, Texas 78701 Attention:J. Brent Humphries Facsimile No.: 512-322-3101 with copies to (which shall not constitute notice): Vinson & Elkins 2801 Via Fortuna, Suite 100 Austin, Texas 78746 Attention: Barry Burgdorf Facsimile No.: 512-236-3246 73 (e) If to Churchill, to: Churchill Capital Partners III, L.P. 333 South Seventh Street, Suite 2400 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-2435 Attention:Mark McDonald Facsimile No.: 612-673-6630 with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice): Faegre & Benson LLP 90 South Seventh Street Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-3901 Attention: Lyle Ward Facsimile No.: 612-766-1600 SECTION 11.7. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Texas without regard to the conflicts-of-laws rules thereof. SECTION 11.8. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. SECTION 11.9. Headings. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the parties and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. SECTION 11.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (and the Disclosure Schedule and Exhibits hereto), the Confidentiality Agreement, the Environmental Access Agreements, the Escrow Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto and referenced herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein or therein. There are no agreements, representations, warranties or covenants other than those expressly set forth herein or therein. This Agreement (and the Disclosure Schedule and Exhibits hereto) supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. SECTION 11.11. Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assigned by operation of Law or otherwise. SECTION 11.12. Jurisdiction and Venue. The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be instituted only in the state or federal courts in Dallas County, Texas. Each party waives any objection it may have now or hereafter to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding. 74 SECTION 11.13. Disclosure of Tax Treatment. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary or in any other agreement to which a party hereto is bound, the parties hereto are hereby expressly authorized to disclose the "tax treatment" and "tax structure" (as those terms are defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.6011-4(c)(8) and (9), respectively) of the Merger; provided, however, that the foregoing authorization shall apply only to the extent necessary such that the Merger will not constitute a "confidential transaction" within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.6011-4(b)(3). [Signature Pages Follow] 75 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf by its duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written. COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY By: /s/ Stanley A. Rabin Name: Stanley A. Rabin ---------------------------- Title: Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer ---------------------------- LAI ACQUISITION COMPANY By: /s/ Russell B. Rinn ----------------------------------- Name: Russell B. Rinn ---------------------------- Title: President ---------------------------- LOFLAND ACQUISITION, INC. By: /s/ A. Blake Irwin ----------------------------------- Name: A. Blake Irwin ---------------------------- Title: Chief Executive Officer ---------------------------- THE LOFLAND COMPANY By: s/ A. Blake Irwin ----------------------------------- Name: A. Blake Irwin ---------------------------- Title: Chief Executive Officer ---------------------------- SIGNATURE PAGE TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER EF PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS (AMERICAS) L.P. Address: c/o Electra Partners, Inc. 708 Third Avenue, 21st Floor New York, New York 10017 By: /s/ Peter A. Carnwath --------------------------- Name: Peter A. Carnwath -------------------------- Title: Authorized Signatory ------------------------- THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE TEXAS GROWTH FUND II, ON BEHALF OF THE TEXAS GROWTH FUND - 1995 TRUST By: TGF I Management Corp., as Executive Director Address: 111 Congress Avenue, Suite 2900 Austin, Texas 78701 By: /s/ J. Brent Humphries --------------------------- Name: J. Brent Humphries -------------------------- Title: Managing Director ------------------------- SIGNATURE PAGE TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER EXHIBIT A DEFINITIONS "1/31/03 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" means the Financial Statements as of and for the 12 months ended January 31, 2003. "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.9. "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE THRESHOLD" means the sum of (i) $227,470 plus (ii) the dollar amount of Written Off Accounts Receivable actually collected by any LAI Company after the Closing. "ACQUISITION AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.7(d) "ACQUISITION PROPOSAL" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.7(e). "ADJUSTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(i) "ADVERSE RECOMMENDATION CHANGE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.7(d). "AFFILIATE" shall mean a person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person. "AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. "ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS" means the Escrow Agreement, the Employment Agreements, the releases referred to in SECTION 8.1(a)(x) and all other instruments executed in connection with this Agreement. "ARBITRATOR" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(ii). "AST" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(c). "AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.7. "CANCELLATION OF INDEBTEDNESS TAX" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(i). "CERCLA" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(iv). "CERTIFICATES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(b). "CERTIFICATE OF MERGER" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 1.2. "CHANGE OF CONTROL PAYMENTS" means (i) all payments, other than payment of the Merger Consideration, to which any officer, director, employee, stockholder, option or warrant holder of any LAI Company is or would be entitled to receive in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) all amounts payable to third parties under any Contract as a result of or in connection with the entry into or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Exhibit A-1 The costs associated with terminating any Contract or settling any matter pursuant to SECTION 7.2(n) shall be considered Change in Control Payments. "CHARTER DOCUMENTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.1. "CHURCHILL" means Churchill Capital Partners III, L.P. "CHURCHILL CLOSING PAYMENT AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "CHURCHILL CONSENT AND AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.37. "CHURCHILL ESCROW FUND PAYMENT AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "CHURCHILL HOLDBACK AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "CHURCHILL LOAN AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 29, 2002, as it may have been amended to the date of this Agreement. "CHURCHILL PAYOFF AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "CLAIMS" means claims for indemnification under ARTICLE X. "CLOSING" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.1. "CLOSING DATE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8.1. "CLOSING DIFFERENTIAL" had the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(b)(ii). "CLOSING TANGIBLE NET OPERATING ASSETS AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(b)(i). "CMC" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. "CMC LEGAL OPINION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 7.3(e). "COBRA" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.25(j)(xiii). "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. "COMMON PER SHARE AMOUNT" means $0.01. "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.30(f). "CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT" means the Mutual Confidentiality Agreement dated as of July 30, 2003 among certain of the parties to the Agreement. "CONSTITUENT CORPORATIONS" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. Exhibit A-2 "CONTRACT" means any contract, agreement, binding bid, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, conditional sales contract, mortgage, license, franchise, insurance policy, commitment or other arrangement or agreement. "CRSI" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(ii)(B). "CURRENT FACILITY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a). "D&O INSURANCE POLICY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.15. "DAMAGES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 10.2. "DEBT" means, as to any of the LAI Companies, as of any date of determination, (i) all indebtedness of such person for borrowed money or any obligation of any of the LAI Companies issued in substitution for or exchange of indebtedness for borrowed money, or for the deferred purchase of property; (ii) all amounts owed by such person to banks or other persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such person; (iii) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any Lien on any property owned by such person, to the extent attributable to such person's interest in such property, even though such person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof, (iv) lease obligations of such person which, in accordance with GAAP, should be capitalized; (v) guarantees by any of the LAI Companies of obligations of a person that is not one of the LAI Companies, (vii) negative cash balances after giving effect to all unpaid checks, drafts or promises or undertakings to pay amounts due, and (viii) all accrued and unpaid interest attributable to the foregoing. "DEBT PAYOFF AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "DIVIDEND" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.9. "DGCL" has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement. "DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to ARTICLE III. "DISSENTING SHARES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.2. "DOL" means the Department of Labor. "EFFECTIVE TIME" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 1.6. "EFPE" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.25(a). "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 7.2(j). Exhibit A-3 "ENVIRONMENTAL ACCESS AGREEMENTS" means the Access Assignment for Phase I Environmental Site Assessment dated August ___, 2003 among certain of the parties to the Agreement and the Access Agreement for Phase II Environmental Site Assessment dated September 29, 2003 among certain of the parties to the Agreement. "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(ii). "ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS AND LIABILITIES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(iii). "ENVIRONMENTAL INSURANCE POLICY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.15. "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(iv). "ENVIRONMENTAL PERMIT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(v). "ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(vi). "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. "ERISA AFFILIATE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.25(a). "ESCROW AGENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(a). "ESCROW AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(a). "ESCROW FUND" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5(a). "ESCROW FUND AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.7. "FORMER FACILITY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a). "GAAP" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.7. "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and an entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative function of or pertaining to government. "GUST AMENDMENTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.25(e). "HAZARDOUS MATERIAL" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(viii). "HIPAA" means the Health Insurance and Portability and Privacy Act of 1996, as amended. "HSR ACT" had the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.6. Exhibit A-4 "INDEMNIFICATION CAP" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 10.4. "INDEMNIFICATION THRESHOLD" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 10.4. "INSURED" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.18. "INQUIRY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.7(b). "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" means domestic and foreign patents, patent applications, Know-how, trade names, trademarks, service marks, trademark registrations and applications, service mark registrations and applications, copyrights, copyright registrations and applications, trade secrets, confidential information, domain names and other proprietary rights. "INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.7. "INVENTORY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(ii). "INVENTORY VALUE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(ii). "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service. "IRS PAYMENT AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "JOINDER AGREEMENT" means the Joinder Agreement effective April 11, 2001 among LAI and the party thereto, as amended by the First Amendment to Shareholders Agreement. "KNOW-HOW" shall mean laboratory journals, know-how (including, without limitation, product know-how and use and application know-how), formulae, product formulations, recipes, processes, product designs, specifications, quality control, procedures, manufacturing, engineering and other drawings, computer data bases and software, technology, other intangibles, technical information, safety information, engineering data and design and engineering specifications, research records, market surveys and all promotional literature, customer and supplier lists and similar data. "KNOWLEDGE" of a person that is an entity shall mean the actual knowledge of any officer or director of such entity, or persons holding similar positions, after due inquiry. "LAI" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. "LAI 401(k) PLAN" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.14. "LAI AMENDED TAX RETURNS" means the federal income tax returns of LAI for the Tax years ended September 30, 1997 and January 31, 2000. "LAI CAPITAL STOCK" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(b). "LAI COMMON STOCK" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(b). "LAI COMPANIES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.1. Exhibit A-5 "LAI EXPENSES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(i). "LAI LEGAL OPINION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 7.2(f). "LAI PREFERRED STOCK" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(b). "LAI SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(b). "LAI SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(b). "LAI SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(b). "LAI STOCKHOLDERS" means the holders of LAI Capital Stock. "LAW" means any law, principle of common law, statute, code, regulation, ordinance, constitution, treaty or rule enacted or promulgated by any Governmental Authority. "LEGAL PROCEEDINGS" means any judicial, administrative or arbitral actions, suits, proceedings (public or private) or governmental proceedings. "LICENSED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.30(a). "LIEN" or "LIENS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.17. "LITIGATION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.16. "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means a material adverse effect on the business, operations, liabilities, results of operations, properties, foreseeable prospects, assets or financial condition of, in the case of LAI, the LAI Companies taken as a whole; provided, however, that changes or effects that are caused by the conditions affecting the United States economy as a whole or affecting the industry in which LAI competes, which conditions do not affect LAI in a disproportionate manner, shall not be considered a Material Adverse Effect. "MATERIAL CONTRACT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.23. "MATERIAL CUSTOMER CONTRACT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.23. "MERGER" has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement. "MERGER CONSIDERATION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "NON-RELEASED CONTRACTS" means the Contracts to which CMC, a direct or indirect subsidiary or Affiliate of CMC or a joint venture involving CMC or such subsidiary or Affiliate is a party that were entered into in connection with the DFW Airport Terminal D Parking Structure project and the UT Southwestern Medical Center - Phase 4 project. "NOTICE OF ADVERSE RECOMMENDATION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.7(d). Exhibit A-6 "ORDER" means any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling, assessment or arbitration award. "OWNED REAL PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.18. "PAYOFF CAP" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. "PENSKE AGREEMENTS" means collectively the Penske Purchase Agreement and the Penske Lease Agreement. "PENSKE LEASE AGREEMENT" means the Vehicle Lease Service Agreement dated as of August 4, 1993 between TLC and Penske Truck Leasing Co., L.P., as amended, and each Contract related to or entered into in connection with such agreement. "PENSKE PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the Purchase, Sale and Development Agreement dated as of November 5, 1993 between TLC and Penske Truck Leasing Co., L.P., as amended. "PERMITTED LIEN" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.17. "PERMITS" shall mean permits, tariffs, authorizations, licenses, certificates, concessions, agreements, variances, interim permits, approvals, registrations, franchises and rights under any Law or otherwise issued or required by any Governmental Authority and any applications for the foregoing which are necessary for the LAI Companies to own or hold their properties or to engage in their businesses pursuant to applicable Law. "PERSON" shall mean an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or, as applicable, any other entity. "PER SHARE AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(c)(iv). "PRE-CLOSING BALANCE SHEET" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(i). "PRE-CLOSING STATEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(i). "PRE-EFFECTIVE TIME PERIODS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.11(a). "POST-CLOSING STATEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(b)(i). "POST-EFFECTIVE TIME PERIODS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.11(a). "PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. "PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.24. "PROPOSED CLOSING DIFFERENTIAL" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(b)(ii). Exhibit A-7 "PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "QUALIFIED PLAN" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.25(b). "RCRA" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(iv). "RELEASE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(ix). "REMEDIAL ACTION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(a)(x). "SECURITIES ACT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.4. "SELLERS" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. "SENIOR LENDERS" means Fleet Capital Corporation, U. S. Bank National Association and Heller Financial, Inc. "SENIOR LOAN AGREEMENT" means the Loan and Security Agreement dated April 12, 2000 among LAI and the Senior Lenders as it may have been amended to the date of this Agreement. "SENIOR OBLIGATIONS PAYOFF AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(d). "SERIES A PER SHARE AMOUNT" means $0.01. "SERIES B PER SHARE AMOUNT" means $0.01. "SERIES C PER SHARE AMOUNT" means $0.01. "SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT" means the Shareholders Agreement dated January 9, 1998, as amended by the First Amendment to Shareholders Agreement dated April 11, 2001, the Second Amendment to Shareholders Agreement made and entered into effective as of November 26, 2002, and the Third Amendment to Shareholders Agreement, made and entered into effective as of November 26, 2002, among Lofland Acquisition, Inc., William J. Hughes III, Alton Tipps, EF Private Equity Partners (Americas) LP, Donald Bazhaw, Kevin Brisco, Elizabeth Lloyd, Richard Teague, Russel Jackson, Texas Growth Fund - 1995 Trust, Daniel B. Stuart, Chas. A. Neal & Company, John A. Sadden, Jr., Paradigm Partners, L.P., Daniel B. Stuart, Jr., A. Blake Irwin III, Mary Lou Harris, Keith Wright, Larry E. Ciarkowski, Robert Tipton, Mark T. McClain and Jill Gamboa and the related Registration Rights Agreement. "STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.2. "STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENTS" means those Stock Restriction Agreements dated January 8, 1998 between Lofland Acquisition, Inc. and each of A. Blake Irwin III, Russel K. Jackson, Larry E. Ciarkowski, Mark T. McClain, Keith Wright, William J. Hughes III, Mary Lou Harris, Kevin Brisco and Alton Tipps. "STOCKHOLDERS' CLOSING DOCUMENTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 4.2. Exhibit A-8 "SUB" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. "SUBSIDIARY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.5(a). "SUPERIOR PROPOSAL" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.7(f). "SURVIVING CORPORATION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 1.1. "TANGIBLE NET OPERATING ASSETS" means at a particular date the aggregate amount calculated in accordance with EXHIBIT C, with the line items comprising such calculation being determined in conformity with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with the 1/31/03 Financial Statements. "TANGIBLE NET OPERATING ASSETS ADJUSTMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(iii). "TANGIBLE NET OPERATING ASSETS ESTIMATE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(a)(i). "TAX" or "TAXES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.27(g). "TAX RETURN" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.27(g). "TERMINATION FEE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 9.2(c). "TGF" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. "TITLE POLICY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.18. "TLC" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement. "TREASURY SHARES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.1(b). "UST" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.32(c). "WARN" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 10.2. "WRITTEN OFF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 7.2(v). Exhibit A-9 Note: The remaining exhibits to the Agreement have been omitted in accordance with Rule 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit to the Commission upon request.
EX-4.(I)J 4 d12154exv4wxiyj.txt EX-4(I)J FORM OF NOTE OF SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 EXHIBIT 4(i)(j) [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] [Global Securities Legend] UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE "DEPOSITORY"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR THE INDIVIDUAL SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY, THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY 5.625% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2013 No. -------- CUSIP No.: $ --------------- -------- Commercial Metals Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company", which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of _______________ DOLLARS ($____________) on November 15, 2013, and to pay interest thereon from November 12, 2003 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 in each year, commencing on May 15, 2004, at the rate of 5.625% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the May 1 or November 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, as described in the Indenture, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if such manner of payment shall be deemed practical by the Trustee, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. Payment of the principal of (and premium if any) and any such interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in New York, New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. Unless the certificate of authenticity hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed under its corporate seal. Dated: COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY ---------------- By: ---------------------------- Name: Title: Attest - --------------------------------------- Name: Title: Trustee's Certificate of Authentication This is one of the Notes of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as Trustee By: --------------------------- Authorized Officer 2 [Reverse Side of Note] 1. General. This Security is one of the duly authorized issue of debt securities of the Company (hereinafter called the "Securities"), issued or to be issued in one or more series under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of July 31, 1995, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 12, 2003 (collectively, together with any applicable subsequent amendments or supplements, herein called the "Indenture"; capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Indenture), between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank (successor by merger to The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.), a New York banking corporation, as trustee (herein called the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, which series is unlimited in amount. After giving effect to the issuance of Securities of such series on the date of the Supplemental Indenture, $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities of such series were issued and outstanding. No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, and any premium and any interest on, this Security at the place, rate and respective times and in the coin or currency herein prescribed. 2. Redemption. The Securities are subject to redemption, as a whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the election of the Company, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed and (2) the sum of the present values, calculated as of the Redemption Date, of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Securities to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) discounted to the Redemption Date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate (as defined in the Indenture) plus 20 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the Redemption Date. Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed. In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon cancellation hereof. 3 3. Indenture. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the "TIA"). The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms. The Securities issued under the Indenture are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company's existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. 4. Paying Agent and Security Registrar. The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency where the Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and an office or agency where the Securities may be presented for payment or for exchange. The Company has initially appointed the Trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as its Paying Agent and Security Registrar. The Company reserves the right at any time to vary or terminate the appointment of any Paying Agent or Security Registrar, to appoint additional or other Paying Agents or other Security Registrars and to approve any change in the office through which any Paying Agent or Security Registrar acts. 5. Default. If an Event of Default with respect to the Securities shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. 6. Sinking Fund. The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund. 7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registerable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more Securities of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. 4 No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 8. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security is overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 9. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security. 10. Proceedings. As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of this series, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Securities of this series at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities of this series at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any interest hereof on or after the respective due dates expressed herein. 5 11. Holders' Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Security, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holder with respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein. 12. Governing Law. The Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any conflict of law principles of such state that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. 6 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ASSIGNMENT FORM To assign this Note, fill in the form below: I or we assign and transfer this Note to - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) and irrevocably appoint ________________________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. ----------------------------------------------------------- Date: Your Signature: ------------------ ------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------- Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. Signature Guarantee: -------------------------------------- (Signature must be guaranteed) Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
Principal Signature of Amount of Amount of amount of this authorized decrease in increase in Global Note officer of Principal Principal following such Trustee or Date of amount of this amount of this decrease or Notes Exchange Global Note Global Note increase Custodian - -------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ------------
EX-5 5 d12154exv5.txt EX-5 OPINION/CONSENT OF HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP EXHIBIT 5 January 27, 2004 Commercial Metals Company 6565 N. MacArthur Blvd., Suite 800 Irving, Texas 75039 Ladies and Gentlemen: We have acted as special counsel to Commercial Metals Company, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), in connection with the public offering of up to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 5.625% senior notes due 2013 (the "NEW NOTES"). The New Notes are to be issued under an indenture dated as of July 31, 1995, as supplemented by that certain supplemental indenture dated as of November 12, 2003 (collectively with such supplemental indenture, the "INDENTURE"), among the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank (the "TRUSTEE"), pursuant to an exchange offer (the "EXCHANGE OFFER") in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company's issued and outstanding 5.625% senior notes due 2013 (the "OLD NOTES," and collectively with the New Notes, the "NOTES"). The New Notes are being registered pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (as amended or supplemented, the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT") filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York, the federal laws of the United States of America and, to the extent relevant to the opinions expressed herein, the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), as currently in effect. The Indenture and the Notes are governed by the laws of the State of New York. We express no opinion as to (i) the subject matter jurisdiction of the United States courts located in New York to adjudicate any controversy relating to the Notes or the Indenture and (ii) the enforceability of the choice of New York law or whether any court would give effect to such choice of law. In connection therewith, we have examined and relied upon the original, or copies certified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended; (ii) the Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended; (iii) the minutes and records of the corporate proceedings of the Company with respect to the issuance by the Company of the Notes; (iv) the Registration Statement and all exhibits thereto; (v) the Indenture; (vi) the form of the New Notes; and (vii) such other documents and instruments as we have deemed necessary and advisable for the expression of the opinions contained herein. In making the foregoing examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies thereof and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. As to all questions of fact Commercial Metals Company January 27, 2004 Page 2 material to this opinion, where such facts have not been independently established, and as to the content and form of certain minutes, records, resolutions or other documents or writings of the Company, we have relied, to the extent we have deemed reasonably appropriate, upon representations or certificates of officers of the Company or governmental officials. Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that when the New Notes (in the form examined by us) have been duly executed and authenticated (to the extent required) in accordance with the terms of Indenture and have been delivered upon consummation of the Exchange Offer against receipt of the Old Notes surrendered in exchange therefore in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer, the New Notes will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, except as the same may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, rearrangement, liquidation, conservatorship or similar laws of general application now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether or not such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and (iii) the fact that a court may not grant specific performance or any other equitable remedy with respect to enforcement of any provision contained in the New Notes or the Indenture. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer and to the reference to our firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. This opinion is rendered solely to you in connection with the above matter. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or relied upon by or furnished to any other person without our prior written consent. Very truly yours, /s/ Haynes and Boone, LLP Haynes and Boone, LLP EX-12 6 d12154exv12.txt EX-12 STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS EXHIBIT 12 RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES CMC CONSOLIDATED DEBT RATIOS TO FIXED CHARGES (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)
THREE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, ------------------- ---------------------------------------------------- 2003 2002 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- EARNINGS: Earnings before taxes .................... $ 20,013 $ 3,499 $ 30,394 $ 63,138 $ 38,415 $ 70,660 $ 74,803 Interest expense ......................... 5,094 3,994 15,338 18,708 27,608 27,319 19,650 Interest imputed on rent ................. 1,209 1,198 4,476 3,925 3,828 3,555 3,033 Amortization of capitalized interest ..... 340 335 1,437 1,307 1,370 1,367 602 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total Earnings ...................... $ 26,656 $ 9,026 $ 51,645 $ 87,078 $ 71,221 $102,901 $ 98,088 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== FIXED CHARGES: Interest expense ......................... $ 5,094 $ 3,994 $ 15,338 $ 18,708 $ 27,608 $ 27,319 $ 19,650 Interest capitalized ..................... 48 27 254 447 1,111 808 4,547 Interest imputed on rent ................. 1,209 1,198 4,476 3,925 3,828 3,555 3,033 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total Fixed Charges ................. $ 6,351 $ 5,219 $ 20,068 $ 23,080 $ 32,547 $ 31,682 $ 27,230 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges .......... 4.20 1.73 2.57 3.77 2.19 3.25 3.60
EX-21 7 d12154exv21.txt EX-21 SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT . . . EXHIBIT 21 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
JURISDICTION OF NAME OF SUBSIDIARY INCORPORATION - ------------------ --------------- AHT, Inc. Pennsylvania Centrozlom-Katowice Sp.z o.o. Poland Centrum Zawiercie Sp.z o.o. Poland CMC (Australia) Pty., Limited Australia CMC Concrete Accessories, Inc. Texas CMC (Europe) AG Switzerland CMC Fareast Limited Hong Kong CMC (International) AG Switzerland CMC International (S.E. Asia) Pte., Limited Singapore CMC Oil Company Texas CMC Receivables, Inc. Delaware CMC Steel Holding Company Delaware CMC Steel Fabricators, Inc. Texas CMC Steel IPH Company Delaware CMC Trinec Stahlhandel GmbH Germany CMC (UK) Limited England Coil Steel (Aust) Pty Limited Australia Coil Steels Group Pty Limited Australia Coil Steels Properties Pty Limited Australia Coil Steels (Qld) Pty Limited Australia Coil Steels Trading Pty Limited Australia Cometals China, Inc. Texas Cometals Far East, Inc. Texas Cometals (Tianjin) International Trade Co., Limited China Commercial Metals - Austin, Inc. Texas Commercial Metals Deutschland GmbH Germany Commercial Metals (International) AG Switzerland Commercial Metals Overseas Export (FSC) Corp. US Virgin Islands Commercial Metals SF/JV Company Tennessee Construction Materials, Inc. Louisiana Elserw Sp.z o.o. Poland Energomedia Sp.z o.o. Poland Europickling S.A. Belgium Howell Metal Company Virginia Huta Zawiercie SA Poland Hutsprzet Sp.z o.o. Poland HZ Format Sp.z o.o. Poland HZ Service Sp.z o.o. Poland Kolhut Sp.z o.o. Poland Lofland Company Dallas Texas Lofland Company Midwest Delaware Lofland Fabricators, Inc. Delaware Melbourne Slitting Company Pty. Ltd. Australia Owen Electric Steel Company of South Carolina South Carolina Owen Industrial Products, Inc. South Carolina Owen Joist Corporation South Carolina
JURISDICTION OF NAME OF SUBSIDIARY INCORPORATION - ------------------ --------------- Owen Joist of Florida, Inc. Florida Owen of Georgia, Inc. Georgia Perth Steels Pty. Limited Australia Putex Sp.z o.o. Poland Pyrosteel Pty., Ltd. Australia Queensland Slitting Company Pty Limited Australia Regency Advertising Agency, Inc. Texas Scrapena S.A. Poland Scrap-Service Sp.z o.o. Poland SMI-Owen Steel Company, Inc. South Carolina SMI Rebar Coating JV, Inc. North Carolina SMI Steel Fabricators of Florida Inc. Florida SMI Steel Fabricators of North Carolina Inc. North Carolina SMI Steel Inc. Alabama Sydney Slitting Company Pty Limited Australia Steel Products de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. Mexico Structural Metals, Inc. Texas The Lofland Company Delaware The Lofland Company of Mississippi Delaware The Lofland Company of New Mexico Delaware The Lofland Company of Oklahoma Delaware The Lofland Company of Texas Texas Trinec CMC UK Ltd. United Kingdom Trinecke Zelezamy a. s. Czech Republic Zenith Finance and Construction Company Texas
EX-23.A 8 d12154exv23wa.txt EX-23A CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE, LLP EXHIBIT 23a INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of Commercial Metals Company on Form S-4 of our reports dated November 5, 2003 (November 13, 2003 as to Note 15), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Commercial Metals Company for the year ended August 31, 2003 and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. Dallas, Texas January 27, 2004 EX-25 9 d12154exv25.txt EX-25 STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY ON FORM T-1 EXHIBIT 25 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D. C. 20549 ------------------------- FORM T-1 STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE ------------------------------------------- CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2) -------- ---------------------------------------- JPMORGAN CHASE BANK (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter) NEW YORK 13-4994650 (State of incorporation (I.R.S. employer if not a national bank) identification No.) 270 PARK AVENUE NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) William H. McDavid General Counsel 270 Park Avenue New York, New York 10017 Tel: (212) 270-2611 (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service) -------------------------------------------- COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter) TEXAS 75-0725338 (State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer incorporation or organization) identification No.) 6565 NORTH MACARTHUR BLVD., SUITE 800 IRVING, TEXAS 75039 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) ---------------------------------------- DEBT SECURITIES (Title of the indenture securities) GENERAL Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee: (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject. New York State Banking Department, State House, Albany, New York 12110. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C., 20551 Federal Reserve Bank of New York, District No. 2, 33 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C., 20429. (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers. Yes. Item 2. Affiliations with the Obligor and Guarantors. If the obligor or any Guarantor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation. None. - 2 - Item 16. List of Exhibits List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility. 1. A copy of the Restated Organization Certificate of the Trustee dated March 25, 1997 and the Certificate of Amendment dated October 22, 2001 (see Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-76894, which is incorporated by reference). 2. A copy of the Certificate of Authority of the Trustee to Commence Business (see Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 33-50010, which is incorporated by reference). On November 11, 2001 in connection with the merger of The Chase Manhattan Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, the surviving corporation was renamed JPMorgan Chase Bank. 3. None, authorization to exercise corporate trust powers being contained in the documents identified above as Exhibits 1 and 2. 4. A copy of the existing By-Laws of the Trustee (see Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-76894, which is incorporated by reference.). 5. Not applicable. 6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act (see Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 33-50010, which is incorporated by reference). On November 11, 2001, in connection with the merger of The Chase Manhattan Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, the surviving corporation was renamed JPMorgan Chase Bank. 7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority. 8. Not applicable. 9. Not applicable. SIGNATURE Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 the Trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York and State of New York, on the 17th day of December, 2003. JPMORGAN CHASE BANK By /s/ William G. Keenan ----------------------------- William G. Keenan Vice President Exhibit 7 to Form T-1 Bank Call Notice RESERVE DISTRICT NO. 2 CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION OF JPMorgan Chase Bank of 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 and Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries, a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business June 30, 2003, in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.
DOLLAR AMOUNTS ASSETS IN MILLIONS Cash and balances due from depository institutions: Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin ...................................... $ 22,657 Interest-bearing balances .............................. 10,600 Securities: Held to maturity securities ................................. 268 Available for sale securities ............................... 76,771 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell ................................... Federal funds sold in domestic offices ................. 3,844 Securities purchased under agreements to resell ........ 86,290 Loans and lease financing receivables: Loans and leases held for sale ......................... 31,108 Loans and leases, net of unearned income ............... $166,046 Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses .............. 3,735 Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance .............................................. 162,311 Trading Assets .............................................. 186,546 Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) .... 6,142 Other real estate owned ..................................... 133 Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies ................................... 696 Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding ............................................ 225 Intangible assets Goodwill ............................................ 2,201 Other Intangible assets ............................. 3,058 Other assets ................................................ 68,983 TOTAL ASSETS ................................................ $661,833 ========
DOLLAR AMOUNTS LIABILITIES IN MILLIONS Deposits In domestic offices .................................... $189,571 Noninterest-bearing .................................... $ 82,747 Interest-bearing ....................................... 106,824 In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries and IBF's ................................. 125,990 Noninterest-bearing .................................... $ 6,025 Interest-bearing ....................................... 119,965 Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase: Federal funds purchased in domestic offices ............ 4,978 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ......... 114,181 Trading liabilities ......................................... 129,299 Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) .............. 10,186 Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding .... 225 Subordinated notes and debentures ........................... 8,202 Other liabilities ........................................... 41,452 TOTAL LIABILITIES ........................................... 624,084 Minority Interest in consolidated subsidiaries .............. 104 EQUITY CAPITAL Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus ............... 0 Common stock ................................................ 1,785 Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock) ... 16,304 Retained earnings ........................................... 18,426 Accumulated other comprehensive income ...................... 1,130 Other equity capital components ............................. 0 TOTAL EQUITY CAPITAL ........................................ 37,645 -------- TOTAL LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTEREST, AND EQUITY CAPITAL .... $661,833 ========
I, Joseph L. Sclafani, E.V.P. & Controller of the above-named bank, do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief. JOSEPH L. SCLAFANI We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the in- structions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct. WILLIAM B. HARRISON, JR.) HANS W. BECHERER ) FRANK A. BENNACK, JR. )
EX-99.1 10 d12154exv99w1.txt EX-99.1 FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL EXHIBIT 99.1 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO TENDER FOR EXCHANGE 5.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 CUSIP NO. 201723 AE 3 OF COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER PROSPECTUS DATED , 2004. ------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON _________, 2004 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The Exchange Agent is: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK By Registered or Certified Mail, By Regular Mail or Overnight Delivery After (REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED 4:30 p.m. on the Expiration Date: MAIL RECOMMENDED) JPMorgan Chase Bank JPMorgan Chase Bank ITS Bond Events ITS Bond Events 2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor P. O. Box 2320 Dallas, TX 75201 Dallas, TX 75221 Attention: Frank Ivins By Facsimile Transmission Number (eligible institutions only): (214) 468-6494 Attention: Frank Ivins Confirm by Telephone: (214) 468-6464 DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated , 2004 (the "Prospectus") of Commercial Metals Company (the "Company") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes"). Recipients of the Prospectus should read the requirements described in such Prospectus with respect to eligibility to participate in the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus. The undersigned hereby tenders the Old Notes described in the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" below pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the registered owner of all the Old Notes and the undersigned represents that it has received from each beneficial owner of Old Notes ("Beneficial Owners") a duly completed and executed form of "Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner" accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the action described in this Letter of Transmittal. This Letter of Transmittal is to be used only by a holder of Old Notes (i) if certificates representing Old Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary"), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering." If delivery of the Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depositary, tenders of the Old Notes may be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by the Depositary's Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Tendering Through DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program." In such case, an agent's message may be delivered in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal. An agent's message is a message, transmitted to the Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary and received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the Letter of Transmittal and the Company may enforce this Letter of Transmittal against such participant. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth in the box entitled "Beneficial Owner(s)" is true and correct. Any Beneficial Owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder of Old Notes promptly and instruct such registered holder of Old Notes to tender on behalf of the Beneficial Owner. If such Beneficial Owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, such Beneficial Owner must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such Beneficial Owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of Old Notes. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time and may not be completed prior to the Expiration Date. In order to properly complete this Letter of Transmittal, a holder of Old Notes must (i) complete the box entitled "Description of Old Notes," (ii) if appropriate, check and complete the boxes relating to book-entry transfer, guaranteed delivery, Special Issuance Instructions, Special Delivery Instructions and Beneficial Owner(s), (iii) sign the Letter of Transmittal by completing the box entitled "Sign Here" and (iv) complete the Substitute Form W-9. Each holder of Old Notes should carefully read the detailed instructions below prior to completing the Letter of Transmittal. Holders of Old Notes who desire to tender their Old Notes for exchange and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." See Instruction 2 of the Instructions beginning on page 9 hereof. Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes for exchange must, at a minimum, complete columns (1), (2), if applicable (see footnote 1 below), and (3) in the box below entitled "Description of Old Notes" and sign the box on page 8 under the words "Sign Here." If only those columns are completed, such holder of Old Notes will have tendered for exchange all Old Notes listed in column (3) below. If the holder of Old Notes wishes to 2 tender for exchange less than all of such Old Notes, column (4) must be completed in full. In such case, such holder of Old Notes should refer to Instruction 5 on page 10.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (1) (2) (3) (4) - -------------------------------------------------- -------------- ---------- ------------------- PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TENDERED FOR NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF EXCHANGE (ONLY IF OLD NOTE(S), EXACTLY AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON OLD NOTE DIFFERENT AMOUNT CERTIFICATE(S) FOR OLD NOTE OR AS THE NAME OF THE NUMBER(S) FROM COLUMN (3)) PARTICIPANT APPEARS ON THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER (ATTACH AGGREGATE (MUST BE IN FACILITY'S SECURITY POSITION LISTING SIGNED LIST IF PRINCIPAL INTEGRAL MULTIPLES (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK) NECESSARY)(1) AMOUNT OF $1,000)(2) - -------------------------------------------------- -------------- ---------- ------------------- - -------------------------------------------------- -------------- ---------- ------------------- - -------------------------------------------------- -------------- ---------- ------------------- - -------------------------------------------------- -------------- ---------- ------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (1) Column (2) need not be completed by holders of Old Notes tendering Old Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer. Please check the appropriate box on the next page and provide the requested information. (2) Column (4) need not be completed by holders of Old Notes who wish to tender for exchange the principal amount of Old Notes listed in column (3). Completion of column (4) will indicate that the holder of Old Notes wishes to tender for exchange only the principal amount of Old Notes indicated in column (4). - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ] CHECK HERE IF OLD NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH. [ ] CHECK HERE IF OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE DEPOSITARY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) ONLY): Name of Tendering Institution: ------------------------------------------- Account Number: ----------------------------------------------------------- Transaction Code Number: -------------------------------------------------- [ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY): Name of Registered Holder of Old Note(s): --------------------------------- Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: ----------------------- Window Ticket Number (if available): -------------------------------------- Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery: ---------------------------- Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer): --------------------- 3 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ATTENTION BROKER-DEALERS: IMPORTANT NOTICE CONCERNING YOUR ABILITY TO RESELL THE NEW NOTES IF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT DOES NOT RECEIVE ANY LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL FROM BROKER-DEALERS REQUESTING ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF THE NEW NOTES, THE COMPANY INTENDS TO TERMINATE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE CONSUMMATION OR TERMINATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. IF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS TERMINATED, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO USE THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW NOTES AFTER SUCH TIME. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW NOTES: Name: --------------------------------------------------------------------- Address: ------------------------------------------------------------------ Telephone No. ( ) If you requested additional copies of the prospectus, YOU MUST MAIL OR SEND A PHOTOCOPY OF THIS PAGE to: By Mail: By Facsimile: Commercial Metals Company or (214) 689-4326 6565 N. MacArthur Blvd, Suite 800 Attn: General Counsel Irving, Texas 75039 Attn: General Counsel DO NOT SEND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE ABOVE ADDRESS AS IT WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID TENDER OF OLD NOTES UNDER THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. CONSULT THE PROSPECTUS FOR PROPER DELIVERY PROCEDURES. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - --------------------------------------------------------- SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8) To be completed ONLY (i) if the New Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes (or if certificates for Old Notes not tendered for exchange for New Notes) to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned or (ii) if Old Notes tendered by book- entry transfer which are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Depositary. Issue to: Name -------------------------------------------------- (Please Print) Address ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------- (Include Zip Code) ----------------------------------------------------- (Tax Identification or Social Security No.) Credit Old Notes not exchanged and delivered by book-entry transfer to the Depositary account set forth below: ----------------------------------------------------- (Account Number) - --------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------- SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (SEE (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8) To be completed ONLY if the New Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes (or if certificates are for Old Notes not tendered for exchange for New Notes) are to be mailed or delivered (i) to someone other than the undersigned or (ii) to the undersigned at an address other than the address shown below the undersigned's signature. Mail or deliver to: Name -------------------------------------------------- (Please Print) Address ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------- (Include Zip Code) ----------------------------------------------------- (Tax Identification or Social Security No.) - ---------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) - ----------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- STATE OF PRINCIPAL RESIDENCE OF EACH BENEFICIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF OLD NOTES HELD FOR OWNER OF OLD NOTES ACCOUNT OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) - ----------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
If delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depositary, then tenders of Old Notes may be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by the Depositary's Automated Tender Offer Program and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Tendering Through DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program." 5 SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY Ladies and Gentlemen: Pursuant to the offer by Commercial Metals Company (the "Company") upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated , 2004 (the "Prospectus") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes"), the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the Old Notes indicated above. By executing this Letter of Transmittal and subject to and effective upon acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered for exchange herewith, the undersigned (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Company has fully performed all of its obligations under that certain Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 12, 2003, among the Company and the initial purchasers party thereto, (ii) will have irrevocably sold, assigned and transferred to the Company, all right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Old Notes tendered for exchange hereby, and (iii) hereby appoints JPMorgan Chase Bank (the "Exchange Agent") as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Company) of such holder of Old Notes with respect to such Old Notes, with full power of substitution, to (x) deliver certificates representing such Old Notes, or transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") (together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity), to the Company, (y) present and deliver such Old Notes for transfer on the books of the Company, and (z) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of ownership with respect to such Old Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted to the Exchange Agent in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes, and (ii) when such Old Notes are accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will acquire good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon receipt, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered for exchange hereby. The undersigned hereby further represents to the Company that (i) the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer (if not a broker-dealer referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph) is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution of the New Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes, (iii) the undersigned and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the New Notes (x) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by such person and (y) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) or similar letters, (iv) the undersigned and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 6 Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The undersigned acknowledges that, (i) for purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company will be deemed to have accepted for exchange, and to have exchanged, validly tendered Old Notes, if, as and when the Company gives oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent and (ii) any Old Notes tendered by the undersigned and not accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth above unless otherwise indicated in the box above entitled "Special Delivery Instructions." The undersigned acknowledges that the Company's acceptance of Old Notes validly tendered for exchange pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer" and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement among the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions," please return any Old Notes not tendered for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions," please mail any certificates for Old Notes not tendered or exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s). In the event that either "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Old Notes not tendered for exchange or not exchanged to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any Old Notes from the name of the holder of Old Note(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Old Notes so tendered for exchange or if such transfer would not be in compliance with any transfer restrictions applicable to such Old Note(s). In order to validly tender Old Notes for exchange, holders of Old Notes must complete, execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Except as stated in the Prospectus, all authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, this tender for exchange of Old Notes is irrevocable. 7 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SIGN HERE --------------------------------------------------------------------------- (SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S)) Date: , 2004 MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF OLD NOTES EXACTLY AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATE(S) REPRESENTING THE OLD NOTES OR ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING OR BY PERSON(S) AUTHORIZED TO BECOME REGISTERED OLD NOTE HOLDER(S) BY CERTIFICATES AND DOCUMENTS TRANSMITTED HEREWITH. IF SIGNATURE IS BY TRUSTEES, EXECUTORS, ADMINISTRATORS, GUARDIANS, ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT, OFFICERS OF CORPORATIONS OR OTHERS ACTING IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. (SEE INSTRUCTION 6). Name(s): ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (PLEASE PRINT) Capacity (Full title): -------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Address: ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (INCLUDE ZIP CODE) Area Code and Telephone No: --------------------------------------------------- Tax Identification or Social Security Nos: ------------------------------------ PLEASE COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S) (SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 1) Authorized Signature: ---------------------------------------------------------- Dated: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name and Title: --------------------------------------------------------------- (PLEASE PRINT) Name of Firm: ----------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 INSTRUCTIONS FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER 1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an institution which is an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of one of the following recognized Signature Guarantee Programs (an "Eligible Institution"): a. The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP) b. The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP) c. The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed (i) if this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered herewith and such registered holder(s) have not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Old Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION. 2. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Old Notes (i) if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer or guaranteed delivery set forth in the sections of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer--Book Entry Transfer" and "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." Certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes or any confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation"), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal prior to the Expiration Date. Holders of Old Notes who elect to tender Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver the Letter of Transmittal, Old Notes or other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may have such tender effected if: (a) such tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution, (b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent has received from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder of such Old Notes, the certificate number(s) of such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old Notes tendered for exchange, stating that tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, this Letter of Transmittal (or a manually executed facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, the certificates representing such Old Notes (or a Book-Entry Confirmation), in proper form for transfer, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by such Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (c) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually executed facsimile thereof) with certificates for all tendered Old Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDER OF OLD NOTES. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. NEITHER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL NOR ANY OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof, if applicable), waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Old Notes for exchange. 9 3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided in the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" above is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the Old Notes being tendered should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto. 4. WITHDRAWALS. A tender of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date by delivery of a written or an ATOP electronic transmission notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. To be effective, a notice of withdrawal of Old Notes must (i) specify the name of the person who tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the holder of Old Notes in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee under the Indenture register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender, (iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor, and (v) be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date. Withdrawals of tenders of Old Notes may not be rescinded, and any Old Notes withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no New Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date. 5. PARTIAL TENDERS. (Not applicable to holders of Old Notes who tender Old Notes by book-entry transfer). Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. If a tender for exchange is to be made with respect to less than the entire principal amount of any Old Notes, fill in the principal amount of Old Notes which are tendered for exchange in column (4) of the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" on page 3, as more fully described in the footnotes thereto. In case of a partial tender for exchange, new certificate(s), in fully registered form, for the remainder of the principal amount of the Old Notes, will be sent to the holders of Old Notes unless otherwise indicated in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. 6. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, POWERS OF ATTORNEY AND ENDORSEMENTS. (a) The signature(s) of the holder of Old Notes on this Letter of Transmittal must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. (b) If tendered Old Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal. (c) If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary or required documents as there are different registrations. (d) When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the holder of the Old Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of Old Notes or separate powers of attorney are required. If, however, Old Notes not tendered or not accepted are to be issued or returned in the name of a person other than the holder of Old Notes, then the Old Notes transmitted hereby must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney in a form satisfactory to the Company, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the holder of Old Notes appear(s) on the Old Notes. Signatures on such Old Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution). (e) If this Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted. 10 (f) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of Old Notes listed, the Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder of Old Notes appear(s) on the certificates. Signatures on such Old Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution). 7. TRANSFER TAXES. Except as set forth in this Instruction 7, the Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If issuance of New Notes is to be made to, or Old Notes not tendered for exchange are to be issued or returned in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemptions from taxes therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of any transfer taxes payable on account of any such transfer will be imposed on and payable by the tendering holder of Old Notes prior to the issuance of the New Notes. 8. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If the New Notes, or if any Old Notes not tendered for exchange, are to be issued or sent to someone other than the holder of Old Notes or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Holders of Old Notes tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not accepted be credited to such account maintained at the Depositary as such holder of Old Notes may designate. 9. IRREGULARITIES. All questions as to the form of documents and the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Old Notes will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders for exchange of any particular Old Notes that are not in proper form, or the acceptance of which may, in the opinion of the Company (or its counsel), be unlawful. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive any defect, irregularity or condition of tender for exchange with regard to any particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms of, and conditions to, the Exchange Offer (including the instructions herein) will be final and binding. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with the Exchange Offer must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in Old Notes tendered for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notice. A tender of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until all defects and irregularities with respect to such tender have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date. 10. WAIVER OF CONDITION. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, amend or modify any of the specified conditions described under "The Exchange Offer -- Extensions, Delays in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment" in the Prospectus in the case of any Old Notes tendered (except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus). 11. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES. If a holder of Old Notes desires to tender Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, but any of such Old Notes has been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, such holder of Old Notes should contact the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal for further instructions. 12. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Requests for information or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF, IF APPLICABLE) TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES, OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. 11 IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION Under current federal income tax law, a holder of Old Notes whose tendered Old Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides the Company (as payor), through the Exchange Agent, with either (i) such holder's correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying that the holder is a U.S. person, that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder of Old Notes is awaiting a TIN) and that (A) the holder of Old Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (B) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Old Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding, or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Old Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder's social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder of Old Notes may be subject to certain penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. Certain holders of Old Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements with respect to interest payments. Exempt holders of Old Notes should indicate their exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. A foreign individual may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, Form W-8ECI or Form W-8IMY, as applicable, (the terms of which the Exchange Agent will provide upon request) signed under penalty of perjury, attesting to the holder's exempt status. See the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "Guidelines") for additional instructions. If backup withholding applies, the Company is required to withhold 28% of any payment made to the holder of Old Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service. The holder of Old Notes is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Old Notes. If the Old Notes are held in more than one name or are not held in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for additional guidance regarding which number to report. 12 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAYER'S NAME: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SUBSTITUTE PART 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT ---------------------- RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW Social Security Number FORM W-9 or ------------------------------ Employer Identification Number -------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ PART 2 - CERTIFICATION - Under Penalties of Perjury, I certify that: PART 3 - DEPARTMENT OF Awaiting TIN [ ] THE TREASURY (1) The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer INTERNAL REVENUE identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be SERVICE issued to me); and PAYER'S REQUEST (2) I am not subject to backup withholding because I am exempt FOR TAXPAYER from backup withholding, I have not been notified by the IDENTIFICATION Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to NO. ("TIN") backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding. (3) I am a U.S. person. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CERTIFICATE INSTRUCTIONS - You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). SIGNATURE DATE: -------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- NAME ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADDRESS -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CITY STATE ZIP CODE ------------------------------- --------------------------------- -------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENT MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECK THE BOX IN PART 3 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAYER'S NAME: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver such an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number with sixty (60) days, 28% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide such a number. Signature: Date: ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR FOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EXCHANGE AGENT BY TELEPHONE AT (214) 468-6464 OR BY FACSIMILE AT (214) 468-6494. 13
EX-99.2 11 d12154exv99w2.txt EX-99.2 FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY EXHIBIT 99.2 NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY WITH RESPECT TO 5.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 CUSIP NOS. 201723 AE 3 OF COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY This form must be used by a holder of 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes") of Commercial Metals Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), who wishes to tender Old Notes to the Exchange Agent in exchange for 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" of the Prospectus, dated ____________, 2004 (the "Prospectus"), and in Instruction 2 to the related Letter of Transmittal. Any holder who wishes to tender Old Notes pursuant to such guaranteed delivery procedures must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON _________, 2004 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- To: JPMorgan Chase Bank (the "Exchange Agent") By Registered or Certified Mail, By Regular Mail or Overnight Delivery After (REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED 4:30 p.m. on the Expiration Date: MAIL RECOMMENDED) JPMorgan Chase Bank JPMorgan Chase Bank ITS Bond Events ITS Bond Events 2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor P. O. Box 2320 Dallas, TX 75201 Dallas, TX 75221 Attention: Frank Ivins By Facsimile Transmission Number (eligible institutions only): (214) 468-6494 Attention: Frank Ivins Confirm by Telephone: (214) 468-6464 DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL ARE COMPLETED. This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an "Eligible Institution" under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of Transmittal. Ladies and Gentlemen: The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and in Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in authorized denominations. The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may not be withdrawn after the Expiration Date. Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date or if the Exchange Offer is terminated or as otherwise provided in the Prospectus. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned. The undersigned hereby tenders the Old Notes listed below:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CERTIFICATE NUMBER(S) (IF KNOWN) OF OLD NOTES OR IF OLD NOTES WILL BE DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AT THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, INSERT ACCOUNT NO. AMOUNT REPRESENTED AMOUNT TENDERED - ----------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- - ----------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Signatures of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory: Date: , 2004 --------------------- --------------------------- - ------------------------------------------- Address: -------------------------------------- Name of Registered Holder(s): -------------- ----------------------------------------------- Area Code and Telephone No.: - ------------------------------------------- ------------------ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the holder(s) exactly as the name(s) appear(s) on certificates for Old Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information. Please print name(s) and address(es) Name(s): ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Capacity (Full Title): --------------------------------------------------------- Address(es): ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GUARANTEE (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE) The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion program and is an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the Old Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" and in the Letter of Transmittal) and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., eastern standard time, on the third New York Stock Exchange trading day following the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. Name of Firm: ------------------------ -------------------------------------- Authorized Signature Address: ---------------------------- Name: - ------------------------------------- -------------------------------- Area Code and Telephone No.: Title: --------- ------------------------------- Date: , 2004 ------------------------ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DO NOT SEND OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF OLD NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, AN EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY 1. DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal. 2. SIGNATURES ON THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes referred to herein, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement, or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the Old Notes. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Old Notes listed or a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appears on the Old Notes or signed as the name of the participant shown on the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's security position listing. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and submit with the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Guarantor of such person's authority to so act. 3. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address specified in the Prospectus. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer. 4
EX-99.3 12 d12154exv99w3.txt EX-99.3 FORM OF LETTER TO CLIENTS EXHIBIT 99.3 COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY OFFER TO EXCHANGE UP TO $200,000,000 5.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 FOR $200,000,000 5.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 To Our Clients: We are enclosing herewith (i) a Prospectus dated ________, 2004 of Commercial Metals Company (the "Company"), (ii) a related Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer) relating to the offer by the Company to exchange up to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer and (iii) a Letter of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner (the "Instruction Letter"). PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON ________, 2004, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT CONDITIONED UPON ANY MINIMUM NUMBER OF OLD NOTES BEING TENDERED. We are the holder of record of Old Notes for your account. A tender of such Old Notes can be made only by us as the record holder pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Old Notes held by us for your account. We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of the Old Notes held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. We also request that you confirm that we may make on your behalf the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal. In this regard, please complete the enclosed Instruction Letter and return it to us as soon as practicable. Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Old Notes (a "Holder") will represent to the Company that (i) the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, (ii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer (if not a broker-dealer referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph) is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution of the New Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes, (iii) the Holder and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the New Notes (x) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by such person and (y) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) or similar letters, (iv) the Holder and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the Holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. Very truly yours, EX-99.4 13 d12154exv99w4.txt EX-99.4 FORM OF LETTER TO REGISTERED HOLDERS EXHIBIT 99.4 COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY OFFER TO EXCHANGE UP TO $200,000,000 5.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 FOR $200,000,000 5.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 To Registered Holders: We are enclosing herewith the material listed below relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") by Commercial Metals Company (the "Company") to exchange up to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated __________, 2004 and the related Letter of Transmittal. Enclosed herewith are copies of the following documents: 1. Prospectus dated _________, 2004; 2. Letter of Transmittal; 3. Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; 4. Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner; and 5. Letter to Clients, which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Old Notes in your name or in the name of your nominee, to accompany the instruction form referred to above, for obtaining such client's instruction with regard to the Exchange Offer. WE URGE YOU TO CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS PROMPTLY. PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON ____________, 2004 UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Old Notes being tendered. Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Old Notes (a "Holder") will represent to the Company that (i) the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, (ii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer (if not a broker-dealer referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph) is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution of the New Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes, (iii) the Holder and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the New Notes (x) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by such person and (y) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) or similar letters, (iv) the Holder and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the Holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The enclosed Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner contains an authorization by beneficial owner of Old Notes held by you to make the foregoing representations and warranties on behalf of such beneficial owner. The Company will not pay any fee or commissions to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the exchange agent for the Exchange Offer) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, on the transfer of Old Notes to it, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the enclosed Letter of Transmittal. Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer may be addressed to, and additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from, the Exchange Agent at: JPMorgan Chase Bank ITS Bond Events 2001 Bryan Street, 9th Floor Dallas, TX 75201 Attention: Frank Ivins By Facsimile: (214) 468-6494 By Telephone: (214) 468-6464 Very truly yours, COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN. EX-99.5 14 d12154exv99w5.txt EX-99.5 FORM OF INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER EXHIBIT 99.5 INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER OF 5.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013 OF COMMERCIAL METALS COMPANY To Registered Holder: The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated ________, 2004 (the "Prospectus") of Commercial Metals Company (the "Company"), and accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "New Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 5.625% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "Old Notes"). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus. This will instruct you, the registered holder, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned. The aggregate face amount of the Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount): $___________ With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check one of the following boxes): [ ] To TENDER the following Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Old Notes to be tendered (if any)): $___________ of Old Notes.* or [ ] NOT to TENDER any Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned. * New Notes and the untendered portion of Old Notes must be in minimum denominations of integral multiples of $1,000. If the undersigned instructs you to tender Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations that (i) the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the New Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer (if not a broker-dealer referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph) is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution of the New Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes, (iii) the undersigned and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the New Notes (x) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by such person and (y) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) or similar letters, (iv) the undersigned and each person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any New Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. SIGN HERE Name of beneficial owner(s) (please print) ------------------------------------- Signature(s): ------------------------------------------------------------------ Address: ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Telephone Number: -------------------------------------------------------------- Taxpayer identification or Social Security Number: ----------------------------- Date: --------------------------------------------------------------------------- GRAPHIC 17 d12154d1215421.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 d12154d1215421.gif M1TE&.#EA?P`Y`.8``/+R\HR,C+.SLZ&AH=G9V9^?G[R\O,G)R<;&QLK*RLC( MR+:VMK2TM+N[N\7%QWMZZNKKV]O;^_O[6UM=34 MU-75U:RLK+Z^OK*RLM?7UZ>GI]+2TJ2DI*FIJ<[.SM/3T\W-S;JZNM'1T9>7 MEZ6EI=;6UKBXN)N;F]K:VL_/SZJJJJ^OKZBHJ,S,S*:FIL#`P+"PL-#0T,?' MQY24E*VMK9"0D-W=W:.CHZNKJY&1D8V-C=O;VYJ:FIV=G9*2DIRWMSGN#@X(^/C]_?W]C8V/__ M_\O+RP`````````````````````````````````````````````````````` M```````````````````````````````````````````````````````````` M`````````````````````````````````````````````````"'Y!``````` M+`````!_`#D```?_@%4`@X2%AH>(B8J+C(V.CY"&5556E9:7F)F:FYR=GI^@ MH:*8DZ.FIZBIJJ&EJZX@$@XT"%86M`T)KKJJK;NG#U8&$`L0!@P0-1T'%PH6 M)+[0GKW1G38.#S07)QK<&C89-C01$,<1!M3HI)3IFP\2!P<@!`0[44TM!/A- M*AXC%!0"K#0XP([:M(*6#B@X00!(`AA66B!04*)#B18C#&CP8$,`0!,(H1TL M&('&B(T29@3!<,)``0L&GK`@(,.)$@-47#B((:!!R%TCTR&P((,*D`E0DO`8 MT2!(D@<0B@2`0<)"$21&"&AH(*+G3U=!J3FPX($)%1(:,$!I<"'&D``&_Q2@ M")!D1@8.1P3,RT`CQ0)S7U.%C9;`Q0X)0H*8V.9AP(\``1PTD!J@P`$5&4B$ MT$'V@1(8N0*?&KS+W`@/)5+\^.'#Q+P3-QX\0(O@@8L3*JAD.)(D`!$9+29\ M6.!3]"C2KDHDN.`A@P`I1:`LH>$"1@X&"DAX\&#EAH(%'U:<*`!Y2`4/)"K$ M6$'0.*MUZ23;H!(A`)(!2DR`R`%YM1,K)O"@0P"K(3&"`JL-D`(%3-SP00-/"EXP(0&8B`@P@;+$#""1\$P,(`)`)(60$#S("`!B2&4,$,,I200PH" MG#,AA>PH`($+!%A!8E<($`#!$4A4((``'UA1PO]<`W0@`(U,^!B"DROL<$,* M$-SX"7*KU`8"!C[PQ$!$&Z"@Q`4\$$* M#-"@)2=`2T`#(>1@P@0L3Y#! M"1O4T#(%%TA0[0P,3'`!>R-`[R@T-3+$#`2JT0,6F'H"P$1!`M.`! M$`2`CS<9:-`"$$W(:\(-0`?=,30(,+"#"PODT(!'&2A@Q,0<<-!` M#26<\*D(YC300)`-=-A#`Q.`<(`0,6!P0=E6"!U*`A%PT,0$_>D@!`(U/):$ M#ISK,!0.`72NPQ`0$`!9Z%($\8`#80XD0]F.@Z*`"080X,`023@QP`"\``PX<`(#84+@`..Q?Z*``19(``$B0(04 MP*`"%J`"!T*0*&QX:'T]F0`&:'"R`/"@`B:H`0ED,(,G=&@"_,->]CA`@QVH M``(#Z,IB2@"#&1CA`9E27Z5\=0`/<*H(,:B`M%J@`!;X10*,:YP(=7$`"R"+ M`"!@0`A$(((+:``!&S"2`59`*3<9@`8R(,`$2'0D"I``!!VXUKF"V+]/',`` M!L@`>D;`@!D,8`,.``$'7O""%5"@BN\B`15B<)\CF8`*$G""&"-0F^NQXXP+ M4,"7)F`#"<#@C0=PP0L^0$<;K.\%'8@``1!PA``,H/\"$E`!"080`#%>X)0P M=(`#(B"!VM!"`@IXQU?*^`ECT2`#%2`"!T:0`!,LX`(VF$`%F%@"$"QAB0;P M@`IJ<`0AB,`()(C2$5"PA`I`@`*QD``,(\`P`3@:AJ"Z,^@`, M:&`$1GA!AR``@PFH(`$5>(L0FNH$JW$`=#K8`!*)`)DDO"`#$\`!#\95`=#A M0`D\"((3E!>$"'B@!RZ4P`B&JEI=N&JO5$``'1F`@=HU80&=?,(2>E`!$CF- M!Y!A'P%<`!DIG/4`-PA!`_@U.O95X+\5N,`&J)CP@,5FL M01&(``,,A-D!:@*"$#S9$R:XP`>Q,@`).H"$`BQ@F?:I`0/6&H$$@%D!"=B! MC!=08Z!TUQ<*X$`.*C"")I0`PMO-P1*44`,'+#0%)&A!;\K<@!W4QPD0\$`" ME(`B$>2M!@6(L`1.(`,87*`!J*)"#\H,:30'9ADO@,A9`O^<@;C9;U,B&(#3 M?@"%,O_Q`4@P@0=V``(K7"`(4OB``C(``A)D(#<'7/0*%-"$25=:%S<&Q0,X MH$016,"2(+!D)2Y@@`H@`0<]V(`/<)`"#"S`!"(@`@5HFX,-A*`(.E!N>>]D M@`ZDP(`Y,,(-)-TD!$A())?VQ8%T#(,-O&`!-R"!"DI@!9A:UD\.&-2Y0:"^ M`R1@!!Y?W:`2X'$UY]0`%V!`!VJ@(HZ'(,$3$D`/7N"#``3AD[3(1!:MH(+7 MF6+#3(@"$%8@@!;(&.DWNH``W`BZTYG][&A/>]J%4`$'$"`*46@!"X1PI'># M)>3IN`!4.F"$$!3@[X`/O.`'3_BIP"^A4R&X05F(0'>;&_M&.S=`N##0`1%0 M7NA"OWP',+]Y)QWI\Y]G0.@Q\`$>I.`(15@"#+YL]U7$6Q7V/)5D%4`!!)@@ M`N+\BPG@]*T'K"Q2!IA`-BY`@V].P``14`#7C9"""WZVVX\/8CIJW\NHWQ7O MTD?%ND/R^NQ/:!)4"+_XQT_^\IO__.A/O_K7S_[VNY_\DXB__.=/__K;__[X ,S[_^]\___M\_$``[ ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----